Home

Brocade Communications Systems IPMC5000PEF User's Manual

1. 1 ff05 4422 e3 1 1 v170 Verl exclude 221 0 2 3f 300 e3 1 1 v170 Ver2 include 0 Total number of groups 2 Syntax show ipv6 mld vrf vrf name group The vrf parameter allows you to display the list of IPv6 MLD groups for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 mld group command TABLE 41 Output from the show ipv6 mld group command Field Description IDX Index for the MLD group Group Address IPv6 address of the multicast group Port The physical port to which the group belongs Intf The routing interface to which the port belongs GrpCmpV The version of the MLD group report message Mode Indicates if the filter mode of the multicast group is in INCLUDE or EXCLUDE Timer The number of seconds the interface can remain in its current mode Total number of groups The total number of MLD groups Displaying MLD definitions for an interface To display the MLD parameters on an interface including the various timers the current querying router and whether or not MLD is enabled enter the following command Brocade show ipv6 mld interface Intf Port Groups Version Querier Timer V1Rtr Tracking Oper Cfg OQrr GenQ fen epee tn ee eee el 1 1 0 2 Self 0 0 No Disabled v40 0 2 Disabled e3 1 1 1 2 Self 0 0 No e
2. 4 89 Displaying all multicast cache entries in a pruned state 0 0 90 Displaying all multicast cache entries 90 PIM Sparse 2 3 23 lt c c seehattveid Piette seit a a aad idea Geet ase ate 95 PIM Sparse device tye eeseceeeeeeseeeeseeneeeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeesnneeene 95 RP paths and SPT paths cece eeeeeeeeeneeeeeeneeeeenaeeenneeeeeneeeeeaaes 96 Configuring PIM Sparse ecceesecceceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeenneeeeeneeeeeneees 96 ACL based RP aSSiQNMent eee eeeeeceeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeenenees 101 PIM Pasiyentin ana ae E AN EE E AEA a EE NE 102 Multicast Outgoing Interface OIF list optimization ee eeeeeeeeeees 102 Displaying system VAIUECS eee eeeeceeeneeeeeereeeeneeeeeaaeeeseeeeeesneeesnaeeesnnaeees 103 Displaying PIM reSOUlCOS neriesi e aias 103 Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics 105 Displaying basic PIM Sparse configuration information 105 Displaying a list of multicast groups 107 Displaying BSR information 108 Displaying candidate RP information 110 Displaying RP to groUp Mappings eneen 111 Displaying RP Information for a PIM Sparse group 112 Displaying the RP Set list ccccceccsecceeeeeeceeceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeesenaneees 112 Displaying multicast neighbor information 113 Displaying the PIM multicast cache 114 Displaying the PIM multicast cache for DIT eeeeeeeereeees 117 Clearing t
3. The following message is displayed on the console of the active and standby modules to indicate that the standby module is NSR ready Mcastv4 is NSR ready NOTE During a hitless upgrade on FSX platforms the new active module will always perform the 55 second deferred hardware cleanup even if the NSR is enabled Configuration considerations e Multicast NSR is not supported for IPv6 multicast When multicast NSR is turned on unicast routing must be protected by NSR or graceful restart on all multicast VRFs Configuring multicast non stop routing To globally enable multicast non stop routing for all VRFs enter the ip multicast nonstop routing command on the CLI as shown in this example Device config ip multicast nonstop routing Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying the multicast NSR status Syntax ip multicast nonstop routing During a hitless upgrade and switchover this syslog message is generated on the CLI The message displayed depends on which version of PIM is configured PIM v4 is configured MCASTv4 protocol receives switchover event Mcastv4 protocol switchover done PIM v6 is configured MCASTv6 protocol receives switchover event Mcastv6 protocol switchover done The syslog message shows the state transition of multicast NSR as the standby module takes over as the active module The multicast data traffic will continue to flow during state transition Disp
4. The following table describes the information displayed by the show ipv6 multicast pimsm snooping command Field Description VLAN ID The port based VLAN to which the following information applies and the number of members in the VLAN PIM6 SM Neighbor The PIM6 SM routers that are attached to the Layer 2 Switch ports list The value following expires indicates how many seconds the Layer 2 Switch will wait for a hello message from the neighbor before determining that the neighbor is no longer present and removing the neighbor from the list Multicast Group The IP address of the multicast group NOTE The fid and camindex values are used by Brocade Technical Support for troubleshooting Forwarding Port The ports attached to the group receivers A port is listed here when it receives a join message for the group an MLD membership report for the group or both PIMv2 Group Port The ports on which the Layer 2 Switch has received PIM6 SM join messages for the group Source Port list The IP address of each PIM6 SM source and the Layer 2 Switch ports connected to the receivers of the source Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 67 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM6 SM snooping for a VLAN 68 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Supported IPv4 Multicast Protocols features eee ceeeceeeseeeeeeneeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeenneeeen 69 Overview Of IP Ulta
5. device clear ip pim cach ss Syntax clear ip pim vrf vrf name cache REGSUPP Register Suppression NEEDRTE Route Required for Src RP ME Membership FAST Resource Allocated TAG Need Use the vrf option to clear the PIM forwarding cache for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Displaying PIM traffic statistics To display PIM traffic statistics enter the following command at any CLI level device config show ip p im traffic Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV SM Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx 118 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Sas seit tio saeco tia ae ses cle hot oti r arias ear ais set ier cries ees pa SSS sn hn aha iain ha FaF v30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v50 2526 1260 0 0 0 1263 0 0 v150 2531 0 0 0 0 1263 0 0 v200 2531 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV i 47 i foes esis ieee sieciar ac aueeier nese esiee oa fons Ses A 47 Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx se aie asa AP Stance Sie A ema ie ee FESH em i RE cs tim Res a a Ae ee sie tian at gules asia Ape v30 2528 0 0 0 0 0 0 v50 2540 1263 0 0 0 2 0 v150 2529 0 0 0 0 1262 0 v200 2529 0 0 0 0 1262 0 Brocade show ip pim traffic rx
6. Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 73 53 1003085 02 Changing IGMP V1 and V2 parameters 74 Changing IGMP V1 and V2 parameters IGMP allows Brocade devices to limit the multicast of IGMP packets to only those ports on the device that are identified as IP Multicast members The device actively sends out host queries to identify IP Multicast groups on the network inserts the group information in an IGMP packet and forwards the packet to IP Multicast neighbors The following IGMP V1 and V2 parameters apply to PIM e IGMP query interval Specifies how often the Brocade device queries an interface for group membership Possible values are 2 3600 The default is 125 IGMP group membership time Specifies how many seconds an IP Multicast group can remain on a Brocade device interface in the absence of a group report Possible values are 5 26000 The default is 260 IGMP maximum response time Specifies how many seconds the Brocade device will wait for an IGMP response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down and removing the interface from the group Possible values are 1 25 The default is 10 Modifying IGMP V1 and V2 query interval period The IGMP query interval period defines how often a device will query an interface for group membership Possible values are 2 to 3600 seconds and the default value is 125 seconds To modify the default value for the IGMP
7. VRF configuration mode The no form of this command disables the default mroute option for next hops Examples This example enables the use of the default mroute to resolve a static mroute next hop Device config vrf ipv6 mroute next hop enable default Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 217 53 1003085 02 ipv6 mroute next hop recursion History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ipv6 mroute next hop recursion Configures the recursion level while using static mroutes to resolve a static mroute next hop Syntax ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name next hop recursion 1 70 no ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name next hop recursion 1 10 Command Default The recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop is 3 Parameters vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route Modes VRF configuration mode Usage Guidelines The no form of this command restores the default recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop Examples This example sets the recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop to 7 Device config vrf ipv6 mroute next hop recursion 7 This example sets the recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop to the default value 3 Device config vrf ipv6 mroute next hop recursion This example disables the recursion for resolving a static mroute next hop Device config vrf no ipv6 mroute next hop
8. device show ip multicast vlan 10 Versi VL10 1 his defau 1 his m p 2 his p 2 his defau 3 his 3 his defau Gu defaul defaul defaul on 2 Intervals Query 125 dft V2 vlan cfg passive 0 grp 0 G 16 has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive Lt V2 24 has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive lt V2 16 has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive lt V2 24 has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive lt V2 fal has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive lt V2 4 has 0 groups interface is non Querier passive lt V2 Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 Other Qr 260 Other Qr 260 cache no rtr port Displaying the active Interface with other querier present The following example shows the output in which the VLAN interface is active and another querier is present with the lowest IP address device show ip multicast vlan 10 Versi VL10 Other Qr 260 on 2 Intervals Query 125 Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 dft V2 vlan cfg active 7 grp 6 G cache rtr ports router ports 2 1 24 260 10 5 5 5 3 1 4 260 10 8 8 8 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 1 1 16 has 4 groups This interface is Querier default V2 group 226 6 6 6 life group 228 8 8 8 life group 230 0 0 0 life group 224 4 4 4 life 1 1 24 has 1 groups This int
9. eee ee eeeeeeeenneeceeeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeessaeeeeenaeeseenaees 76 Configuration CONSIErationS 00 2 eee ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeaeeeeeaas 76 Configuring multicast non stop routing 76 Displaying the multicast NSR status eeeeesneeeeeeeeeesneeeeeaaes 77 Passive multicast route insertion eee eeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeeseeeensaeeeennaees 78 Configuring PMRI cczcc scciceitsgectielin e geia 79 Displaying hardware Crop cccccecccceceeeeeceeeeeeeseceeeeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeseaaees 79 IP multicast DOUNCALICS eee eee ee ceeee cece ee eeneeeeeaaeeseeeeeeeaeeeeeaaeeseeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 79 Configuration CONSICErationS 00 2 eee ce eeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenas 79 Configuring multicast DOUNdATICS eee eee ee enee teeter teneeeeeneeeeees 80 Displaying multicast DOUNCATLIES ceccececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 80 PIM De NS6 niening aie eee ee ree 81 3 Initiating PIM multicasts On a network 82 Pruning a multicast tre ccccccecececececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeeeeseseeaeeeeeeeees 82 Grafts to a multicast tree naninira 84 PIM DM Versions niriana aneian aese aana 85 Configuring PIM DM oo ee eeeeeeesneeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeneeeneeeeeaeeeeeaeeeneeeee 85 Failover time in a multi path topology ccceccceceeeeeeeetteeeeeeeees 88 Configuring a DR priority eee cence eeeeneeeeeneeenneeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeeeeee 89 Displaying basic PIM Dense configuration information
10. EGPROB Register In Progress REGSUPP Register Suppression Timer SDPADV Advertise MSDP NEEDRTE Route Required for Src RP PRUN DM Prune Upstream Interface Flags IM Immediate IH Inherited WA Won Assert MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Ke Exclude BR Blocked RPT BA Blocked Assert BF Blocked Filter BI Blocked IIF Total entries in mcache 4 I 05 4422 RP 2006 1001 1 in v503 tag e2 1 11 Uptime 1d 00 27 26 SM upstream neighbor fe80 204 ff fe05 6 2006 503 1001 Flags 0x002604a2 SM RPT LRCV TAG slow ports ethe 3 1 1 AgeSltMsk 0 L2 FID 8192 DIT NotReq profile none Forwarding_oif 1 Immediate_oif 1 Blocked_oif 0 L3 SW 1 e3 1 1 VL170 1d 00 27 26 0 Flags MJ 2 2006 170 1010 34 500 in v170 tag e3 1 1 Uptime 00 37 51 Rate 0 SM Source is directly connected RP 2006 1001 1 Flags 0x20429ce1l SM SPT REG L2REG LSRC HW FAST TAG fast ports ethe 2 1 11 AgeS1tMsk 1 L2 FID 4188 DIT 1 AvgRate 0 profile none Forwarding oif Immediate oif 1 Blocked oif 0 L3 HW 1 E 7 TR e2 1 11 e2 1 11 VL503 00 37 26 183 Flags IM Srce Vlan 170 Syntax show ipv6 pim mcache multicast cache entries source group address multicast cache ipv6 group address Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name mcache source address group address counts dense dit idx dit idx g_entries receiver sg_entries spars
11. Enter tracking for information on interfaces that have tracking enabled The following table describes the information displayed by the show ip multicast group command Field Description group The address of the group destination address in this case 224 1 1 1 p port The physical port on which the group membership was received ST Yes indicates that the IGMP group was configured as a static group No means the address was learned from reports QR Yes means the port is a querier port No means it is not A port becomes a non querier port when it receives a query from a source with a lower source IP address than the device life The number of seconds the group can remain in EXCLUDE mode An EXCLUDE mode changes to INCLUDE mode if it does not receive an IS_EX or TO_EX message during a certain period of time The default is 260 seconds There is no life displayed in INCLUDE mode mode Indicates current mode of the interface INCLUDE or EXCLUDE If the interface is in INCLUDE mode it admits traffic only from the source list If an interface is in EXCLUDE mode it denies traffic from the source list and accepts the rest source Identifies the source list that will be included or excluded on the interface For example if an IGMP V2 group is in EXCLUDE mode with a source of 0 the group excludes traffic from the 0 zero source list which actually means that all traffic sources are included Displaying IGMP snooping mcache informa
12. device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router max mcache 999 Syntax no max mcache num The num variable specifies the maximum number of IPv6 multicast cache entries for PIM in the default VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by the system max command parameter pim6 hw mcache or by available system resources To define the maximum number of IPv6 PIM Cache entries for a specified VRF use the following command device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue max mcache 999 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specified with the ipv6 router pim command allows you to configure the max mcache command for a virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name The vrf parameter specified with the router pim command allows you to configure the max mcache command for a virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name The num variable specifies the maximum number of multicast cache entries for PIM in the specified VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by the system max command parameter pim6 hw mcache or by available system resources There is a system max command parameter change with the following new runtime command Syntax system max pim6 hw mcache Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring a static m
13. mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Embedded RP Enabled Yes Displaying system values To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only PIM6 hardware mcache values device config show default values System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured pim6 hw mcache 512 1024 1024 1024 Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics You can display the following PIM Sparse information e Basic PIM Sparse configuration information e IPv6 interface information e Group information BSR information e Candidate RP information e RP to group mappings RP information for an IPv6 PIM Sparse group e RP set list e Multicast neighbor information e The IPv6 PIM multicast cache e IPv6 PIM RPF e IPv6 PIM counters e IPv6 PIM resources e IPv6 PIM traffic statistics Displaying basic PIM Sparse configuration information Enter the show ipv6 pim sparse command at any CLI level to display IPv6 PIM Sparse configuration information Brocade show ipv6 pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache 4096 Current Count aa Hello interval e230 Neighbor timeout 105 Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval EIS Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Regi
14. Modifying the wait time before stopping traffic when receiving a leave message You can define the wait time before stopping traffic to a port when a leave message is received The device sends group specific queries once per second to ask if any client in the same port still needs this group Due to internal timer granularity the actual wait time is between n and n 1 seconds n is the configured value device config ip multicast leave wait time 1 Syntax no ip multicast leave wait timenum num is the number of seconds from 1 through 5 The default is 2 seconds Modifying the multicast cache age time You can set the time for an mcache to age out when it does not receive traffic The traffic is hardware switched One minute before aging out an mcache the device mirrors a packet of this mcache to CPU to reset the age If no data traffic arrives within one minute this mcache is deleted A lower value quickly removes resources consumed by idle streams but it mirrors packets to CPU often A higher value is recommended only data streams are continually arriving device config ip multicast mcache age 180 Syntax no ip multicast mcache age num num is the number of seconds from 60 through 3600 The default is 60 seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 23 53 1003085 02 Enabling or disabling error and warning messages 24 Enabling or disabling error and warning messages The device prints error or
15. Usage Guidelines Examples History ipv6 mroute next hop enable default Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route ipv6 address prefix prefix length Configures the destination IPv6 address and prefix for which the route should be added next hop address Configures a next hop address as the route path cost Configures a metric for comparing the route to other static routes in the static route table that have the same destination The range is 1 16 the default is 1 distance distance value Configures the route s administrative distance The range is 1 to 255 the default is 1 name name Name for this static route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command deletes a previously configured next hop static mroute This example adds a route to network 2020 0 120 with 2022 0 120 as the next hop Device config vrf ipv6 mroute 2020 0 120 2022 0 120 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ipv6 mroute next hop enable default Syntax Command Default Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Enables the option to use the default mroute to resolve a static mroute next hop ipv6 mroute vrf vr name next hop enable default no ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name next hop enable default Static mroutes are not resolved using the default mroute vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route
16. config clear ipv6 mroute 2000 7838 32 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 ip max mroute ip max mroute Syntax Command Default Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History ip mroute Syntax Command Default Configures a limit to the number of multicast routes supported ip max mroute num no ip max mroute The default is no limit num Configures the maximum number of multicast routes supported VRF configuration mode The no form of this command restores the limit to the default value This example limits the number of multicast routes supported on the VRF named my_vrf to 20 Device config vrf my _vrf Device config address family ipv4 Device config vrf ip max mroute 20 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced Adds a directly connected static multicast route ip mroute vrf vrf name ip address ip address mask ethernet ve tunnel num cost distance distance value name name no ip mroute vrf vrf name ip address ip address mask ethernet ve tunnel num cost distance distance value name name No directly connected static multicast route is configured Parameters vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route ip address ip address mask Configures the
17. downstream router and group find each other without a join message because they are in the same subnet NOTE If the route only feature is enabled on a Layer 3 Switch PIM SM traffic snooping will not be supported PIM SM snooping configuration 38 Configuring PIM SM snooping on a Brocade device consists of the following global and VLAN specific tasks Perform the following global PIM SM snooping task e Enabling or disabling PIM SM snooping Perform the following VLAN specific PIM SM snooping tasks e Enabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN e Disabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN Enabling or disabling PIM SM snooping Use PIM SM snooping only in topologies where multiple PIM sparse routers connect through a device PIM SM snooping does not work on a PIM dense mode router which does not send join messages and traffic to PIM dense ports is stopped A PIM SM snooping enabled device displays a warning if it receives PIM dense join or prune messages To enable PIM sparse snooping globally enter the ip pimsm snooping command device config ip pimsm snooping Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Enabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN This command enables PIM SM traffic snooping The PIM SM traffic snooping feature assumes that the network has routers that are running PIM SM NOTE The device must be in passive mode before it can be configured for PIM SM snooping To disable the feature en
18. ip igmp tracking Syntax no ip igmp tracking 150 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Creating a static IGMP group Creating a static IGMP group You can configure one or more physical ports to be a permanent static member of an IGMP group based on the range or count To configure two static groups starting from 226 0 0 1 enter either this command Device config interface ethernet 1 5 Device config if e1000 1 5 ip igmp static group 226 0 0 1 count 2 Or this command Device config interface ethernet 1 5 Device config if e1000 1 5 ip igmp static group 226 0 0 1 to 226 0 0 2 Syntax no ip igmp static group jp address count count number to ip address Enter the IP address of the static IGMP group for ijp address The count number range is 2 256 To configure two static groups on virtual ports starting from 226 0 0 1 enter either this command Device config interface ethernet 1 5 Device config if e1000 1 5 ip igmp static group 226 0 0 1 count 2 ethernet 1 5 Or this command Device config interface ve 10 Device config vif 10 ip igmp static group 226 0 0 1 to 226 0 0 2 ethernet 1 5 Syntax no ip igmp static group jp address count count number to ijp address ethernet slot number Enter the IP address of the static IGMP group for ijp address The count number range is 2 256 Enter the ID of the physical port of the VLAN that will be a member of
19. multicast source data and group membership messages Multicast source data and group membership reports must be received by all multicast routers on a segment Using the group membership protocol Query messages to discover multicast routers is insufficient due to query suppression Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 MLD snooping enabled queriers and non queriers Because Brocade does not support MRD this can lead to stream loss when non Querier router ports age out on the Querier after the initial Query election To avoid such stream loss configure a static router port on the querier on each interface that connects to a non querier snooping device The following details apply to Fastlron X Series and ICX 7750 Series devices e If MLDv2 is configured on any port of a VLAN you can check the source information but because MLD snooping is MAC based S G switching is not feasible e High CPU utilization occurs when MLD Snooping and PIM6 routing are enabled simultaneously on Fastlron X Series devices and if the ingressing VLAN of the snooping traffic has router interface configuration With this configuration IPv6 Multicast data packets received in the snooping VLANs are forwarded to client ports via the hardware however copies of these packets are also received and dropped by the CPU MLD PIMv6 SM snooping over Multi Chasis Trunking is supported on Fastiron X series ICX 6610 and ICX 7750 de
20. no ip mroute vrf vrf name next hop enable default Static mroutes are not resolved using the default mroute vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command disables the default mroute option for next hops Examples This example enables the use of the default mroute to resolve a static mroute next hop Device config vrf ip mroute next hop enable default History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 213 53 1003085 02 ip mroute next hop recursion ip mroute next hop recursion Syntax Command Default Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History Configures the recursion level while using static mroutes to resolve a static mroute next hop ip mroute vrf vrf name next hop recursion 1 10 no ip mroute vrf vrf name next hop recursion 1 10 The recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop is 3 vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command restores the default recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop This example sets the recursion level for resolving a static mroute next hop to 7 Device config vrf ip mroute next hop recursion 7 This example sets the recursion level for resolving a sta
21. show ipv6 mroute 2090 1 Type Codes B BGP C Connected S Static Type IPv6 Prefix Next Hop Router Interface Dis Metric Uptime Cc 2090 64 oe ve 90 0 0 6d21h Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced show ipv6 multicast optimization Syntax Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Examples 224 Displays multicast listening discovery MLD snooping hardware resource sharing information You can configure it to display the availability of Layer 2 multicast L2MC group indexes in the hardware and how it is been used and shared show ipv6 multicast optimization I2mc I2mc Specifies the L2MC group index Privileged EXEC mode NOTE The show ipv6 multicast optimization command is available only on ICX 7750 devices This example displays resource information showing that L2MC group index 4 is shared by two users and the ports included in the set are 1 1 6 and 1 1 1 Device config vlan 150 show ipv6 multicast optimization Total L2MCs Allocated 0 Available 8192 Failed 0 Index L2MC SetId Users Set 1 4 0x161fcbhd8 2 lt 1 1 6 gt lt 1 1 1 gt oe 1 0x161d0930 10 lt 1 1 6 gt lt 1 1 4 gt lt 1 1 3 gt lt 1 1 2 gt lt 1 1 15 3 Sharability Coefficient 76 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 History show ipv6 static mroute Release version Command history 8 0 10 This command was introduced show ipv6 static mroute Synta
22. unique IPv6 address The loopback address must be reachable by all PIM routers in the multicast domain The separate unique IP address is configured to establish static peering with other PIM routers and communication with the peers When the source is activated in a PIM Anycast RP domain the PIM First Hop FH will register the source to the closet PIM RP The PIM RP follows the same MSDP Anycast RP operation by decapsulating the packet and creating the s g state If there are external peers in the Anycast RP set the router will re encapsulate the packet with the local peering address as the source address of the encapsulation The router will unicast the packet to all Anycast RP peers The re encapsulation of the data register packet to Anycast RP peers ensures source state distribution to all RPs in a multicast domain Configuring PIM Anycast RP A new PIM CLI is introduced for PIM Anycast RP under the router pim submode The PIM CLI specifies mapping of the RP and the Anycast RP peers To configure PIM Anycast RP enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Protocols device config ipv6 pim router rp address 1001 1 device config ipv6 pim router anycast rp 1001 1 my anycast rp set acl To configure PIM Anycast RP for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 rou
23. 2 ip ospf passive RP1 config lbif 2 ip address 10 1 1 1 32 RP1 config lbif 2 exit RP1 config interface ethernet 5 1 RP1 config if e1000 5 1 ip ospf area 0 RP1 config if el1000 5 1 ip address 192 1 1 1 24 RP1 config if e1000 5 1 ip pim sparse RP1l config interface ethernet 5 2 RP1 config if e1000 5 2 ip ospf area 0 RP1 config if e1000 5 2 ip ospf cost 5 RP1 config if el1000 5 2 ip address 192 2 1 1 24 RP1 config if e1000 5 2 ip pim sparse RP1l config interface ethernet 5 3 RP1 config if e1000 5 3 ip ospf area 0 RP1 config if e1000 5 3 ip ospf cost 10 RP1 config if e1000 5 3 ip address 192 3 1 1 24 RP1 config if e1000 5 3 ip pim sparse RP1 config if e1000 5 3 exit Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 139 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 140 RP1 config router pim RP1 config pim router rp candidate loopback 1 RP1 config pim router exit RP1 config msdp router msdp peer 10 1 1 2 connect source loopback 2 RP1 config msdp router originator id loopback 2 RP1 config router msdp RP 2 configuration The following commands provide the configuration for the RP 2 router in Figure 8 RP2 config router ospf RP2 config ospf router area 0 RP2 config ospf router exit RP2 config interface loopback 1 RP2 config lbif 1 ip ospf area 0 RP2 config lbif 1 ip ospf passive RP2 ip pim sparse RP2 exit RP2 config inte
24. A AE anaes cc cses A A inate 212 o ip mroute next hop enable defatlf cniinn 213 e ip mroute next hop recursion e ip multicast disable flooding ii WO WI TS fo gh a essai eke eek el areola eda lakes OWT UN A EE E een cemetat E eniu E A E E EA AE E s pvo PONIES MOX Popiera ARN ipv6 mroute next hop enable cefaulll c ccessccsscsexccnonccsascnsscpesnensseassaneeavansenseionensacnerenne 217 ipv6 mroute NEXENOP PECUISION vis sccescsveesesiasterecnediiiersvsaivineredertvieertenseves atiri 218 ipv multicast disableflooding rasare siaaa a aeania 218 toute preceden minoori ioone Ea eee EOE E 219 r ute precedence ACININ CISTANGE ic scescdsadecssadssncecessaasaneneqessnnasenonsseuesnsensdcassnasnnseaenie 220 SHOW IP TOUTS 3 Hesiacn ek ed a 220 Show ip multicast TMZ ANGI ssrt aai EES a Ea RE ASGD BRS 222 SHE Ip Sa INOU seii a A 222 E E sa EEE A EA E ET 223 SHOW IPVO Multicast OPIN IASON vrisni anii 224 e show ipv6 static mroute clear ip mroute Syntax Parameters Removes multicast routes from the mRTM clear ip mroute vrf vrf name ip address ip mask ip address mask bits vrf vrf name Specifies a VRF ip address Specifies an IP address ip mask Specifies an IP subnet mask mask bits Specifies a subnet mask in bits Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 209 clear ipv6 mroute Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History Privilege
25. AA e a 137 PIM ANAS R oirra N 141 Static multicast OUTES sonerien anirai 143 S IGMP PIO a se 144 GMP VInne eoi eect are A en a Ea nes 147 Supported IPv4 Multicast Protocols features The following table displays the individual devices and the IPv4 Multicast Protocol features they support Feature ICX 6430 ICX 6450 FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6650 FSX 800 ICX 7750 FSX 1600 IGMP v1 v2 and v3 No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 IGMP membership tracking No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 and fast leave for v3 1 In a mixed stack only Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 69 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Feature ICX 6430 ICX 6450 FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6650 FSX 800 ICX 7750 FSX 1600 PMRI No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 PIM SSM No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Multi VRF support No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 IP Multicast Boundaries No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 PIM Dense No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 PIM Sparse No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Multicast Source Discovery No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Protocol MSDP MSDP Mesh Groups No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 MSDP Anycast RP No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 PIM Anycast RP No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10
26. Address but do not contain source addresses The IGMPv3 reports contain both the Group Multicast Address and one or more source addresses This feature converts IGMPv2 reports into IGMPv3 reports through use of the ip igmp ssm map commands and a properly configured ACL The ACL used with this feature filters for the Group Multicast Address The ACL is then associated with one or more source addresses using the ip igmp ssm map command When the ip igmp ssm map enable command is configured IGMPv3 reports are sent for IGMPv2 hosts The following sections describe how to configure the ACL and the ip igmp ssm map commands to use the IGMPv2 SSM mapping feature e Configuring an ACL for IGMPv2 SSM mapping e Configuring the IGMPv2 SSM Mapping Commands NOTE IGMPv2 SSM Mapping is not supported for IGMP static groups Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring an ACL for IGMPv2 SSM mapping Configuring an ACL for GMPv2 SSM mapping You can use either a standard or extended ACL to identify the group multicast address you want to add source addresses to when creating a IGMPv3 report For standard ACLs you must create an ACL with a permit clause and the jp source address variable must contain the group multicast address This can be configured directly with a subnet mask or with the host keyword in which case a subnet mask of all zeros 0 0 0 0 is implied In the following example access list 20 is con
27. Concurrent support for No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Multicast Routing and Snooping Modifying the Prune Wait No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Timer IGMP Proxy No 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Hardware replication No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 resource sharing IPv4 ACLs for rendezvous No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 points RPs IPv4 Multicast Non stop No 08 0 011 08 0 01 08 0 01 No 08 0 01 08 0 10 routing NSR support for PIM SM SSM and Anycast RP Static mroute support No 08 0 10a1 08 0 10a 08 0 10a 08 0 10a 08 0 10a 08 0 10a This chapter describes how to configure devices for the following IP multicast protocol and versions e Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP V1 and V2 e Protocol Independent Multicast Dense mode PIM DM V1 draft ietf pim dm 05 and V2 draft ietf pim v2 dm 03 e PIM Sparse mode PIM SM V2 RFC 2362 NOTE Each multicast protocol uses IGMP IGMP is automatically enabled on an interface when you configure PIM and is disabled on the interface if you disable PIM 70 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Overview of IP multicasting Overview of IP multicasting Multicast protocols allow a group or channel to be accessed over different networks by multiple stations clients for the receipt and transmission of multicast data Distribution of stock quotes
28. Devices that do not have any downstream devices Multicast Tree A unique tree is built for each source group S G pair A multicast tree is comprised of a root node and one or more nodes that are leaf or intermediate nodes Support for Multicast Multi VRF Multicast Multi VRF support for the Brocade device includes the following e PIM PIM SM and PIM DM The procedure for configuring PIM within a VRF instance is described in the Enabling PIM on the device and an interface and the Configuring global PIM Sparse parameters sections system max command changes Several changes have been made to thesystem max commands in support of Multicast Multi VRF The system max pim mcache command has been deprecated and replaced by the system max pim hw mcache command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 71 53 1003085 02 Show and clear command support The following new runtime commands have been introduced max mcache This command is described in the Defining the maximum number of PIM cache entries section ip igmp max group address This command which is described in the Defining the maximum number of IGMP group section addresses replaces the system max igmp max group address command Show and clear command support The following show and clear commands support Multicast Multi VRF clear ip igmp vrf vrf name cache e clear ip igmp vrf vrf name traffic e show ip igmp vrf vr
29. Guide 53 1003085 02 105 IPv4 Multicast Protocols The vrf keyword allows you to display PIM sparse configuration information for the VRF instance identified by the vr name variable This example shows the PIM Sparse configuration information on PIM Sparse device A in Figure 5 on page 95 The following table shows the information displayed by the show ip pim sparse command TABLE 4 Output of the show ip pim sparse command This field Displays Global PIM Sparse mode settings Maximum mcache Current Count Hello interval Neighbor timeout Join or Prune interval Inactivity interval Hardware Drop Enabled Prune Wait Interval 106 Maximum number of multicast cache entries Number of multicast cache entries used How frequently the device sends IPIM Sparse hello messages to its PIM Sparse neighbors This field shows the number of seconds between hello messages PIM Sparse routers use hello messages to discover one another Number of seconds the device waits for a hello message from a neighbor before determining that the neighbor is no longer present and is not removing cached PIM Sparse forwarding entries for the neighbor Default is 105 seconds How frequently the device sends IPv6 PIM Sparse Join or Prune messages for the multicast groups it is forwarding This field shows the number of seconds between Join or Prune messages The device sends Join or Prune messages on behalf of multicast receive
30. IP Multicast Configuration Guide 65 53 1003085 02 Enabling PIMG SM snooping on a VLAN To disable PIM6 SM snooping enter the no ipv6 pimsm snooping command device config no ipv6 pimsm snooping If you also want to disable IP multicast traffic reduction enter the no ipv6 multicast command device config no ipv6 multicast Syntax no ipv6 pimsm snooping Enabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN Perform the following steps to enable PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN 1 Configure a VLAN and add the ports that are connected to the device and host in the same port based VLAN device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 untagged etherenet 1 1 5 ethernet 1 1 7 ethernet 1 1 11 2 Enable MLD snooping passive on the VLAN device config vlan 20 multicast6 passive 3 Enable PIM6 SM snooping on the VLAN device config vlan 20 multicast6 pimsm snooping Syntax no multicast6 pimsm snooping Disabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN When PIM6 SM snooping is enabled globally you can still disable it for a specific VLAN For example the following commands disable PIM6 SM snooping for VLAN 20 This setting overrides the global setting device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 disable pimsm snoop Syntax no multicast6 disable pimsm snoop PIM6 SM snooping show commands 66 This section shows how to display information about PIM6 SM snooping including e Displaying PIM6 SM snooping informatio
31. PIM Sparse Rendezvous Point RP NOTE It is possible to configure the device as only a candidate BSR or RP but it is recommended that you configure the same interface on the same device as both a BSR and an RP This section describes how to configure BSRs Refer to the Configuring RPs section for instructions on how to configure RPs To configure the device as a candidate BSR enter commands such as the following Device config router pim Device config pim router bsr candidate ethernet 2 2 30 255 These commands configure the PIM Sparse interface on port 2 2 as a BSR candidate with a hash mask length of 30 and a priority of 255 Syntax no bsr candidate ethernet s ot portnum loopback num ve numhash mask length priority The ethernet slot portnum loopback num and ve num parameters specify the interface The device will advertise the IP address of the specified interface as a candidate BSR Enter ethernet slot portnum for a physical interface port Enter ve num for a virtual interface e Enter loopback num for a loopback interface Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring RPs The numhash mask length variable specifies the number of bits in a group address that are significant when calculating the group to RP mapping You can specify a value from 1 to 32 NOTE it is recommended that you specify 30 for IP version 4 IPv4 networks The priority vari
32. Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV See Sean aaa Sr aa ae ae Eh aaa Leese stains es gs oa Cpa et asia a aac s Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx iists ie ce aie ie ci ee oie oi cla ses eae arr iar ona has easier oes aes te ele ol i a oie sa fie oe ie olor eae toms v30 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v50 2526 1260 0 0 0 1263 0 0 v150 2931 0 0 0 0 1263 0 0 v200 2531 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 Brocade show ip pim traffic tx Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV SsSsee pS SSeS eee 5 ei PSS SSS sete erie atic Si 5 ti rir tS SSS SS tess TX Tx TX TX TX TX Tx Se SSaS topes Ss aca a a fe eas faa Pee Se Sams SSeS Sama fe eae aSaS 5 v30 2528 0 0 0 0 0 0 v50 2540 1263 0 0 0 2 0 v150 2529 0 0 0 0 1262 0 v200 2530 0 0 0 0 1262 0 Brocade show ip pim traffic join prune Port Packet Join Prune Avg Aggr Last Aggr ier SSS SSS See eee eee ee ee ee re Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Teen aR me eta a a le a EERE E ER v30 0 0 0 0 0 v50 1260 1260 0 1 LSO O 0 0 0 0 v200 0 0 0 0 0 Port Packet Join Prune Avg Aggr Last Aggr EREET EEE EERE et Se OEE ae ne am em Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx i PHS a n a a Se Se See se Sash ese v30 0 0 0 0 0 v50 1263 1262 l t v150 0 0 0 0 0 4200 0 0 0 0 0 Brocade show ip pim traffic join prune rx Port Packet Join Prune Avg Aggr Last Aggr 525 aa ll a ae a tae E Rx Rx Rx Rx RX Sete i a mo a il a v30 0 0 0 0 0 v50 1260 1260 0 1 v150 0 0 0 0 0 v200
33. Prune interval enter commands such as the following Device config ipv6 router pim Device config ipv6 pim router message interval 30 To change the Join or Prune interval for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example Device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue Device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue message interval 30 Syntax no message interval seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 10 through 18724 seconds The default is 60 seconds Moditying neighbor timeout Neighbor timeout is the interval after which a PIM router will consider a neighbor to be absent If the timer expires before receiving a new hello message the PIM router will time out the neighbor To apply an IPv6 PIM neighbor timeout value of 50 seconds to all ports on the router operating with PIM enter the commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router nbr timeout 50 To apply an IPv6 PIM neighbor timeout value of 50 seconds for a specified VRF operating with PIM enter the commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue nbr timeout 50 Syntax no nbr timeout seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range is from 35 through 65535 seconds The default is 105 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 171 53 1003085 0
34. SH Gis sci ieec iearetensncivintinsscnenmenvinierernersnreiseee ecommerce 71 SSSMP POE Tot Multicast BMY Fe scca sss cimianases andsan sn damuapencadvem pacasuadaaskeaszarsassapoasasensassamenaies 71 Changing global IP multicast parameters cc ecceeseeeeceeteee eee eeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseneeseeaeeseenees 72 Adding an interface to a multicast QrOUP 0s ssscsseonnsnssteesceesessceneessensensenseensonertsnseres 79 o Multicast non stop FOUN Gv cpcstscaateragcectnnie A 76 Passive multicast route INSQIOM ssie nenii Ee E Ea raarder aktii 78 o IP ibe Bound Sarnia 79 PIM DOME oar a e a E sy er ereree et erry rr errr rr errr 81 PIN SPAGO riein E E E E ENE 95 PIM PASS NO ra S A E E trey crger err trrety rset recite eter er 102 e Multicast Outgoing Interface OIF list OptiMiZAtiON eee eset eeeenteeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeaas 102 Displaying system WANES ssion renal acd pi iaa eiae ne a pe aai idle ae 103 Displaying PIM TESOUrCOS veirai a A 103 e Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics eeeeeeeees 105 Clearing the PIM TOP WN CAG siinon i 118 Displaying PIM traffic Statishies 1 acct circ Rc aAa 118 Clearing the PIM message COUnN ErS oiriin es Aiai ian ceca ERNA ERE deana 120 o Displaymno PIM RP F nrun 121 e Configuring Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP eeeeceesseeeeeeteeetteeeeeaes 121 Configuring MSDP Mest Groupes scpcseia a nddeehicadnealahariealicaaicince 135 DODF ANCAS IRR
35. Size of one instance of the resource in bytes alloc Number of nodes of that data that are currently allocated in memory in use Number of allocated nodes in use avail Number of allocated nodes are not in use get fail Number of allocation failures for this node limit Maximum number of nodes that can be allocated for a data structure This may or may not be configurable depending on the data structure get mem Number of successful allocations for this node size Size of the node in bytes init Number of nodes that are allocated during initialization time To display usage and fail count information for SG entries on each VRF use the show ip pim all vrf hw resource command device show ip pim all vrf hw resource VRF Usage Fail default vrf 3072 8 blue 3072 0 System max limit for SG entries 6144 Syntax show ip pim all vrf vrf vr name hw resource The vrf parameter allows you to display hardware resource information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ip pim all vrf hw resource command 104 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics TABLE 3 Output from the show ip pim all vrf hw resource command Field Description VRF Name of the VRF Usage Number of allocated SG entries in this VRF Fail Number of failures while allocating SG entries in
36. Sparse Mode is suitable for sparsely populated multicast groups with the focus on WAN PIM uses the IP routing table instead of maintaining its own thereby being routing protocol independent Initiating PIM multicasts on a network Once PIM is enabled on each device a network user can begin a video conference multicast from the server on R1 as shown in Figure 3 on page 83 When a multicast packet is received on a PIM capable device interface the interface checks its IP routing table to determine whether the interface that received the message provides the shortest path back to the source If the interface does provide the shortest path back to the source the multicast packet is then forwarded to all neighboring PIM devices Otherwise the multicast packet is discarded and a prune message is sent back upstream In Figure 3 on page 83 the root node R1 is forwarding multicast packets for group 229 225 0 1 which it receives from the server to its downstream nodes R2 R3 and R4 Device R4 is an intermediate device with R5 and R6 as its downstream devices Because R5 and R6 have no downstream interfaces they are leaf nodes The receivers in this example are those workstations that are resident on devices R2 R3 and R6 Pruning a multicast tree As multicast packets reach these leaf devices the devices check their GMP databases for the group If the group is not in the IGMP database of the device the device discards the packet and sends
37. Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 5 53 1003085 02 IGMP proxy limitations eee eece cesses eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeaes 144 Clearing IPV6 MLD traffic eee eeeneeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeeeeees 206 Clearing the IPv6 MLD group membership table cache 206 IPv6 Multicast BOUNArICS 000 eee cece eeeetee ee enee teen eee enaeeeeeaaeeeeeeaeeeneeeeeaa 206 Configuration ConsideratiOns eceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeneeeeeees 207 Configuring multicast DOUNdATICS eee cece eeeeteeeeeeeeeteeeeeenaes 207 Displaying multicast boundaries 208 IP Multicast COMMANGG sceseeseseserseeesesseeseeeneeteeseseeaeenseeaeseseesenecaneesenaeeeseneeeesenseaenanens 209 Clear ip Mr oute naran Acer eeu nares ceeds A E nega 209 Clear IPVG MrOUtC ce c cec cceescecsedaeeesrsernnsedeseeceassineeravectstndgeenshasedpveadatsseeessuserte 210 IP MaX Moute sneinen 211 ERANI KOLUNA TER E E E E bess tFaaly 211 ip Mroute Next hop iniiaiee iddi id 212 ip mroute next hop enable default eeenseeeeierreeererirerrirerrireerrnrrrn 213 ip mroute NEXt NOP reCUISiON ceceececeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeees 214 ip multicast disable floOding ccccccecceeeeeeeeeceeceeeeseeaeceeeeeeeeueaeeeeeeeeaees 214 ipV6 Max MOUE iann a elie ete a 215 IPVGO MOUS AEE LE S 215 ipv6 mroute NeExtHOp cs iii t aaa aies 216 ipv6 mroute next hop enable default ee eeeeeeseceseeeeeenneee
38. The following table describes the output from the show ipv6 multicast error command Field Description SW processed pkt The number of IPv6 multicast packets processed by MLD snooping up time The MLD snooping up time Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 55 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD group information Displaying MLD group information To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only MLD group values Device config show default values System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured MLD snoop group addr 4096 8192 5000 5000 To display MLD group information enter the show ipv6 multicast group command Device show ipv6 multicast group p physical ST static QR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL1 263 grp 263 grp port tracking enabled group p port ST QR life mode source 1 ff0e ef00 a0e3 fT N Y 120 EX 0 2 01 1 123 567 1 9 N Y IN 1 NOTE In this example an MLDv1 group is in EXCLUDE mode with a source of 0 The group excludes traffic from the 0 zero source list which actually means that all traffic sources are included To display detailed MLD group information enter the following command Device show ipv6 multicast group ff0e ef00 a096 detail Display group ff0e ef00 a096 in all interfaces in details p physical ST
39. The priority assigned to the interface for use during the BSR election process During BSR election the priorities of the candidate BSRs are compared and the interface with the highest BSR priority becomes the BSR 180 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying candidate RP information TABLE 29 Output from the show ipv6 pim bsr command Continued Field Hash mask length Next bootstrap message in Next Candidate RP advertisement message in RP group prefixes Candidate RP advertisement period Description The number of significant bits in the IPv6 multicast group comparison mask This mask determines the IPv6 multicast group numbers for which the device can be a BSR The default is 32 bits which allows the device to be a BSR for any valid IPv6 multicast group number NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Indicates how many seconds will pass before the BSR sends its next Bootstrap message NOTE This field appears only if this device is the BSR Indicates how many seconds will pass before the BSR sends its next candidate RP advertisement message NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Indicates the IPv6 address of the Rendezvous Point RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP NOTE This
40. a membership report with a Source List Change record to block old sources from an interface The router sends Group and Source Specific Queries to the source and group S G identified in the record If none of the interfaces is interested in the S G it is removed from S G list for that interface on the router Each IGMP V3 enabled router maintains a record of the state of each group and each physical port within a virtual routing interface This record contains the group group timer filter mode and source records information for the group or interface Source records contain information on the source address of the packet and source timer If the source timer expires when the state of the group or interface is in Include mode the record is removed Default IGMP version IGMP V3 is available for Brocade devices however these routers are shipped with IGMP V2 enabled You must enable IGMP V3 globally or per interface Also you can specify what version of IGMP you want to run on a device globally on each interface physical port or virtual routing interface and on each physical port within a virtual routing interface If you do not specify an IGMP version IGMP V2 will be used Compatibility with IGMP V1 and V2 Different multicast groups interfaces and routers can run their own version of IGMP Their version of IGMP is reflected in the membership reports that the interfaces send to the router Routers and interfaces must be configur
41. address 1 1 1 1 24 device config lbif 3 ip pim sparse device config lbif 3 router pim device config pim router rp address 100 1 1 1 device config pim router anycast rp 100 1 1 1 my anycast rp set device config pim router ip access list standard my anycast rp set device config std nacl permit host 1 1 1 1 device config std nacl permit host 2 2 2 2 device config std nacl permit host 3 3 3 3 The RP shared address 100 1 1 1 is used in the PIM domain IP addresses 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 and 3 3 3 3 are listed in the ACL that forms the self inclusive Anycast RP set Multiple anycast rp instances can be configured on a system each peer with the same or different Anycast RP set NOTE The PIM software supports up to eight PIM Anycast RP routers All deny statements in the anycast_rp_set acl and additional routers more than eight listed in an access list are ignored The example shown in the following figure is a PIM Anycast enabled network with 3 RPs 1 PIM FH router connecting to its active source and local receiver Loopback 2 in RP1 RP2 and RP3 have the same IP addresses 100 1 1 1 Loopback 3 in RP1 RP2 and RP3 each have separate IP addresses configured to communicate with their peers in the Anycast RP set FIGURE 9 Example of a PIM Anycast RP network Lo1 100 1 1 1 Lo1 100 1 1 1 Loi 100 1 1 1 Sender Receiver Lo2 1 1 1 1 Lo2 2 2 2 2 Lo2 3 3 3 3 Displaying information for a PIM Anycast RP interface To displ
42. age The mcache will be reset to 0 if traffic continues to arrive otherwise the mcache will be aged out when it reaches the time defined by the ip multicast mcache age command uptime The up time of this mcache in seconds vidx Vidx specifies output port list index Range is from 4096 through 8191 ref cnt The vidx is shared among mcaches having the same output interfaces Ref cnt indicates the number of mcaches using this vidx Displaying software resource usage for VLANs To display information about the software resources used enter the show ip multicast resource command device show ip multicast resource alloc in use avail get fail limit get mem size init igmp group 256 1 255 0 32000 1 16 256 igmp phy port 1024 1 1023 0 200000 1 22 1024 entries deleted snoop mcache entry 128 2 126 0 8192 3 56 128 total pool memory 109056 bytes has total 2 forwarding hash VIDX sharing hash size 2 anchor 997 2nd hash no fast trav no Available vidx 4060 IGMP MLD use 2 Syntax show ip multicast resource The following table describes the output displayed by the show ip multicast resource command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 29 53 1003085 02 Displaying the status of IGMP snooping traffic Field Description alloc in use avail get fail limit get mem size init The allocated number of units The number of units which are currently being used The number of available unit
43. and deny all other traffic enter the following commands Brocade config ipv6 access list ex2 Brocade config ipv6 access list ex2 permit ipv6 host 5555 14 host f 55 5514 Brocade config ipv6 access list ex2 deny ipv6 any any ACL to deny multicast traffic To deny multicast data traffic for group ff55 55 and permit all other traffic enter the following commands Brocade config ipv6 access list ex1 Brocade config ipv6 access list exl deny ipv6 any host f f 55 55 Brocade config ipv6 access list exl permit ipv6 any any Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 207 53 1003085 02 Displaying multicast boundaries Displaying multicast boundaries To display multicast boundary information use the show ipv6 pim interface command In this example abc is the name of the access list device show ipv6 pim interface ethernet 1 1 7 Flags SM Sparse Mode v2 nterface Global Address Mode St TTL Multicast VRF DR Override Designated Router Port Thr Boundary Prio Interval el 1 1 al41 1 SM Ena 1 abc default 1 3000ms Itself Total Number of Interfaces 1 208 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IP Multicast Commands Ee EA o E eR Ee 209 slean iive MEOE soer seca teaeoeestoeedee 210 TL AE M e T E E E A E ee eer eer ee rere ee eee ere 211 o ip OUE er ea Riva ak ea ed eed es ee 211 NTNU VE TN is 2 se pce T A A E
44. appears only if this device is a candidate RP group prefixes Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP Candidate RP advertisement Indicates how frequently the BSR sends candidate RP advertisement messages period NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP Displaying RP to group mappings To display RP to group mappings enter the show ipv6 pim rp map command at any CLI level Brocade show ipv6 pim rp map Number of group to RP mappings 3 S No Group address RP address Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying RP information for an IPv6 PIM Sparse group 1 FEOT gsl 3200 12 32 2 FEOT C32 3200 12 32 3 papas Ola erates ems 3200 12 32 Number of group to RP mappings 3 Brocade Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name rp map The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 RP to group mappings for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 rp map command TABLE 31 Output from the show ipv6 pim rp map command Field Description Index The index number of the table entry in the display Group address Indicates the IPv6 PIM Sparse multicast group address using the listed RP RP address Indicates the lv6 a
45. by the RP election process but instead you want to explicitly identify the RP by P address use the rp address command If you explicitly specify the RP the device uses the specified RP for all group to RP mappings and overrides the set of candidate RPs supplied by the BSR NOTE Specify the same IP address as the RP on all PIM Sparse devices within the PIM Sparse domain Make sure the device is on the backbone or is otherwise well connected to the rest of the network To specify the IP address of the RP enter commands such as the following device config router pim device config pim router rp address 207 95 7 1 Syntax no rp address jp addr The jp addr parameter specifies the IP address of the RP The command in this example identifies the device interface at IP address 207 95 7 1 as the RP for the PIM Sparse domain The device uses the specified RP and ignore group to RP mappings received from the BSR 100 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 ACL based RP assignment ACL based RP assignment The rp address command allows multiple static rendezvous point RP configurations For each static RP an ACL can be given as an option to define the multicast address ranges that the static RP permit or deny to serve A static RP by default serves the range of 224 0 0 0 4 if the RP is configured without an ACL name If an ACL name is given but the ACL is not defined the static RP is set to inact
46. can remain in exclude mode An exclude mode changes to include mode if it does not receive an IS_EX or TO_EX message during a certain period of time The default is 140 seconds Mode Indicates current mode of the interface include or exclude If the interface is in Include mode it admits traffic only from the source list If an interface is in exclude mode it denies traffic from the source list and accepts the rest Srcs Identifies the source list that will be included or excluded on the interface If IGMP V2 group is in exclude mode with a _src of 0 the group excludes traffic from O zero source list which means that all traffic sources are included Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 153 53 1003085 02 Clearing the IGMP group membership table 154 Clearing the IGMP group membership table To clear the IGMP group membership table enter the following command device clear ip igmp cache Syntax clear ip igmp vrf vrf name cache This command clears the IGMP membership for the default router instance or for a specified VRF Use the vrf option to clear the traffic information for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Displaying static IGMP groups The following command displays static IGMP groups for the eng VRF device show ip igmp vrf eng static Group Address Interface Port List ee ee ee ee ee ee 4 4 2291 10 12 4 1 ethe 4 1 229 210 213 4 1 ethe 4 1 229 1 0 14
47. config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue sa filter originate route map msdp_ map Syntax no sa filter originate route map map tag The route mapmap tag parameter specifies a route map The router applies the filter to source group pairs that match the route map Use the match ip addressaci id command in the route map to specify an extended ACL that contains the source and group addresses NOTE The default filter action is deny If you want to permit some source group pairs use a route map A permit action in the route map allows the device to advertise the matching source group pairs A deny action in the route map drops the source group pairs from advertisements Displaying MSDP information You can display the following MSDP information e Summary information the IP addresses of the peers the state of the device MSDP session with each peer and statistics for keepalive source active and notification messages sent to and received from each of the peers VRF Information Summary information for a specific VRF e Peer information the IP address of the peer along with detailed MSDP and TCP statistics e Source Active cache entries the source active messages cached by the router Displaying summary information To display summary MSDP information enter the CLI command Brocade config show ip msdp vrf blue summary MSDP Peer Status Summary Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configurat
48. configure a static group that applies to the entire VLAN The maximum number of supported static groups in a VLAN is 512 and the maximum number of supported static groups for individual ports in a VLAN is 256 The static group forwards packets to the static group ports even if they have no client membership reports Configure a static group for specific ports on VLAN 20 using commands similar to the following device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 static group ff 05 100 count 2 ethe 1 3 ethe 1 5 to 1 7 Syntax no multicast6 static group jpv6 address count num port numbers The ipv6 address parameter is the IPv6 address of the multicast group The count is optional which allows a contiguous range of groups Omitting the count num is equivalent to the count being 1 Configuring static router ports All multicast control and data packets are forwarded to router ports that receive queries Although router ports are learned you can configure static router ports to force multicast traffic to specific ports even though these ports never receive queries To configure static router ports enter commands such as the following Device config vlan 70 Device config vlan 70 multicast6 router port ethernet 1 4 to 1 5 ethernet 1 8 Syntax no multicast6 router port ethernet port numbers Disabling static group proxy A device with statically configured groups acts as a proxy and sends membership reports for its
49. convergence allows the device to listen to topology change events in Layer 2 protocols such as spanning tree and send general queries to shorten the convergence time If the Layer 2 protocol is unable to detect a topology change the fast convergence feature may not work For example if the direct connection between two devices switches from one interface to another the rapid spanning tree protocol 802 1w considers this an optimization action rather than a topology change In this case other devices will not receive topology change notifications and will be unable to send queries to speed up the convergence The original spanning tree protocol does not recognize optimization actions and fast convergence works in all cases To enable fast convergence enter commands such as the following device config vlan 70 device config vlan 70 multicast6 fast convergence Syntax no multicast6 fast convergence Displaying MLD snooping information You can display the following MLD snooping information e MLD snooping error information e Group and forwarding information for VLANs e Information about MLD snooping mcache MLD memory pool usage e Status of MLD traffic e MLD information by VLAN Displaying MLD snooping error information To display information about possible MLD errors enter the following command device show ipv6 multicast error snoop SW processed pkt 173 up time 160 sec Syntax show ipv6 multicast error
50. data traffic e You can configure the maximum number of groups and the multicast cache mcache number e The device supports static groups applying to specific ports The device acts as a proxy to send MLD reports for the static groups when receiving queries e A user can configure static router ports forcing all multicast traffic to be sent to these ports e Brocade devices support fast leave for MLDv1 which stops traffic immediately to any port that has received a leave message e Brocade devices support tracking and fast leave for MLDv2 which tracks all MLDv2 clients If the only client on a port leaves traffic is stopped immediately e An MLD device can be configured as a querier active or non querier passive Queriers send queries Non queriers listen for queries and forward them to the entire VLAN e Every VLAN can be independently configured as a querier or a non querier e AVLAN that has a connection to an IPv6 PIM enabled port on another router should be configured as a non querier When multiple snooping devices connect together and there is no connection to IPv6 PIM ports only one device should be configured as the querier If multiple devices are configured as active only one will continue to send queries after the devices have exchanged queries Refer to the MLD snooping enabled queriers and non queriers section e An MLD device can be configured to rate limit the forwarding of MLDv1 membership reports to queriers e
51. destination IP address and prefix for which the route should be added ethernet Configures an Ethernet interface as the route path ve Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 211 53 1003085 02 ip mroute next hop Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History Configures a virtual interface as the route path tunnel num Configures a tunnel interface as the route path cost Configures a metric for comparing the route to other static routes in the static route table that have the same destination The range is 1 16 the default is 1 distance distance value Configures the route s administrative distance The range is 1 255 the default is 1 name name Name for this static route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command deletes a previously configured directly connected static multicast route Connected routes on PIM enabled interfaces are automatically added to the mRTM table This example adds a directly connected mroute to network 10 1 1 0 24 on interface ve 10 Device config vrf ip mroute 10 1 1 0 255 255 255 0 ve 10 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ip mroute next hop Syntax Command Default Parameters 212 Configures a static multicast route with a next hop ip mroute vrf vif name ip address ip address mask next hop address cost distance distance value name name no ip mroute vrf vr name ip addres
52. device never receives a join message from the downstream router for the group The downstream router and group find each other without a join message because they are in the same subnet NOTE If the route only feature is enabled on a Layer 3 Switch PIM6 SM traffic snooping will not be supported PIM6 SM snooping configuration Configuring PIM6 SM snooping on a Brocade device consists of the following global and VLAN specific tasks Perform the following global PIM6 SM snooping task e Enabling or disabling PIM6 SM snooping Perform the following VLAN specific PIM6 SM snooping tasks e Enabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN e Disabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN Enabling or disabling PIM6 SM snooping Use PIM6 SM snooping only in topologies where multiple PIM sparse routers connect through a device PIM6 SM snooping does not work on a PIM dense mode router which does not send join messages and traffic to PIM dense ports is stopped A PIM6 SM snooping enabled device displays a warning if it receives PIM dense join or prune messages Perform the following steps to enable PIM6 SM snooping globally 1 Enable MLD snooping passive globally device config ipv6 multicast passive 2 Enable PIM6 SM snooping globally device config ipv6 pimsm snooping This command enables PIM6 SM traffic snooping The PIM6 SM traffic snooping feature assumes that the network has routers that are running PIM6 SM Fastlron Ethernet Switch
53. e Graft retransmit timer e Inactivity timer Modifying neighbor timeout Neighbor timeout is the interval after which a PIM device will consider a neighbor to be absent Absence of PIM hello messages from a neighboring device indicates that a neighbor is not present The interval can be set between 3 and 65535 seconds and it should not be less than 3 5 times the hello timer value The default value is 105 seconds To apply a PIM neighbor timeout value of 360 seconds to all ports on the device operating with PIM enter the following Device config router pim Device config pim router nbr timeout 360 Syntax no nbr timeout seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols The default is 105 seconds The range is 3 to 65535 seconds Moditying hello timer This parameter defines the interval at which periodic hellos are sent out PIM interfaces Devices use hello messages to inform neighboring devices of their presence The interval can be set between 10 and 3600 seconds and the default rate is 30 seconds To apply a PIM hello timer of 120 seconds to all ports on the device operating with PIM enter the following Device config router pim Device config pim router hello timer 120 Syntax no hello timer 10 3600 The default is 30 seconds Modifying prune timer This parameter defines how long a PIM device will maintain a prune state for a forwardin
54. field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Indicates how frequently the BSR sends candidate RP advertisement messages NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Displaying candidate RP information To display candidate RP information enter the show ipv6 rp candidate command at any CLI level device show ipv6 pim rp candidate Next Candidate RP advertisement in 00 00 10 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 181 53 1003085 02 Displaying RP to group mappings 182 RP lbe 11 21 group prefixes f 00 8 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 This example shows information displayed on a device that is a candidate RP The following example shows the message displayed on a device that is not a candidate RP device show ipv6 pim rp candidate This system is not a Candidate RP Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vf name rp candidate The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 candidate RP information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim rp candidate command TABLE 30 Output from the show ipv6 pim rp candidate command Field Description Candidate RP advertisement Indicates how many seconds will pass before the BSR sends its next RP in message NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP RP Indicates the IPv6 address of the Rendezvous Point RP NOTE This field
55. for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable The ip address variable specifies the source address for RPF check Displaying IPv6 PIM counters You can display the number of default vlan id changes that have occurred since the applicable VRF was created and how many times a tagged port was placed in a VLAN since the applicable VRF was created as shown in the following example Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 187 53 1003085 02 Displaying the IPv6 PIM resources 188 Brocade show ipv pim vrf eng counter Event Callback FTVlanChange 0 LP to MP IPCs M REGISTER 8315 _G AGEOUT 3 ABOVE THRESHOLD 0 SET KAT 3 P to LP IPCs INIT 25 DELETE VPORT 186 L F w nn M MOVE _VPORT 0 NSERT SOURCE 0 RESET SRC LIST 0 LAG CHANGE 6 OIF FLAG CHANGE 0 Error Counters PIM PKT DRP 0 MCGRP_PKT DRP 0 RPSET MAXED 0 Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name counter VilanPort 0 MCAST CREATE WRONG_IF MCAST FIRST DATA SET KAT INFINITY INSERT _ VPORT 30 DELETE VIF 162 DEL_ENTRY 16 DELETE SOURCE 0 MOVE _TNNL PORT 0 FDB VIDX CHANGE 0 PIM PKT_DRP G1b MCGRP_PKT_DRP G1 0 The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 PIM counters for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 vrf eng counter command TABLE 36 Output from the show ipv6 pim vrf eng counter c
56. group detail command device show ip multicast group 226 1 1 1 detail Display group 226 1 1 1 in all interfaces in details p physical ST static OR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL70 1 groups 2 group port tracking enabled group p port ST QR life mode source al 226 111 1735 yes yes 20 EX 0 group 226 1 1 1 EX permit 0 source life life 120 deny 0 group p port ST QR life mode source 2 226a Le T 1 33 yes yes 20 EX 0 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 27 53 1003085 02 Displaying IGMP snooping mcache information 28 group 226 1 1 1 EX permit 0 source life life 120 deny 0 If the tracking and fast leave features are enabled you can display the list of clients that belong to a particular group by entering the following command device show ip multicast group 224 1 1 1 tracking Display group 224 1 1 1 in all interfaces with tracking enabled p physical ST static QOR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL70 1 groups 1 group port tracking enabled group p port ST OR life mode source Note has 1 static groups to the entire vlan not displayed here 1 924 1511 1 33 no yes 100 EX 0 receive reports from 1 clients age 10 2 100 2 60 Syntax show ip multicast group group address detail tracking If you want a report for a specific multicast group enter that group s address for group address Enter detail to display the source list of a specific VLAN
57. in domain 1 Source Active caching is enabled in MSDP on Brocade devices The RP caches the Source Active messages it receives even if the RP does not have a receiver for the group Once a receiver arrives the RP can then send a Join to the cached source immediately The size of the cache used to store MSDP Source Active messages is 4K MSDP SA cache size can be configured using the system max msdp sa cache command The default value is 4K the range is 1K to 8K Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring MSDP Configuring MSDP To configure MSDP perform the following tasks Enable MSDP e Configure the MSDP peers NOTE The PIM Sparse Rendezvous Point RP is also an MSDP peer NOTE Devices that run MSDP usually also run BGP The source address used by the MSDP device is normally configured to be the same source address used by BGP Enabling MSDP To enable MSDP enter the following command device config router msdp Syntax no router msdp Enabling MSDP for a specified VRF The vrf parameter allows you to configure MSDP on the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the vrf name variable All MSDP parameters available for the default router instance are configurable for a VRF based MSDP instance To enable MSDP for the VRF named blue enter the following commands device config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue Syntax no router
58. indicating which port wants what traffic The protocols do not specify forwarding methods They require IGMP snooping or multicast protocols such as PIM to handle packet forwarding PIM can route multicast packets within and outside a VLAN while IGMP snooping can switch packets only within a VLAN If a VLAN is not IGMP snooping enabled it floods multicast data and control packets to the entire VLAN in hardware When snooping is enabled IGMP packets are trapped to the CPU Data packets are mirrored to the CPU in addition to being VLAN flooded The CPU then installs hardware resources so that subsequent data packets can be switched to desired ports in hardware without going to the CPU If there is no client report or port to queriers for a data stream the hardware resource drops it Queriers and non queriers An IGMP snooping enabled Brocade device can be configured as a querier active or non querier passive An IGMP querier sends queries a non querier listens for IGMP queries and forwards them to the entire VLAN VLANs can be independently configured to be queriers or non queriers If a VLAN has a connection to a PIM enabled port on another router the VLAN must be configured as a non querier When multiple IGMP snooping devices are connected together and there is no connection to a PIM enabled port one of the devices must be configured as a querier If multiple devices are configured as queriers after these devices exchange queries then al
59. interval Setting the query interval You can define the frequency at which MLD query messages are sent For example if you want queries to be sent every 50 seconds enter a command such as the following device config ipv6 mld query interval 50 Syntax no ipv6 mld query interval seconds The seconds variable specifies the MLD query interval in seconds You can specify from 2 through 3600 seconds The default value is 125 seconds To define the frequency at which MLD query messages are sent for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv mld query interval 50 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name Setting the last listener query interval The Last Listener Query Interval is the Maximum Response Delay inserted into Multicast Address Specific Queries sent in response to Done messages and is also the amount of time between Multicast Address Specific Query messages When the device receives an MLDv1 leave message or an MLDv2 state change report it sends out a query and expects a response within the time specified by this value Using a lower value allows members to leave groups more quickly You can set the last listener query interval by entering a command such as the following device config ipv6 mld llqi 5 Syntax no
60. ip multicast error command device show ip multicast error snoop SW processed pkt 173 up time 160 sec Syntax show ip multicast error The following table describes the output from the show ip multicast error command Field Description SW processed pkt The number of multicast packets processed by IGMP snooping up time The time since the IGMP snooping is enabled Displaying IGMP group information To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only IGMP group values device config show default values System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured igmp snoop group add 4096 8192 5000 5000 To display information about IGMP groups enter the show ip multicast group command device show ip multicast group p physical ST static OR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL70 3 groups 4 group port tracking enabled group p port ST QR life mode source 1 224 1 1 2 1 33 no yes 120 EX 0 2 224 1151 1 33 no yes 120 EX 0 3 226 1 1 1 1 35 yes yes 100 EX 0 4 226 1 1 1 1 33 yes yes 100 EX 0 In this example an IGMP V2 group is in EXCLUDE mode with a source of 0 The group only excludes traffic from the O zero source list which actually means that all traffic sources are included To display detailed IGMP group information for a specific group enter the show ip multicast
61. ipv6 mld Ilqi seconds The seconds variable sets the last listener query interval in seconds You can specify from 1 through 25 seconds The default is 1 To set the last listener query interval for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv mld llqi 5 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name Setting the robustness You can specify the number of times that the switch sends each MLD message from this interface Use a higher value to ensure high reliability from MLD You can set the robustness by entering a command such as the following device config ipv mld robustness 3 Syntax ipv6 mid robustness seconds The seconds variable sets the MLD robustness in seconds You can specify from 2 through 7 seconds The default is 2 seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 199 53 1003085 02 Setting the version 200 To set the robustness for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv6 mld robustness 3 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name Setting the version You can use this command to set the MLD vers
62. is 10 through 3600 seconds The default is 30 seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 173 53 1003085 02 Enabling Source specific Multicast Enabling Source specific Multicast Using the Any Source Multicast ASM service model sources and receivers register with a multicast address The protocol uses regular messages to maintain a correctly configured broadcast network where all sources can send data to all receivers and all receivers get broadcasts from all sources With Source specific Multicast SSM the channel concept is introduced where a channel consists of a single source and multiple receivers that specifically register to get broadcasts from that source Consequently receivers are not burdened with receiving data they have no interest in and network bandwidth requirements are reduced because the broadcast need only go to a subset of users The address range ff30 12 has been assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA for use with SSM SSM simplifies IPv6 PIM SM by eliminating the RP and all protocols related to the RP Configuring Source specific Multicast IPv6 PIM SM must be enabled on any ports on which you want SSM to operate Enter the ssm enable command under the IPv6 router PIM level to globally enable SSM filtering device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router ssm enable To enable SSM for a specified VRF and user defined address range enter t
63. is enabled under the device PIM configuration The following table describes the output from the show ip pim interface ethernet command Field Description Interface Name of the interface Local Address IP address of the interface Mode PIM mode dense or sparse St PIM status for this interface enabled or disabled Designated Router Address Port Address port number of the designated router TTL Thr Time to live threshold Multicast packets with TTL less than this threshold value are not be forwarded on this interface Multicast Boundary Multicast boundary ACL if one exists VRF Name of the VRF DR Prio Designated router priority assigned to this inerface Override Interval Effective override interval in milliseconds NOTE This section describes the dense mode of PIM described in RFC 3973 Refer to PIM Sparse on page 95 for information about PIM Sparse Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 81 53 1003085 02 Initiating PIM multicasts on a network PIM was introduced to simplify some of the complexity of the routing protocol at the cost of additional overhead tied with a greater replication of forwarded multicast packets PIM builds source routed multicast delivery trees and employs reverse path check when forwarding multicast packets There are two modes in which PIM operates Dense and Sparse The Dense Mode is suitable for densely populated multicast groups primarily in the LAN environment The
64. is the number of seconds that a client can wait before responding to a query sent by the switch To change the maximum response time enter the following command device config ip multicast max response time 5 Syntax no ip multicast max response time interval For interval enter a value from 1 through 10 seconds The default is 10 seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring report control Configuring report control A device in passive mode forwards reports and leave messages from clients to the upstream router ports that are receiving queries You can configure report control to rate limit report forwarding within the same group to no more than once every 10 seconds This rate limiting does not apply to the first report answering a group specific query NOTE This feature applies to IGMP V2 only The leave messages are not rate limited IGMP V2 membership reports of the same group from different clients are considered to be the same and are rate limited Use the ip multicast report control command to alleviate report storms from many clients answering the upstream router query device config ip multicast report control Syntax no ip multicast report control The original command ip igmp report control has been renamed to ip multicast report control The original command is still accepted however it is renamed when you configure a show configuration command
65. loopback interface as the source interface for sessions with the neighbor By default the device uses the subnet address configured on the physical interface where you configure the neighbor as the source address for sessions with the neighbor config interface loopback 1 config lbif 1 ip address 9 9 9 9 32 config router msdp config msdp router msdp peer 2 2 2 99 connect source loopback 1 device device device device Disabling an MSDP peer To disable an MSDP peer enter the following command at the configure MSDP router level device config msdp router msdp peer 205 216 162 1 shutdown To disable the MSDP VRF peer named blue enter the following commands device config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue no msdp peer 205 216 162 1 Syntax no msdp peer jp addr shutdown The ip addr parameter specifies the IP address of the MSDP peer that you want to disable Designating the interface IP address as the RP IP address When an RP receives a Source Active message it checks its PIM Sparse multicast group table for receivers for the group If a receiver exists the RP sends a Join to the source By default the IP address included in the RP address field of the SA message is the IP address of the originating RP An SA message can use the IP address of any interface on the originating RP The interface is usually a loopback interface To designate an interface IP address to be the IP ad
66. mcache information To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only MLD mcache values device config show default values System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured mld snoop mcache 512 8192 512 512 The MLD snooping mcache contains multicast forwarding information for VLANs To display information in the multicast forwarding mcache enter the show ipv6 multicast mcache command device show ipv multicast mcache Example S G cnt S G are the lowest 32 bits cnt SW proc count OIF 1 22 TR 1 32 1 33 TR is trunk 1 32 primary 1 33 output vlan 1 has 2 cache 1 abcd ef50 0 100 cnt 121 OIF 1 11 1 9 age 0s up time 120s vidx 4130 ref cnt 1 2 abcd ef50 0 101 cnt 0 OIF entire vlan age 0s up time 0s vidx 8191 ref cnt 1 vlan 70 has 0 cache Syntax show ipv6 multicast mcache The following table describes the output from the show ipv6 multicast mcache command Displaying software resource usage for VLANs Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 57 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Traffic Reduction Field Description abcd ef50 0 100 The lowest 32 bits of source and group It is displayed in XXXX XXXX hex format Here XXXX is a 16 bit hex number cnt The number of packets processed in software OIF Output interfaces age The mcache age
67. message for the group an IGMP membership report for the group or both PIMv2 Group Port The ports on which the Layer 2 Switch has received PIM SM join messages for the group Source Port list The IP address of each PIM SM source and the Layer 2 Switch ports connected to the receivers of the source Displaying PIM SM snooping information for a specific group or source group pair To display PIM SM snooping information for a specific group enter the following command at any level of the CLI device show ip multicast pimsm snooping 230 1 1 1 Show pimsm snooping group 230 1 1 1 in all vlans vlan 10 has 2 caches 1 230 1 1 1 has 1 pim join ports out of 1 OIF 1 age 120 1 has 1 sreo 10 20 20 66 120 To display PIM SM snooping information for a specific source group pair enter the following command at any level of the CLI device show ip multicast pimsm snooping 230 2 2 2 20 20 20 66 Show pimsm snooping source 10 20 20 66 group 230 2 2 2 in all vlans vlan 10 230 2 2 2 has 1 pim join ports out of 2 OIF 1 age 0 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 0 Syntax show ip multicast pimsm snooping group address source ip address The Brocade device determines which address is the group address and which one is the source address based on the ranges that the address fall into If the address is within the range of source addresses then the router treats it as the source address Likewise if the address falls in the range of group addresses
68. msdp vrf vrf name The vrf parameter allows you to configure MSDP on the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the vrf name variable Entering a no router msdp vrf command removes the MSDP configuration from the specified VRF only Configuring MSDP peers To configure an MSDP peer enter a command such as the following at the MSDP configuration level device config msdp router msdp peer 205 216 162 1 To configure an MSDP peer on a VRF enter the following commands at the MSDP VRF configuration level device config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue msdp peer 205 216 162 1 Syntax no msdp peer ip addr connect source loopback num The ip addr parameter specifies the IP address of the neighbor Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 123 53 1003085 02 Disabling an MSDP peer 124 The connect source loopbacknum parameter specifies the loopback interface you want to use as the source for sessions with the neighbor and must be reachable within the VRF NOTE It is strongly recommended that you use the connect source loopback num parameter when issuing the msdp peer command If you do not use this parameter the device uses the IP address of the outgoing interface You should also make sure the IP address of the connect source loopback is the source IP address used by the PIM RP and the BGP device The commands in the following example add an MSDP neighbor and specify a
69. multicast traffic The first time the device configured as an IPv6 PIM router receives a packet for an IPv6 group it sends the packet to the RP for that group which in turn will forward it to all the intended DRs that have registered with the RP The first time the device is a recipient it receives a packet for an IPv6 group and evaluates the shortest path to the source and initiates a switchover to the SPT Once the device starts receiving data on the SPT the device proceeds to prune itself from the RPT By default the device switches from the RP to the SPT after receiving the first packet for a given IPv6 PIM Sparse group The device maintains a separate counter for each IPv6 PIM Sparse source group pair You can change the number of packets the device receives using the RP before switching to using the SPT To change the number of packets the device receives using the RP before switching to the SPT enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router spt threshold 1000 To change the number of packets the device receives using the RP before switching to the SPT fora specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue spt threshold 1000 Syntax no spt threshold num The num parameter specifies the number of packets If you enter a specific number of packets the device does not switch over t
70. name Specifies a VRF route ip subnet mask Specifies an IP address Modes Privileged EXEC mode Usage Guidelines Only resolved and best static mroutes are added to the mRTM table These routes are prefixed with an asterisk in the output from the show ip static mroute command 222 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Examples This example displays information for configured multicast routes Device config show ip static mroute IP Static Routing Table 2 entries IP Prefix 20 20 20 0 24 20 20 20 21 21 21 History 8 0 10a show ipv6 mroute 0 24 0 24 Release version Next Hop Interface 220 220 2201 505505502 1 2 3 4 Command history Dis Metric Tag Name 1 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0 This command was introduced show ipv6 mroute Displays information on IPv6 multicast routes You can specify whether you want to display information from static or connected mroutes or from a particular mroute Syntax show ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name static connect jov6 address ipv6 prefix prefix length summary Parameters vrf vrf name ipv6 address ipv6 prefix prefix length static connect summary Modes Privileged EXEC mode Specifies displaying summary information Specifies displaying mroutes for a particular VRF Specifies displaying only static multicast routes Specifies displaying only connected multicast routes Examples This example displa
71. on a VLAN 39 PIM SM snooping SHOW COMMAMNAS cceeeceeeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeceeeeeeenteeeeeas 39 Displaying PIM SM snooping information 39 Displaying PIM SM snooping information on a Layer 2 switch 40 Displaying PIM SM snooping information for a specific group or SOUMCE QlOUP Palileie cccevacessseeecist coeessesenebtencdtoeeserierestaeeeapaeseenterst 41 IPv6 Multicast Traffic REGUCtION e ssessecesersessserereeseeerseseesenesaneeseeaeseseeeeesaesnsenarenserannses 43 IPv6 Multicast Traffic REGUCTION eee eect ceeeeee cette eeeaeeteeeeeeenaeeeeeaeeeeenaes 43 MLD SNOOPING OVErVICW aeieeiaii niia ieii aipa aiiai aaia 43 Support for MLD snooping and Layer 3 IPv6 multicast routing together on the same CEVICE eee eee cee eeceneeeetneeeeeenteeeeenees 44 Forwarding mechanism in hardwate c ccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 45 Hardware resources for MLD and PIMv6 SM snooping 2 0 45 MLD snooping configuration notes and feature limitations 46 MLD snooping enabled queriers and non queriefrs ceeeeee 47 MLD and VLAN configuration 0 ccccecceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseeneeeees 48 MLDv1 With MEDV2 S iita a n 48 MLD snooping Configuration cccccccceeeeeeee ettr eeeeeeeeeeeeseaeaeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeee 48 Configuring the hardware and software resource limits 49 Configuring the global MLD MOde cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeee
72. on individual ports of a VLAN An interface or router sends the queries and reports that include its IGMP version specified on it The version configuration only applies to sending queries The snooping device recognizes and processes IGMP V2 and IGMP V3 packets regardless of the version configuration To avoid version deadlock an interface retains its version configuration even when it receives a report with a lower version Tracking and fast leave Brocade devices support fast leave for IGMP V2 and tracking and fast leave for IGMP V3 Fast leave stops the traffic immediately when the port receives a leave message Tracking traces all IGMP V3 clients Refer to Enabling IGMP V3 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN on page 24 and Enabling fast leave for IGMP V2 on page 25 Support for IGMP snooping and Layer 3 multicast routing together on the same device The Brocade device supports global Layer 2 IP multicast traffic reduction IGMP snoopoing and Layer 3 multicast routing PIM Sparse or PIM Dense together on the same device in the full Layer 3 software image as long as the Layer 2 feature configuration is at the VLAN level Forwarding mechanism in hardware IP based forwarding implementation on FCX and ICX devices The following information about G or S G fdb based implementation is specific to FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6430 and ICX 6450 devices Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 15 53 1003085 02 MA
73. or G entries if G based forwarding is enabled The rate is displayed for all entries when the fwd_fast flag is set on the active module Shows the upstream neighbor for the Source RP based on the type of entry For G it shows the upstream neighbor towards the RP For S G entries it shows the upstream neighbor towards the source Flags Represent Entry flags in hex format in the braces And indicates the meaning of the flags set in abbreviated string whose explanations are as follows Only shows the flags which are set SM Shows If the entry is created by PIM Sparse Mode DM Shows If DM mode entry is enabled SSM Shows If the SSM mode entry is enabled RPT Shows If the entry is on the Rendezvous Point RP SPT Shows If the entry is on the source tree LSRC Shows If the source is in a directly connected interface LRcv Shows If the receiver is directly connected to the router REG if the data registration is in progress L2REG if the source is directly connected to the router REGSUPP if the register suppression timer is running RegProbe HW Shows If the candidate for hardware forwarding is enabled FAST Shows If the resources are allocated for hardware forwarding TAG Shows If there is a need for allocating entries from the replication table MSDPADV Shows If RP is responsible for the source and must be advertised to its peers NEEDRTE Shows If there is no route to the source and RP is available
74. packets are mirrored to the CPU and flooded to the entire VLAN The CPU then installs hardware resources so subsequent data packets can be hardware switched to desired 43 Support for MLD snooping and Layer 3 IPv6 multicast routing together on the same device 44 ports without going through the CPU If there is no client report the hardware resource drops the data stream MLD protocols provide a way for clients and a device to exchange messages and allow the device to build a database indicating which port wants what traffic Since the MLD protocols do not specify forwarding methods MLD snooping or multicast protocols such as IPv6 PIM Sparse Mode PIM6 SM are required to handle packet forwarding PIM6 SM can route multicast packets within and outside a VLAN while MLD snooping can switch packets only within a VLAN MLD snooping provides multicast containment by forwarding traffic only to those clients that have MLD receivers for a specific multicast group destination address The device maintains the MLD group membership information by processing MLD reports and generating messages so traffic can be forwarded to ports receiving MLD reports This is analogous to IGMP Snooping on Brocade Layer 3 switches An IPv6 multicast address is a destination address in the range of FFO0 8 A limited number of multicast addresses are reserved Because packets destined for the reserved addresses may require VLAN flooding FSX devices do not snoop in t
75. snoop 22 multicast disable pimsm snoop 39 66 multicast fast convergencecommand multicast fast convergence 25 multicast fast leave v2command multicast fast leave v2 25 multicast pimsm snooping 39 66 multicast port version 21 multicast proxy off 24 multicast router portcommand multicast router port ethernet 24 multicast trackingcommand multicast tracking 24 multicast version 2VLAN multicast version 3 20 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02
76. snooping group 230 1 1 1 in all vlans VLAN 10 has 2 caches 1 230 1 1 1 has 1 pim join ports out of 1 OLF 1 age 120 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 120 Syntax show ip multicast pimsm snooping group address source address If the address you entered is within the range of source addresses then the router treats it as the source address Likewise if the address falls in the range of group addresses then the router assumes that you are requesting a report for that group The following table describes the information displayed by the show ip multicast pimsm snooping command Field Description VLAN ID The port based VLAN to which the following information applies and the number of members in the VLAN PIM SM Neighbor list The PIM SM routers that are attached to the Layer 2 Switch ports The value following expires indicates how many seconds the Layer 2 Switch will wait for a hello message from the neighbor before determining that the neighbor is no longer present and removing the neighbor from the list Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM SM snooping information for a specific group or source group pair Field Description Multicast Group The IP address of the multicast group NOTE The fid and camindex values are used by Brocade Technical Support for troubleshooting Forwarding Port The ports attached to the group receivers A port is listed here when it receives a join
77. sure the device is on the backbone or is otherwise well connected to the rest of the network To specify the IPv6 address of the RP enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp address 31 207 The command in the previous example identifies the router interface at IPv6 address 31 207 as the RP for the IPv6 PIM Sparse domain The device will use the specified RP and ignore group to RP mappings received from the BSR To specify the IPv6 address of the RP for a specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp address 31 207 Syntax no rp address ipv6 addr The ipv6 addr parameter specifies the IPv6 address of the RP Updating IPv6 PIM Sparse forwarding entries with a new RP configuration If you make changes to your static RP configuration the entries in the IPv6 PIM Sparse multicast forwarding table continue to use the old RP configuration until they are aged out The clear IPv6 pim rp map command allows you to update the entries in the static multicast forwarding table immediately after making RP configuration changes This command is meant to be used with the rp address command To update the entries in an IPv6 PIM Sparse static multicast forwarding table with a new RP configuration enter the following command at the privileged EXEC level of the CLI device config clear ip
78. t97 500 256 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Protocols pim dvm intf group 64 0 64 O 14848 0 24 64 pim dvm global group 512 0 512 O 14848 6700 46 64 repl entry Global 1024 2 1022 0 237568 40644 49 1024 MLD Resources All Vrfs groups 1024 O 1024 0 4096 7100 328 256 phy ports 2048 O 2048 0 4096 7600 148 256 exist phy port 1792 0 1792 0 12992 196484 62 56 group query 56 0 56 0 12992 0 84 56 Hardware related Resources Total S G entries 2 Total SW FWD entries 0 Total sw w Tag MVID entries 0 Total sw w Tag invalid MVID entries 0 Total HW FWD entries 2 Total hw w Tag MVID entries 2 Total hw w Tag invalid MVID entries 0 Brocade Syntax show ipv6 pim all vrf vrf vrf name resource The vrf parameter allows you to display hardware resource information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim resource command TABLE 37 Output from the show ipv6 pim resource command Field Description Num alloc Number of allocated PIM resources System max Maximum number of VRF resources Size Internal size alloc Number of nodes of that data that are currently allocated in memory in use Number of allocated nodes in use avail Number of allocated nodes are not in use get fail Number of allocated notes that failed limit Maximum number of nodes that can be allocated for a data str
79. that interface 5 The sent and received statistics of a PIM Hello message are not changed for an interface while it is configured as PIM passive To enable PIM Passive on an interface enter the following commands evice config term evice config router pim evice config pim router exit evice config interface ethernet 2 evice config if e1000 2 ip pim evice config if e1000 2 ip pim passive evice config if e1000 2 exit evice config interface ve 2 evice config vif 2 ip pim sparse evice config vif 2 ip pim passive evice config vif 2 exit 6 Oy Cy OY GG SG Syntax no ip pim passive Multicast Outgoing Interface OIF list optimization Each multicast route entry maintains a list of outgoing interfaces OIF List to which an incoming multicast data packet matching the route is replicated In hardware forwarded route entries these OIF lists are stored inside the hardware in replication tables which are limited in size In many deployment scenarios more than one multicast route can have identical OIF lists and can optimize usage of the replication table entries by sharing them across multiple multicast routes Multicast OIF list optimization keeps track of all the OIF lists in the system It manages the hardware replication resources optimally in real time by dynamically assigning or re assigning resources to multicast route entries to suit their current OIF list requirements while maximizing resource
80. the Shortest Path Tree SPT between a given source and a receiver PIM Sparse routers can use the SPT as an alternative to using the RP for forwarding traffic from a source to a receiver By default the device forwards the first packet it receives from a given source to a given receiver using the RP path but subsequent packets from that source to that receiver through the SPT In Figure 10 on page 164 router A forwards the first packet from group fec0 1111 1 source to the destination by sending the packet to router B which is the RP Router B then sends the packet to router C For the second and all future packets that router A receives from the source for the receiver router A forwards them directly to router C using the SPT path RFC 3513 and RFC 4007 compliance for IPv6 multicast scope based forwarding The IPv6 multicast implementation recognizes scopes and conforms to the scope definitions in RFC 3513 Per RFC 3513 scopes 0 and 3 are reserved and packets are not forwarded with an IPv6 destination multicast address of scopes 0 and 3 Additionally scopes 1 and 2 are defined as Node Local and Link Local and are not forwarded Thus the implementation forwards only those packets with an IPv6 multicast destination address with scope 4 or higher RFC 4007 defines scope zones and requires that the forwarding of packets received on any interface of a particular scope zone be restricted to that scope zone Currently the device supports one z
81. the active mode The passive mode assumes that a router is sending group membership queries as well as join and prune messages on behalf of receivers The active mode configures the device to send group membership queries Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM6 SM snooping configuration e All the device ports connected to the source and receivers or routers must be in the same port based VLAN e The PIM6 SM snooping feature assumes that the group source and the device are in different subnets and communicate through a router The source must be in a different IP subnet than the receivers A PIM6 SM router sends PIM join and prune messages on behalf of a multicast group receiver only when the router and the source are in different subnet When the receiver and source are in the same subnet they do not need the router in order to find one another They find one another directly within the subnet The device forwards all IP multicast traffic by default Once you enable MLD snooping and PIM6 SM traffic snooping the device initially blocks all PIM6 SM traffic instead of forwarding it The device forwards PIM6 SM traffic to a receiver only when the device receives a join message from the receiver Consequently if the source and the downstream router are in the same subnet and PIM6 SM traffic snooping is enabled the device blocks the PIM6 SM traffic and never starts forwarding the traffic This is because the
82. the connection has been successfully closed To clear all the peers omit the jp addr variable from the command Clearing peer information on a VRF To clear the MSDP VRF peers enter the following command at the MSDP VRF configuration level device clear ip msdp vrf blue peer 207 207 162 5 Syntax clear ip msdp vrf vrf name peer ip addr Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring MSDP mesh groups Clearing the source active cache To clear the source active cache enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level of the CLI device clear ip msdp sa cache Syntax clear ip msdp sa cache ip addr The command in this example clears all the cache entries Use the ip addr variable to clear only the entries matching either a source or a group Clearing the source active cache for a VRF To clear the MSDP VRF source active cache by entering the following command at the MSDP VRF configuration level device clear ip msdp sa cache vrf blue Syntax clear ip msdp vrf vrf name sa cache ip addr Clearing MSDP statistics To clear MSDP statistics enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level of the CLI device clear ip msdp statistics Syntax clear ip msdp statistics jp addr The command in this example clears statistics for all the peers To clear statistics for only a specific peer enter the IP address of the peer Clearing MSDP VRF statistics
83. the following command at any CLI level Brocade config show ip pim mcache 10 140 140 14 230 1 1 9 IP Multicast Mcache Table Entry Flags SM Sparse Mode SSM Source Specific Multicast DM Dense Mode RPT RPT Bit SPT SPT Bit LSRC Local Source LRCV Local Receiver HW HW Forwarding Enabled FAST Resource Allocated TAG Need For Replication Entry REGPROB Register In Progress REGSUPP Register Suppression Timer MSDPADV Advertise MSDP NEEDRTE Route Required for Src RP PRUN DM Prune Upstream Interface Flags IM Immediate IH Inherited WA Won Assert MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude BR Blocked RPT BA Blocked Assert BF Blocked Filter BI Blocked IIF Total entries in mcache 20 1 10 140 140 14 230 1 1 9 in v1001 tag e4 29 Uptime 00 03 12 Rate 0 SM upstream neighbor 10 11 11 13 Flags 0x600680e1 SM SPT LRCV HW FAST TAG fast ports ethe 4 29 ethe 5 2 AgeS1tMsk 1 L2 FID 8188 DIT 8 AvgRate 0 profile none Forwarding oif 3 Immediate oif 0 Blocked oif 0 L3 HW 2 g Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols e4 29 VL13 00 03 12 0 Flags MJ e5 2 VL1004 00 03 12 0 Flags MJ L2 HW 1 e5 2 00 00 07 0 Flags MJ L2 MASK ethe 5 2 Srce Vlan 1001 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name mcache source address group address counts dense dit idx dit idx g_e
84. the network e Passive In passive MLD mode the device forwards reports to the router ports which receive queries MLD snooping in passive mode does not send queries but does forward queries to the entire VLAN To globally set the MLD mode to active enter the ipv6 multicast active command device config ipv6 multicast active Syntax no ipv6 multicast active passive Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 49 53 1003085 02 Modifying the age interval 50 Omitting both the active and passive keywords is the same as entering ipv6 multicast passive NOTE The ipv6 mld snooping command is replaced by the ipv6 multicast command the mld snooping command is replaced by the multicast6 command Modifying the age interval When the device receives a group membership report it makes an entry in the MLD group table for the group in the report The age interval specifies how long the entry can remain in the table without the device receiving another group membership report When multiple devices connect together all devices should be configured with the same age interval The age interval should be at least twice that of the query interval so that missing one report will not stop traffic For a non querier the query interval should equal that of the querier To modify the age interval enter a command such as the following device config ipv6 multicast age interval 280 Syntax no ipv6 multicast age in
85. then the router assumes it is a group address The following table describes the information displayed by the show ip multicast pimsm snooping command Field Description vlan The VLAN membership ID of the source port The port on which the source is sending traffic In this example the port number is 1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 41 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction Field Description age The age of the port in seconds src The source address and age The age number of seconds is indicated in brackets immediately following the source 42 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Traffic Reduction P 6 Multicast Trait REAUCUOR scsi sisasisanssesscansnnasenaundeessaeancseessmeanasesnndeisnaradedaeatoesuasnteeese 43 MLD snooping OV CMIOW ercran re rnare 43 ILE SIRO CONOAS 48 Displaying MLD Snooping INfOrMAlON isi viccescccisisckesaviceseeansteecretas ne cesenes inneeeeas tetera 55 e Clearing MLD snooping counters and MCAChE cc ceceeeceeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeneeeenneeeen 61 e Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping cite e ors VEAN orsina rer eenr ee eer eee rert ere rrereny ere trereer creer enter rret eterna R e PIM6 SM traffic snooping overview PIM SM s ooping configura hoM e i a nine PIMG SM snooping SHOW COMMANA Sissors anean 66 IPv6 Multicast
86. traffic TABLE 44 Output from the show ipv6 mld vrf cs static command Field Description Group Address The address of the multicast group Interface Port List The physical ports on which the multicast groups are received Displaying MLD traffic To display information on MLD traffic enter a command such as the following device Recv e3 e3 2 e6 18 e6 19 e6 20 e6 25 11 Send e3 e3 2 e6 18 e6 19 e6 20 e6 25 LIL R2 show ipv6 mld traffic QryV1 QryV2 G Qry GSQry MbrV1 MbrV2 Leave IS_IN IS_EX ToIN ToEX ALLO BLK 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 0 110 0 0 0 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 0 110 0 0 0 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 0 110 0 0 0 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 176 0 110 0 0 0 66 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 QryV1 QOryV2 G Qry GSQry 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 10 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 10 10 0 0 0 0 0 The report has a Receive and a Send section Syntax show ipv6 mld vrf vrf name traffic The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display information on MLD traffic for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 mld traffic command TABLE 45 Output from the show ipv6 mld traffic command Field Description QryV1 Number of general MLDv1 queries received or sent by the virtual routing interface QryV2 Number of general MLDv2 queries received or sent by the virtual routing interface G Qry Number of group specific queries receive
87. ve and its number or ethernet and its port address to display information for a specific virtual routing interface or ethernet interface The tunnelnum parameter specifies a GRE tunnel interface that is being configured The GRE tunnel interface is enabled under the router PIM configuration Entering an address for group address displays information for a specified group on the specified interface The report shows the following information TABLE 23 Output of show ip igmp interface This field Displays Intf The virtual interface on which IGMP is enabled Port The physical port on which IGMP is enabled Groups The number of groups that this interface or port has membership Version Oper The IGMP version that is operating on the interface Cfg The IGMP version that is configured for this interface Querier Where the Querier resides Max response The IP address of the router where the querier is located or Self if the querier is on the same router as the intf or port oQrr Other Querier present timer GenQ General Query timer V1Rtr Whether IGMPv1 is present on the intf or port V2Rtr Whether IGMPv2 is present on the intf or port Tracking Fast tracking status Enabled or Disabled Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 155 Clearing IGMP traffic statistics Displaying IGMP traffic status To display the traffic status on each virtual routing interface enter the following command device s
88. warning messages when it runs out of software resources or when it receives packets with the wrong checksum or groups These messages are rate limited You can turn off these messages by entering the following command device config ip multicast verbose off Syntax no ip multicast verbose off Configuring static router ports The Brocade device forwards all multicast control and data packets to router ports which receive queries Although router ports are learned you can force multicast traffic to specified ports even though these ports never receive queries To configure static router ports enter the following commands device config vlan 70 device config vlan 70 multicast router port ethernet 4 to 5 ethernet 8 Syntax no multicast router port ethernet port ethernet port to port To specify a list of ports enter each port as ethernetport followed by a space For example ethernet 1 24 ethernet 6 24 ethernet 8 17 To specify a range of ports enter the first port in the range as ethernetport followed by the last port in the range For example ethernet 1 1 to 1 8 You can combine lists and ranges in the same command For example enable ethernet 1 1 to 1 8 ethernet 1 24 ethernet 6 24 ethernet 8 17 Turning off static group proxy If a device has been configured for static groups it acts as a proxy and sends membership reports for the static groups when it receives general or group specific queries When a static gr
89. you must add the ports to the group individually To manually add a port to a multicast group enter a command such as the following at the configuration level for the port Device config if e10000 1 1 ip igmp static group 224 2 2 2 This command adds port 1 1 to multicast group 224 2 2 2 To add a port that is a member of a VRF interface to a multicast group enter a command such as the following at the configuration level for the virtual routing interface Device config vif 1 ip igmp static group 224 2 2 2 ethernet 5 2 This command adds port 5 2 in VRF interface 1 to multicast group 224 2 2 2 Syntax no ip igmp static group ip addr ethernet s ot portnum The ip addr variable specifies the group number The ethernet s ot portnum parameter specifies the port number Use this parameter if the port is a member of a VRF interface and you are entering this command at the configuration level for the VRF interface Manually added groups are included in the group information displayed by the following commands show ip igmp group show ip pim group Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 75 53 1003085 02 Multicast non stop routing To display static multicast groups in the default VRF enter the following command device show ip igmp static Group Address Interface Port List 224 2 2 2 vl ethe 5 2 Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf_name static The vrf parameter allows you to display static IGM
90. 0 0 0 0 0 Brocade show ip pim traffic join prune tx Port Packet Join Prune Avg Aggr Last Aggr EREET Tane ae fees oe hee ms ae ae ak ate ic ee ae ae aera ie a aie Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx set er a E a ec ea a v30 0 0 0 0 0 v50 1264 1263 1 l v150 0 0 0 0 0 v200 0 0 0 0 0 Syntax show ip pim vrf vif name traffic join prune rx tx e vrf PIM traffic statistics for the VRF instance identified by vrf name e join prune Join prune statistics e rx Received PIM traffic statistics e tx Transmitted PIM traffic statistics Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 119 Clearing the PIM message counters NOTE If you have configured interfaces for standard PIM dense mode on the device statistics for these interfaces are listed first by the display The following table describes the output for this show command TABLE 13 Output from the show ip pim vrf traffic command This field Displays Port Hello JorP Register RegStop Assert Total Recv or Xmit Total Discard or chksum The port or virtual interface on which the PIM interface is configured The number of PIM Hello messages sent or received on the interface The number of Join or Prune messages sent or received on the interface NOTE Unlike PIM dense PIM Sparse uses the same messages for Joins and Prunes The number of Register messages sent or received on the interface The number of Register St
91. 02 PIM SM snooping 227 configuration 38 65 disabling on a VLAN 39 66 displaying errors 27 displaying information 39 66 displaying information for a specific group or source group pair 41 displaying information on a Layer 2 switch 40 67 enabling on a VLAN 39 enabling or disabling 38 65 show commands show command show ip multicast 26 PIM SM traffic snooping application examples 35 62 configuration notes and limitations 37 64 enabling globally on the device 19 global tasks 17 overview 35 62 port specific tasks 17 VLAN specific tasks 17 PIM Sparse domains joined by MSDP devices 121 S show command show ip igmp traffic 145 show ip multicast error 27 show ip multicast group 27 show ip multicast mcache 28 show ip multicast pimsm snooping 39 41 66 show ip multicast resource 29 show ip multicast traffic 30 show ip multicast vlan 26 31 show ip multicast vlanPIM SM snooping show commands 32 show ip pimsm snooping 40 show ip pimsm snooping vlan 40 67 static router ports configuring 24 V VLAN 228 mld snooping active passive 52 mld snooping disable mld snoop 52 mld snooping fast convergence 55 mld snooping fast leave v1 54 mld snooping port version 1 2 ethernet 53 mld snooping proxy off 53 mld snooping router port ethernet 53 mld snooping static group 53 mld snooping tracking 54 mld snooping version 1 2 52 multicast active VLAN multicast passive 20 multicast disable multicast
92. 08 0 01 08 0 10a 98 0 01 08 0 10 leave for v2 IPv6 PMRI No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 IPv6 PIM SSM No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 IPv6 PIM Sparse No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 IPv6 PIM Anycast RP No 08 0 01 2 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 IPv6 multicast boundaries No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 Embedded RPv6 No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 Multi VRF support No 08 0 12 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 Hardware replication resource sharing No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 013 08 0 10 Concurrent support for multicast routing No 08 0 012 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 0138 08 0 10 and snooping Static mroute No 08 0 10a gg 9 10a 08 0 10a 08 0 10a 08 0 10a2 9g 0404 2 In a mixed stack only 3 3rd generation modules only Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 163 53 1003085 02 IPv6 PIM Sparse IPv6 PIM Sparse 164 IPv6 Protocol Independent Multicast PIM Sparse is supported IPv6 PIM Sparse provides multicasting that is especially suitable for widely distributed multicast environments In an IPv6 PIM Sparse network an IPv6 PIM Sparse router that is connected to a host that wants to receive information for a multicast group must explicitly send a join request on behalf of the receiver host FIGURE 10 Example IPv6 PIM Sparse domain This interface is also the IPv6 P
93. 1 1 device config ip igmp ssm map enable Displaying an IGMP SSM mapping information The show ip igmp ssm map command displays the association between a configured ACL and source address mapped to it as shown in the following device show ip igmp ssm map Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name ssm map The show ip igmp ssm map group address displays the ACL ID that has the specified multicast group address in its permit list and lists the source addresses mapped to the specified multicast group address as shown in the following device show ip igmp ssm map 232 1 1 1 Syntax show ip igmp ssm map group address Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Protocols Supported IPvG Multicast Features scsc ccseccssnssesstaesnnuasstnnadsarsnecnsdasssaeapaduentonsandaesedaaatnnnics 163 s IP VG FIN SPASE raeno E E 164 PINAMAR a a a acca Met a eeee aia tea eee 194 e Multicast Listener Discovery and source specific multicast protocols 196 IPG Molticast Boundaries soisin reie ai a a a i 206 Supported IPv6 Multicast Features Lists IPv6 Multicast features supported on Fastlron devices The following table displays the individual device and the IPv6 Multicast features supported Feature ICX 6430 ICX 6450 FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6650 FSX 800 ICX 7750 FSX 1600 MLD v1 and v2 No 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10a 08 0 01 08 0 10 MLD membership tracking and fast No 08 0 01 08 0 01
94. 1 22 0 9 222 252 19256 Lo L0 227 1 1 9 2920 14 27 0 10 222 2 2 gt 192 6 1 10 227 1 1 10 BO de 0 Syntax show ip msdp vrf vrf name sa cache source address group address peer as as number counts orig rp rp address peer peer address rejected self originated The source address parameter selects the source address of the SA entry The group address parameter selects the group address of the SA entry The peer as keyword specifies the BGP AS Number of the forwarding peer The counts keyword displays only the count of entries The orig rp keyword specifies the originating RP address The peer keyword specifies the peer address The rejected keyword displays the rejected SAs The self originated keyword displays the self originated SAs The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 16 MSDP source active cache This field Displays Total The number of entries the cache currently contains Index The cache entry number RP The RP through which receivers can access the group traffic from the source SourceAddr The IP address of the multicast source GroupAddr The IP multicast group to which the source is sending information Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying MSDP RPF Peer TABLE 16 MSDP source active cache Continued This field Displays Orig Peer The peer from which this source active entry was received Age T
95. 1 packet Source specific multicast group range The route precedence configured to control the selection of routes based on the four route types Non default route from the mRTM Default route from the mRTM Non default route from the uRTM Default route from the uRTM Indicates whether the embedded RP is enabled or disabled Displaying IPv6 PIM interface information You can display IPv6 PIM multicast interface information using the show ipv6 pim interface command device show ipv6 pim interface ethernet 1 1 7 Flags SM Sparse Mode v2 NNMNMNMHOONNMRMHONRMRMRMRNMRNMNM Interface Global Address Mode St TTL Multicast VRF DR Override Designated Router Port Thr Boundary Prio Interval MNHNMNMNHONNNMNMHONRMRMRMRNMRNMNM e1 1 1 al41 1 SM Ena 1 None default 1 3000ms Itself Total Number of Interfaces 1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying a list of multicast groups Syntax show ipv6 pim vrfvif name interface ethernets of portnum loopbacknum venum The vrf option allows you to display multicast boundary information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The ethernet port number parameter specifies the physical port The loopback num parameter specifies the loopback port The ve num parameter speci
96. 1024 Timer Data 256 1 255 0 59392 2 28 256 mcache SLIB Sync 280 0 280 0 64960 20 28 280 mcache 56 2 54 0 12992 2 796 56 graft if no mcache 197 0 197 0 45704 0 64 197 HW replic vlan 2000 3 1997 0 464000 4 66 2000 HW replic port 1024 3 1021 0 237568 4 78 1024 pim dvm intf group 256 0 256 0 59392 0 24 256 pim dvm global group 256 2 254 0 59392 2 46 256 repl entry Global 1024 0 1024 0 237568 4 43 1024 IGMP Resources All Vrfs groups 256 2 254 0 4096 2 210 256 group memberships 256 2 254 0 4096 2 142 256 sources 56 1 55 0 T2992 606 59 56 client sources 56 0 56 0 12992 0 81 56 ssm map 256 0 256 0 256 0 18 256 ssm map sources 256 0 256 0 59392 O 1024 256 Hardware related Resources Total S G entries 1 Total SW FWD entries 0 Total sw w Tag MVID entries 0 Total sw w Tag invalid MVID entries 0 Total HW FWD entries 1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 103 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Total hw w Tag MVID entries 0 Total hw w Tag invalid MVID entries 0 Syntax show ip pim all vrf vrf vrf name resource The vrf parameter allows you to display hardware resource information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ip pim resource command TABLE 2 Output from the show ip pim resource command Field Description Num alloc Number of VRF instances allocated System max Maximum number of VRFs allowed in the system Size
97. 145 show ip multicast error 27 show ip multicast group 27 show ip multicast mcache 28 show ip multicast pimsm snooping 41 show ip multicast resource 29 show ip multicast traffic 30 show ip multicast vlan 26 show ip pimsm snooping 40 67 F feature support IP multicast reduction 13 IGMP configuring for individual ports in a VLAN 21 configuring the mode 19 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN 24 modifying the age interval for group membership entries 22 IGMP snooping Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 clear commands 34 clearing IGMP counters on VLANs 35 clearing the IGMP mcache 34 clearing the mcache on a specific VLAN 34 clearing traffic on a specific VLAN 34 configuration 17 configuring report control 23 disabling on a VLAN 22 displaying mcache information 28 displaying querier information 31 displaying software resource usage for VLANs 29 displaying the status 30 MAC based implementation on Fastlron X series 16 modifying the maximum response time 22 modifying the query interval 22 overview 13 queriers and non queriers 14 tracking and fast leave 15 VLAN specific configuration 15 Interface ip igmp proxy 144 145 Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP displaying proxy traffic information 145 proxy configuration 144 multicast enabling or disabling error and warning messages 24 modifying the cache age time 23 turning off static group proxy 24 P PIM overview 1
98. 2 Setting the prune wait interval 172 Setting the prune wait interval The prune wait command allows you to set the amount of time the PIM router should wait for a join override before pruning an Outgoing Interface List Optimization OIF from the entry To change the default join override time to 2 seconds enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router prune wait 2 To change the default join override time to 2 seconds for a specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue prune wait 2 Syntax no prune wait seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range is from 0 through 30 seconds The default is 3 seconds Setting the register suppress interval The register suppress time command allows you to set the amount of time the PIM router uses to periodically trigger the NULL register message NOTE The register suppress time configuration applies only to the first hop PIM router To change the default register suppress time to 90 seconds enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router register suppress time 90 To change the default register suppress time to 90 seconds for a specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device confi
99. 2 1 1 ak 2 Self 0 0 No e1 1 1 1 2 Self 0 0 No v50 0 2 Disabled Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD settings e1 1 2 0 2 Self 0 0 No v220 0 2 Disabled el 1 1 3 2 Self 0 T2 No Syntax show ipv6 mld vrf vrf name interface ethernet port number ve num The vrf parameter allows you to display MLD parameters on an interface for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable Enter ve and its number or ethernet and its port address to display MLD information for a specific virtual routing interface or an Ethernet interface The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 mid interface command TABLE 42 Output from the show ipv6 mld interface command Field Description version Version of the MLD being used query int Query interval in seconds max resp time Number of seconds multicast groups have to respond to queries group mem time Number of seconds multicast groups can be members of this group before aging out details The following is displayed for each interface The port ID The default MLD version being used The multicast protocol used IPV6 address of the multicast interface If the interface has groups the group source list IPv6 multicast address and the filter mode are displayed To display the MLD parameters on an interface for a specified VRF enter the following command as shown in the example below devic
100. 2 IGMP multicast is automatically enabled with Layer 3 multicast routing If Layer 3 multicast routing is enabled on your system do not attempt to enable Layer 2 IGMP snooping e The default IGMP version is V2 e A user can configure the maximum numbers of group address entries e An IGMP device can be configured to rate limit the forwarding IGMP V2 membership reports to queriers e The device supports static groups The device acts as a proxy to send IGMP reports for the static groups when receiving queries Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IGMP snooping configuration e A user can configure static router ports to force all multicast traffic to these specific ports e Ifa VLAN has a connection to a PIM enabled port on another router the VLAN must be configured as a non querier passive When multiple snooping devices connect together and there is no connection to PIM ports one device must be configured as a querier active If multiple devices are configured as active queriers only one will keep sending queries after exchanging queries e The querier must configure an IP address to send out queries e IGMP snooping requires hardware resource Hardware resource is installed only when there is data traffic If resource is inadequate the data stream without a resource is mirrored to the CPU in addition to being VLAN flooded which can cause high CPU usage Brocade recommends that you avoid global en
101. 3 OIFs L2OIFs and Blocked OIFs And each section has Format of L3 L2 Blocked followed by HW SW followed by count of the number of OIF in each section Additionally each section displays the OIFs one per line And shows the OIF in the format eth Tr Vlan followed by uptime expiry time followed by the Flags associated with each OIF L3 Shows whether the traffic is routed out of the interface L2 Shows whether the traffic is switched out of the interface HW Shows whether the entry is hardware forwarded SW Shows whether the entry is software forwarded Eth Tr VL1 Shows the outgoing interface on the specified VLAN Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 93 53 1003085 02 Displaying information across VRFs 94 TABLE 1 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Continued Field Description Flags explanation of Shows the flags set in each of the Outgoing interface in abbreviated string format whose flags in the OIF explanations are as follows Legend of this shown at the top of each entry section IM Immediate IH Inherited MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude BR Blocked due to SG RPT BA Blocked due to Assert BF Blocked due to Filter BI Blocked IIF Incoming interface matches OIF Src VLAN VLAN associated with the ingress interface You can use the following command to filter the output to display only entries that egress port ethernet 1 1
102. 4 0 0 0 4 RPs 2 RP 1 1 51 51 1 priority 0 age 60 holdtime 150 RP 2 1 51 51 3 priority 0 age 30 holdtime 150 To display the RP set list for devices that are not elected as BSR enter the following command at any CLI level Brocade config show ip pim rp set Static RP Static RP count 2 1 51 51 4 1 51 51 5 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying multicast neighbor information Number of group prefixes Learnt from BSR 1 Group prefix 224 0 0 0 4 RPs expected 2 RPs received 2 BP 17 1511 priority 0 age 60 holdtime 150 RP 2h 1 91 51 5 priority 0 age 30 holdtime 150 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name rp set The vrf option allows you to display the RP set list for the VRF instance identified by the vif name variable The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 10 Output from the show ip pim vrf rp set command This field Displays Number of group prefixes The number of PIM Sparse group prefixes for which the RP is responsible Group prefix Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP RPs expected or received Indicates how many RPs were expected and received in the latest bootstrap message RP num Indicates the RP number If there are multiple RPs in the PIM Sparse domain a line of information for each RP is listed in ascending numerical order priority The RP priority of the ca
103. 4 1 ethe 4 1 229 1 0 92 4 1 ethe 4 1 Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name static The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display static IGMP group information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable TABLE 22 Output of show ip igmp vrf static This field Displays Group Address The address of the multicast group Interface Port List The physical ports on which the multicast groups are received Displaying the IGMP status of an interface You can display the status of a multicast enabled port by entering a command such as the following device show ip igmp interface Intf Port Groups Version Querier Timer ViRtr V2Rtr Tracking Oper Cfg OQrr GenQ e6 3 T 3 3 Self 0 94 No No Disabled e6 4 0 2 Self 0 94 No No Disabled v30 I 3 3 Disabled e6 2 3 Self 0 20 No No v40 0 3 3 Disabled e6 2 3 Self 0 20 No No v50 0 2 Disabled e12 1 2 Self 0 29 No No e6 8 2 50 1 1 10 46 0 No Yes e6 1 2 Self 0 115 No Yes Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name interface ve number ethernet port address tunnel num The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display IGMP interface information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Enter
104. 53 1003085 02 17 February 2014 Fastiron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide Supporting Fastlron Software Release 08 0 10a BROCADE 2014 Brocade Communications Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Brocade the B wing symbol Brocade Assurance ADX AnylO DCX Fabric OS Fastlron HyperEdge ICX MLX MyBrocade Netlron OpenScript VCS VDX and Vyatta are registered trademarks and The Effortless Network and the On Demand Data Center are trademarks of Brocade Communications Systems Inc in the United States and in other countries Other brands and product names mentioned may be trademarks of others Notice This document is for informational purposes only and does not set forth any warranty expressed or implied concerning any equipment equipment feature or service offered or to be offered by Brocade Brocade reserves the right to make changes to this document at any time without notice and assumes no responsibility for its use This informational document describes features that may not be currently available Contact a Brocade sales office for information on feature and product availability Export of technical data contained in this document may require an export license from the United States government The authors and Brocade Communications Systems Inc assume no liability or responsibility to any person or entity with respect to the accuracy of this document or any loss cost liability or damages arising from
105. 79 life 100 group f f 10 1234 5678 life 100 1 35 has 0 grp non QR QR 2001 DB8 2e0 52ff fe00 9900 age 20 dft V2 trunk Syntax show ipv6 multicast vlan v an id If you do not specify the vian id variable information for all VLANs is displayed The following table describes information displayed by the show ipv6 multicast vlan command Field Description version The MLD version number query t How often a querier sends a general query on the interface group aging t Number of seconds membership groups can be members of this group before aging out rtr port The router ports which are the ports receiving queries The display router ports 1 36 120 2001 DB8 2e0 52f f fe00 9900 means port 1 36 has a querier with 2001 DB8 2e0 52ff fe00 9900 as the link local address and the remaining life is 120 seconds max resp t The maximum number of seconds a client can wait before it replies to the query non QR Indicates that the port is a non querier Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Clearing MLD snooping counters and mcache Field Description QR Indicates that the port is a querier Clearing MLD snooping counters and mcache The clear commands for MLD snooping should only be used in troubleshooting situations or when recovering from error conditions Clearing MLD counters on all VLANs To clear MLD snooping error and traffic counters on all VLANs enter the clear ipv6 multicast
106. Age UpTime VREF Prio sec Bit msec msec sec HHHNNMNMNMNMNMNMNMNMM vv503 e2 1 11 fe80 204 ff fe05 6 105 1 500 3000 25 06 50 10 default 1 2006 503 1001 vv503 e2 1 11 fe80 768e f8ff fe2c cb80 105 1 500 3000 12 06 50 10 default 1 2006 503 1004 TTotal Number of Neighbors 2 Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name neighbor Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying the IPv6 PIM multicast cache The vrf parameter allows you to display the IPv6 PIM neighbors for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim neighbor command TABLE 34 Output from the show ipv6 pim neighbor command Field Description Port The routing interface through which the device is connected to the neighbor Phyport The physical interface through which the device is connected to the neighbor Neighbor The IPv6 interface of the IPv6 PIM neighbor interface Holdtime sec Indicates how many seconds the neighbor wants this device to hold the entry for this neighbor in memory The neighbor sends the Hold Time in its hello packets If the device receives a new hello packet before the Hold Time received in the previous packet expires the device updates its table entry for the neighbor If the device does not receive a new hello packet from the neighbo
107. Because an IPv6 link local address as the source address when sending queries a global address is not required e The MLD implementation allows snooping on some VLANs or on all VLANs MLD can be enabled or disabled independently for each VLAN In addition individual ports of a VLAN can be configured as MLDv1 and MLDvz2 In general global configuration commands such as ipv6 multicast apply to all VLANs except those with a local multicast6 configuration which supersedes the global configuration Configuring the version on a port or a VLAN only affects the device sent query version The device always processes all versions of client reports regardless of the version configured e MLD snooping requires hardware resources If the device has insufficient resources the data stream without a resource is mirrored to the CPU in addition to being VLAN flooded which can cause high CPU usage To avoid this situation Brocade recommends that you avoid enabling snooping globally unless necessary e To receive data traffic MLD snooping requires clients to send membership reports If a client does not send reports you must configure a static group to force traffic to client ports e Multicast Router Discovery MRD messages are useful for determining which nodes attached to a switch have multicast routing enabled This capability is useful in a Layer 2 bridge domain with snooping switches By utilizing MRD messages Layer 2 switches can determine where to send
108. C based forwarding implementation on Fastlron X Series devices 16 On both switch and router software images IGMP snooping is either G based or S G based The hardware can either match the group address only G or both the source and group S G of the data stream This is 32 bit IP address matching not 23 bit multicast MAC address 01 00 5e xx xx xx matching When any port in a VLAN is configured for IGMP v3 the VLAN matches both source and group S G in hardware switching If no ports are configured for IGMP v3 the VLAN matches group only G Matching S G requires more hardware resources than matching G when there are multiple servers sharing the same group For example two data streams from different sources to the same group require two S G entries in IGMP v3 but only one G entry in IGMP v2 To conserve resources IGMP v3 must be used only in source specific applications When VLANs are independently configured for versions some VLANs can match G while others match S G MAC based forwarding implementation on Fastlron X Series devices On both switch and router software images IGMP snooping is MAC based This differs from IGMP snooping on the Biglron router images which match on both IP source and group S G entries programmed in the Layer 4 CAM This differs from IGMP snooping on the Fastlron FCX ICX router images which match on both IP source and group S G entries In contrast the Fastlron X Seri
109. Configuration Guide 85 53 1003085 02 Modifying PIM global parameters 86 The no router pim vrf command behaves in the following manner e Entering the router pim vrf command to enable PIM does not require a software reload e Entering a no router pim vrf command removes all configuration for PIM multicast on the specified VRF Enabling a PIM version To enable PIM on an interface globally enable PIM then enable PIM on interface 3 enter the following commands Device config router pim Device config int e 1 3 Device config if e10000 1 3 ip address 207 95 5 1 24 Device config if e10000 1 3 ip pim Device config if e10000 1 3 write memory Device config if e10000 1 3 end Syntax no ip pim version 1 2 The version 1 2 parameter specifies the PIM DM version The default version is 2 If you have enabled PIM version 1 but need to enable version 2 instead enter either of the following commands at the configuration level for the interface Device config if e10000 1 1 ip pim version 2 Device config if e10000 1 1 no ip pim version 1 To disable PIM DM on the interface enter the following command Device config if e10000 1 1 no ip pim Modifying PIM global parameters PIM global parameters come with preset values The defaults work well in most networks but you can modify the following parameters if necessary e Neighbor timeout e Hello timer e Prune timer e Prune wait timer
110. ER PIM SM Snooping SHOW COMMANE Sicdccecestacictsrscccedetizsccarcouleeerateessncesoeausiedaeseratancteenatietis 39 Supported IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction The following table lists the individual Brocade Fastlron switches and the IPv4 multicast traffic reduction features they support These features are supported in the Layer 2 and Layer 3 software images except where explicitly noted Feature ICX 6430 ICX 6450 FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6650 FSX 800 ICX 7750 FSX 1600 IGMP v1 v2 v3 snooping global and 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 local IGMP fast leave for v2 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 IGMP membership tracking and fast 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 leave for v3 PIM SM v2 Snooping 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Static IGMP groups with support for 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 proxy IGMP static group traffic filtering 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 No No IGMP snooping overview When a device processes a multicast packet by default it broadcasts the packets to all ports except the incoming port of a VLAN Packets are flooded by hardware without going to the CPU This behavior causes some clients to receive unwanted traffic IGMP snooping provides multicast containment by forwarding traffic to only the ports that have IGMP receivers for a specific multicast group destination address A dev
111. Ethernet environment Source for Groups 239 255 162 1 VLAN 2 239 255 162 69 Portt 1 Layer 2 switches snoop for PIM SM I Y join and prune messages Switch A YY Switch A detects a source on Portt 1 e and a receiver for the source group on Port5 1 Client Switch forwards multicast data from source on VLAN 2 1 1 out 5 1 only which has the receiver Without PIM SM traffic snooping the switch forwards traffic from the source out through all ports VLAN 2 Portt 1 Router sends a PIM SM join message Client sends an for 239 255 162 1 nim Y IGMP group a 4 lt membership report Receiver for Group 239 255 162 69 for 239 255 162 69 Client Receiver for Group YY 239 255 162 1 The devices on the edge of the Global Ethernet cloud are configured for IGMP snooping and PIM SM traffic snooping Although this application uses multiple devices the feature has the same requirements and works the same way as it does on a single device Configuration notes and limitations for PIM SM snooping e PIM SM snooping applies only to PIM SM version 2 PIM SM V2 e PIM SM traffic snooping is supported in the Layer 2 base Layer 3 and full Layer 3 code IGMP snooping must be enabled on the device that will be running PIM SM snooping The PIM SM traffic snooping feature requires IGMP snooping Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 37 53 1003085 02 PIM SM snooping configuration NOTE Use the passi
112. GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV SM Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx Rx v170 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v501 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v503 3302 2524 0 0 0 0 0 0 Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err GRAFT DM STOP SM MSGS SM ADV SM Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx Tx v170 3576 0 0 0 0 0 0 v501 1456 0 0 0 0 0 0 w503 1456 1314 0 0 0 2 0 Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name traffic The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 traffic statistics for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim traffic command TABLE 39 Output from the show ipv6 pim traffic command Field Description Port The port or virtual interface on which the IPv6 PIM interface is configured Hello The number of IPv6 PIM Hello messages sent or received on the interface 190 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Clearing the IPv6 PIM forwarding cache TABLE 39 Output from the show ipv6 pim traffic command Continued Field Description Join Prune The number of Join or Prune messages sent or received on
113. IF Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 39 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM SM snooping information on a Layer 2 switch 40 1 age 60 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 60 230 2 2 2 has 1 pim join ports out of 1 OIF 1 age 60 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 60 This output shows the number of PIM join OIF out of the total OIF The join or prune messages are source specific In this case If the mcache is in G the display function will also print the traffic source information Syntax show ip multicast pimsm snooping vlan id Use the vian id parameter to display PIM SM snooping information for a specific VLAN Displaying PIM SM snooping information on a Layer 2 switch You can display PIM SM snooping information for all groups by entering the following command at any level of the CLI on a Layer 2 Switch device show ip multicast pimsm snooping vlan 100 VLAN 100 has 2 caches 1 230 1 1 1 has 1 pim join ports out of 1OIF 1 age 60 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 60 2 230 2 2 2 has 1 pim join ports out of 1 OIF 1 age 60 1 has 1 sre 10 20 20 66 60 Syntax show ip multicast pimsm snooping vlan vian id Enter the ID of the VLAN for the vianvian id parameter If you want to display PIM SM snooping information for one source or one group enter a command as in the following example The command also displays the source port list of the group device show ip multicst pimsm snooping 230 1 1 1 Show pimsm
114. IM Sparse Bootstrap Router BR and router B _ the Rendezvous Point RP r m Port2 ea Port2 2 A J di s 4 s Rendezvous Point RP path Potas NS Port3 8 n VE 1 VE1 7 IPv6 PIM Sparse _ gt IPv6 PIM Sparse router A Shortest Path Tree SPT path router C fa Source for Group aw fec0 1111 1 Receiver for Group fec0 1111 1 PIM Sparse router types Routers that are configured with PIM Sparse interfaces also can be configured to fill one or more of the following roles BSR The Bootstrap Router BSR distributes RP information to the other PIM Sparse routers within the domain Each PIM Sparse domain has one active BSR For redundancy you can configure ports on multiple routers as candidate BSRs The PIM Sparse protocol uses an election process to select one of the candidate BSRs as the BSR for the domain The BSR with the highest BSR priority a user configurable parameter is elected If the priorities result in a tie then the candidate BSR interface with the highest IP address is elected In the example in Figure 10 on page 164 PIM Sparse router B is the BSR Port 2 2 is configured as a candidate BSR RP The Rendezvous Points RP is the meeting point for PIM Sparse sources and receivers A PIM Sparse domain can have multiple RPs but each PIM Sparse multicast group address can have only one active RP PIM Sparse routers learn the addresses of RPs and the groups for which they are responsible from messages that th
115. LAN You can specify the IGMP version for individual ports in a VLAN For example the following commands configure ports 4 5 and 6 to use IGMP V3 The other ports either use the IGMP version specified with the multicast version command or the globally configured IGMP version device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast port version 3 ethernet 2 4 to 2 6 Syntax no multicast port version 2 3 ethernetport ethernet port toport To specify a list of ports enter each port as ethernetport followed by a space For example ethernet 1 24 ethernet 6 24 ethernet 8 17 To specify a range of ports enter the first port in the range as ethernetport followed by the last port in the range For example ethernet 1 1 to 1 8 You can combine lists and ranges in the same command For example enable ethernet 1 1 to 1 8 ethernet 1 24 ethernet 6 24 ethernet 8 17 Configuring static groups to specific ports A snooping enabled VLAN cannot forward multicast traffic to ports that do not receive IGMP membership reports If clients cannot send reports you can configure a static group which applies to specific ports The static group allows packets to be forwarded to the static group ports even though they have no client membership reports device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast static group 224 1 1 1 count 2 ethernet 0 1 3 ethernet 0 1 5 to 0 1 7 Information specific to FCX and ICX devices The following inform
116. LK Number of times that sources were removed from an interface Clearing IGMP traffic statistics To clear statistics for IGMP traffic enter the following command device clear ip igmp traffic 156 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols Syntax clear ip igmp vrf vrf name traffic This command clears all the multicast traffic information on all interfaces on the device Use the vrf option to clear the traffic information for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable T Displaying IGMP settings To display global IGMP settings or IGMP settings for a specified VRF To display global IGMP settings enter the following command Brocade show ip igmp settings IGMP Global Configuration Query Interval 125s Configured Interval 125 Max Response Time 10s Group Membership Time 260s Operating Version 2 Configured Version 0 Robustness Variable i 2 Router Alert Check Enabled Last Member Query Interval 1 Last Member Query Count 2 Older Host Present Timer 260 Maximum Group Address 4096 Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name settings The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display IGMP settings information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable The report shows the following information TABLE 25 Output of show ip igmp settings This field Displays Query Interval Configured Query Interval Max Response Time Group Membership Time C
117. M DM Prune to upstream is required RP Show the IP address of the RP fast ports Shows forwarding port mask AgeSlitMsk Shows the slot number on which active module expects ingress traffic L2 FID Shows the hardware resource allocated for the traffic switched to receivers in the ingress VLAN DIT Shows the hardware resource allocated for routed receivers RegPkt Shows Count of Packets forwarded due to the Register decapsulation AvgRate Shows the average Rate of packets ingressing for this entry over 30 seconds 116 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying the PIM multicast cache for DIT TABLE 12 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Continued Field Profile Number of matching entries Outgoing interfaces Section L3 L2 HW SW Eth Tr VL1 Flags explanation of flags in the OIF section Src Vlan Description Shows the Profile ID associated with the Stream Shows the total number of mcache entries matching a particular multicast filter specified This section consists of three parts L3 OIFs L2OIFs and Blocked OIFs And each section has Format of L3 L2 Blocked followed by HW SW followed by count of the number of OIF in each section Additionally each section displays the OIFs one per line And shows the OIF in the format eth Tr Vlan followed by uptime expiry time followed by the Flags associated with each OIF Shows whether the traffic is routed ou
118. MLDv2 snooping queries received or sent G Qry Number of group specific queries received or sent GSQry Number of group source specific queries received or sent MBR The membership report MbrV1 The MLDv1 membership report Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 59 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD snooping information by VLAN 60 Field Description MbrV2 The MLDv2 membership report IsIN Number of source addresses that were included in the traffic IsEX Number of source addresses that were excluded in the traffic ToIN Number of times the interface mode changed from EXCLUDE to INCLUDE ToEX Number of times the interface mode changed from INCLUDE to EXCLUDE ALLO Number of times additional source addresses were allowed on the interface BLK Number of times sources were removed from an interface Pkt Err Number of packets having errors such as checksum errors Displaying MLD snooping information by VLAN You can display MLD snooping information for all VLANs or for a specific VLAN For example to display MLD snooping information for VLAN 70 enter the show ipv6 multicast vlan command device show ipv6 multicast vlan 70 version 1 query t 60 group aging t 140 max resp t 3 other qr present t 123 VL70 cfg V2 vlan cfg passive 2 grp 0 SG cache rtr ports router ports 1 36 120 2001 DB8 2e0 52ff fe00 9900 1 26 has 2 grp non QR passive cfg V1 1 26 has 2 grp non QR passive cfg V1 group f f 10 1234 56
119. Management Interface You can display some general PIM information but not specific PIM Sparse information Configuring global PIM Sparse parameters To configure basic global PIM Sparse parameters enter commands such as the following on each Brocade device within the PIM Sparse domain Device config router pim Syntax no router pim NOTE You do not need to globally enable IP multicast routing when configuring PIM Sparse The command in this example enables IP multicast routing and enables the PIM Sparse mode of IP multicast routing The command does not configure the Brocade device as a candidate PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR and candidate Rendezvous Point RP You can configure a device as a PIM Sparse device without configuring the Brocade device as a candidate BSR and RP However if you do configure the device as one of these it is recommended that you configure the device as both of these Refer to the Configuring BSRs section Entering a no router pim command does the following e Disables PIM e Removes all configuration for PIM multicast on a Brocade device router pim level only Enabling PIM Sparse for a specified VRF To enable PIM for the VRF named blue use the following commands Device config router pim vrf blue Syntax no router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter allows you to configure PIM PIM DM and PIM SM on the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the vrf name varia
120. P Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Field get mem size init Displaying status of MLD snooping traffic Displays The current memory allocation This number should continue to increase The size of a unit in bytes The initial allocated amount of memory NOTE This number can be increased More memory can be allocated if necessary Available vidx The output interface OIF port mask used by mcache The entire device has a maximum of 4096 vidx Different mcaches with the same OIF share the same vidx If vidx is not available the stream cannot be hardware switched Displaying status of MLD snooping traffic To display status information for MLD snooping traffic enter the show ipv6 multicast traffic command device show ipv6 multicast traffic ecv L1 L70 ecv L1 L70 end L1 L70 lt ssS9 97599708 LD snooping Total Recv 32208 Xmit 166 query Qry general Q G Qry group Q GSQry group source Q Mbr member QryV1 QryV2 G Qry GSOry MbrV1 Mbrv2 Leave 0 0 0 0 31744 208 256 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ISIN ISEX ToIN TOEX ALLOW BLOCK Pkt Err 1473 31784 0 1 1 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 QryV1 QryV2 G 0ry GSQry MbrV1 MbrV2 0 0 166 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Syntax show ipv6 multicast traffic The following table describes the information displayed by the show ipv6 multicast traffic command Field Description Q Query Qry General Query QryV1 Number of general MLDv1 queries received or sent QryV2 Number of general
121. P V3 on ports 1 3 through 1 7 and port 2 9 All other ports in this virtual routing interface are configured with IGMP V2 Syntax no ip igmp port version version number ethernet port number Enter 1 2 or 3 for version number GMP V2 is the default version The ethernetport number parameter specifies which physical port within a virtual routing interface is being configured Enabling membership tracking and fast leave NOTE The IGMP V3 fast leave feature is supported in include mode but does not work in the exclude mode IGMP V3 provides membership tracking and fast leave of clients In IGMP V2 only one client on an interface needs to respond to a router s queries therefore some of the clients may be invisible to the router making it impossible for the switch to track the membership of all clients in a group Also when a client leaves the group the switch sends group specific queries to the interface to see if other clients on that interface need the data stream of the client who is leaving If no client responds the switch waits three seconds before it stops the traffic IGMP V3 contains the tracking and fast leave feature that you enable on virtual routing interfaces Once enabled all physical ports on that virtual routing interface will have the feature enabled IGMP V3 requires all clients to respond to general and group specific queries so that all clients on an interface can be tracked Fast leave allows clients to leave t
122. P address that was configured on the Loopback 1 interfaces on RP1 and RP2 OSPF is configured as the IGP for the network and all of the devices are in OSPF area 0 Since PIMR1 has a lower cost path to RP1 and PIMR2 has a lower cost path to RP2 they will register with the respective RPs when both are up and running This shares the load between the two RPs If one of the RPs fails the higher cost path to the IP address of Loopback 1 on the RPs is used to route to the still active RP 138 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols The configuration examples demonstrate the commands required to enable this application FIGURE 8 Example of a MDSP Anycast RP network Common PIM Sparse Domain RP 1 RP 2 Loopback 1 5 1 MSDP 5 1 Loopback 1 10 0 0 1 eee 10 0 0 1 Loopback 2 Loopback 2 10 1 1 1 10 1 1 2 5 2 5 3 5 2 Cost 5 Cost 5 6 2 1 2 6 3 1 3 PIMR1 PIMR2 OSPF Area 0 RP 1 configuration The following commands provide the configuration for the RP 1 router in Figure 8 RP1 config router ospf RP1 config ospf router area 0 RP1 config ospf router exit RP1 config interface loopback 1 RP1 config lbif 1 ip ospf area 0 RP1 config lbif 1 ip ospf passive RP1 config lbif 1 ip address 10 0 0 1 32 RP1 config lbif 1 ip pim sparse RP1 config lbif 1 exit RP1l config interface loopback 2 RP1 config lbif 2 ip ospf area 0 RP1 config lbif
123. P groups for the VRF instance specified by the vrf_name variable Multicast non stop routing 76 Multicast non stop routing NSR provides hitless failover support on all platforms for IPv4 multicast features default and non default VRFs PIM DM PIM SM and PIM SSM If multicast NSR is enabled the software state is kept in sync between the active and standby modules The standby module is NSR ready when the software state of the standby and active modules are in sync When the standby module is NSR ready a hitless failover does not result in a disruption to the multicast forwarding state or traffic If Multicast NSR is not enabled or if the standby module is not NSR ready the software state of the standby and active modules are not in sync In this case after a switchover or failover occurs the new active module enters protocol learning phase for a duration of 55 seconds During this phase it learns the protocol state information from its PIM neighbors and local clients During this period new multicast flows will not be forwarded but the existing mutlicast flows which existed prior to switchover or failover are forwarded in hardware without any disruption At the end of the period all the existing flows are deleted from hardware and they are reprogrammed as per the newly learned state information Multicast traffic will incur a slight disturbance until the new active module reprograms the hardware with new forwarding state information
124. PIM Anycast RP A new PIM CLI is introduced for PIM Anycast RP under the router pim sub mode The PIM CLI specifies mapping of the RP and the Anycast RP peers To configure PIM Anycast RP enter the following command device config router pim device config pim router rp address 100 1 1 1 device config pim router anycast rp 100 1 1 1 my anycast rp set acl Syntax no anycast rp rp address anycast rp set acl The rp address parameter specifies a shared RP address used among multiple PIM routers The anycast rp set acl parameter specifies a host based simple acl used to specifies the address of the Anycast RP set including a local address The following example is a configuration of PIM Anycast RP 100 1 1 1 The example avoids using loopback 1 interface when configuring PIM Anycast RP because the loopback 1 address could be used Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 141 53 1003085 02 Displaying information for a PIM Anycast RP interface 142 as a router id A PIM First Hop router will register the source with the closest RP The first RP that receives the register will re encapsulate the register to all other Anycast RP peers Please refer to Figure 9 as described in the configuration of PIM Anycast RP 100 1 1 1 device config interface loopback 2 device config lbif 2 ip address 100 1 1 1 24 device config lbif 2 ip pim sparse device config lbif 2 interface loopback 3 device config lbif 3 ip
125. PIM6 SM Snooping ccceeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 65 Enabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN 66 Disabling PIM6 SM snooping on a VLAN eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeneeeeees 66 PIM6 SM snooping show COMMAMNGS eeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeenaeeteeeeeetnaeeeeeaas 66 Displaying PIM6 SM snooping information 66 Displaying PIM6 SM snooping for a VLAN 67 IPV4 Multicast Protocols s scssecsecssesesssessseseeseeseesesereneeseeerseseesenesarenseeeseneeeeeetonsnseesesenaeers 69 Supported IPv4 Multicast Protocols features 69 Overview of IP MUItICASTING ee eeeeecenne cette eeeeeaeeeceaaeeesneeeeetaeeeseeaeeeeneeeene 71 Mullicast terms iiris noni are eg aE E A E EE EEES 71 Support for Multicast MUItI VRE 0 eee eee cette ener eeeeaeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeaeeenneeeenaa 71 system max command Changes cccccecceceeeeeceeeeeeeseseaeeeeseeenaeees 71 Show and clear command SUPPOFt ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenas 72 Changing global IP multicast parameters eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeeeeaees 72 Concurrent support for multicast routing and snooping 6 72 Defining the maximum number of PIM cache entries eee 73 Defining the maximum number of IGMP group addresses 73 Changing IGMP V1 and V2 paramete rs ccccececeeeeecteeeeeeeetaees 74 Adding an interface to a multicast QroUp eee cesses eeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenes 75 Multicast Non Stop rOULING
126. PMBR A PIM device that has some interfaces within the PIM domain and other interface outside the PIM domain PBMRs connect the PIM domain to the Internet BSR The Bootstrap Router BSR distributes RP information to the other PIM Sparse devices within the domain Each PIM Sparse domain has one active BSR For redundancy you can configure ports on multiple devices as candidate BSRs The PIM Sparse protocol uses an election process to select one of the candidate BSRs as the BSR for the domain The BSR with the highest BSR priority a user configurable parameter is elected If the priorities result in a tie then the candidate BSR interface with the highest IP address is elected In the example in Figure 5 on page 95 PIM Sparse device B is the BSR Port 2 2 is configured as a candidate BSR e RP The RP is the meeting point for PIM Sparse sources and receivers A PIM Sparse domain can have multiple RPs but each PIM Sparse multicast group address can have only one active RP PIM Sparse devices learn the addresses of RPs and the groups for which they are responsible from messages that the BSR sends to each of the PIM Sparse devices In the example in Figure 5 on page 95 PIM Sparse device B is the RP Port 2 2 is configured as a candidate Rendezvous Point RP To enhance overall network performance the Brocade device uses the RP to forward only the first packet from a group source to the group s receivers After the first packet the Brocade devic
127. PRUNE Shows If PIM DM Prune to upstream is required Show the IP address of the RP Shows forwarding port mask Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols TABLE 1 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Continued Field AgeSlitMsk L2 FID DIT RegPkt AvgRate Profile Number of matching entries Outgoing interfaces Section Description Shows the slot number on which active module expects ingress traffic This value is 1 if the entry is programmed in hardware and is 0 if the entry is not programmed in hardware Hardware Resource allocated for the traffic switched to receivers in the ingress VLAN Hardware Resource allocated for router receivers Shows the number of packets forwarded due to the Register decapsulation This field is displayed only on the active module This field displays only those entries for which the device is the RP However for a PIM DM entry the RegPKt field is not displayed for the S G entries on the active module Shows the average rate of packets ingressing for this entry over a 30 second period This field is displayed only on the active module for all entries that are hardware programmed the fwd_fast flag is set on the active module Shows the Profile ID associated with the Stream Shows the total number of mcache entries matching a particular multicast filter specified This section consists of three parts L
128. T Waiting for a matching connection request after having sent a connection request SYN RECEIVED Waiting for a confirming connection request acknowledgment after having both received and sent a connection request ESTABLISHED Data can be sent and received over the connection This is the normal operational state of the connection FIN WAIT 1 Waiting for a connection termination request from the remote TCP or an acknowledgment of the connection termination request previously sent FIN WAIT 2 Waiting for a connection termination request from the remote TCP CLOSE WAIT Waiting for a connection termination request from the local user CLOSING Waiting for a connection termination request acknowledgment from the remote TCP LAST ACK Waiting for an acknowledgment of the connection termination request previously sent to the remote TCP includes an acknowledgment of the connection termination request TIME WAIT Waiting for enough time to pass to be sure the remote TCP received the acknowledgment of the connection termination request CLOSED There is no connection state The IP address of the MSDP device interface with the peer The TCP port the MSDP router is using for the BGP4 TCP session with the neighbor The IP address of the neighbor Remote port The TCP port number of the peer end of the connection ISentSeq The initial send sequence number for the session SendNext The next sequence num
129. T a source address e When a boundary is applied to an ingress interface all packets destined to a multicast group that is filtered out will be dropped by software Currently there is no support to drop such packets in hardware The ipv6 multicast boundary command may not stop clients from receiving multicast traffic if the filter is applied on the egress interface up stream from RP Configuring multicast boundaries To define boundaries for PIM enabled interfaces enter commands such as the following device config interface ethernet 1 2 device config if e1000 1 2 ipv multicast boundary MyBrocadeAccessList Syntax no ipv6 multicast boundary aci spec Use the aci spec parameter to define the number or name identifying an access list that controls the range of group addresses affected by the boundary Use the no ipv6 multicast boundary command to remove the boundary on a PIM enabled interface The ACL MyBrocadeAccessList can be configured using standard ACL syntax Some examples of how ACLs can be used to filter multicast traffic are as follows ACL to permit multicast traffic To permit multicast traffic for group ff1e 300 and deny all other traffic enter the following commands Brocade config ipv6 access list abc Brocade config ipv6 access list abc permit ipv6 any host ffle 300 Brocade config ipv6 access list abc deny ipv6 any any To permit multicast data traffic from source 5555 14 for group ff55 5514
130. The list includes PIM SM groups learned through join messages as well as MAC addresses learned through IGMP group membership reports In this case even though the device never sees a join message for the receiver for group 239 255 162 69 the device nonetheless learns about the receiver and forwards group traffic to the receiver The device stops forwarding IP multicast traffic on a port for a group if the port receives a prune message for the group Notice that the ports connected to the source and the receivers are all in the same port based VLAN on the device This is required for the PIM SM snooping feature The devices on the edge of the Global Ethernet cloud are configured for IGMP snooping and PIM SM traffic snooping Although this application uses multiple devices the feature has the same requirements and works the same way as it does on a single device The following figure shows another example application for PIM SM traffic snooping This example shows devices on the edge of a Global Ethernet cloud a Layer 2 Packet over SONET cloud Assume that each device is attached to numerous other devices such as other Layer 2 Switches and Layer 3 Switches routers Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuration notes and limitations for PIM SM snooping NOTE This example assumes that the devices are actually Brocade devices running Layer 2 Switch software FIGURE 1 PIM SM traffic reduction in Global
131. The router deletes a forwarding entry if the entry is not used to send multicast packets The IPv6 PIM inactivity timer defines how long a forwarding entry can remain unused before the router deletes it To apply an IPv6 PIM inactivity timer of 160 seconds to all IPv6 PIM interfaces enter the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router inactivity timer 160 To apply an IPv6 PIM inactivity timer of 160 seconds for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue inactivity timer 160 Syntax no inactivity timer seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range is 60 through 3600 seconds The default is 180 seconds Changing the hello timer The hello timer defines the interval at which periodic hellos are sent out to PIM interfaces Routers use hello messages to inform neighboring routers of their presence To change the hello timer enter a command such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router hello timer 62 To change the hello timer for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue hello timer 62 Syntax nJo hello timer seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range
132. To clear the MSDP VRF statistics by entering the following command device clear ip msdp vrf blue statistics Syntax clear ip msdp vrf vrf name statistics p adadr The command in this example clears statistics for all the peers To clear statistics for only a specific peer enter the IP address of the peer The command in this example clears all statistics for all the peers in the VRF blue Configuring MSDP mesh groups A PIM Sparse domain can have several RPs that are connected to each other to form an MSDP mesh group To qualify as a mesh group the RPs have to be fully meshed that is each RP must be connected to all peer RPs in a domain Refer to Figure 7 A mesh group reduces the forwarding of SA messages within a domain Instead of having every RP ina domain forward SA messages to all the RPs within that domain only one RP forwards the SA message Since an MSDP mesh group is fully meshed peers do not forward SA messages received in a domain from one member to any member of the group The RP that originated the SA or the first RP ina domain that receives the SA message is the only one that forwards the message to the members of a Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 135 53 1003085 02 Configuring MSDP mesh group 136 mesh group An RP can forward an SA message to any MSDP router as long as that peer is farther away from the originating RP than the current MSDP router The following figure shows a
133. Traffic Reduction Lists IPv6 Multicast Traffic Reduction features supported on Fastlron devices The following table lists the individual Brocade Fastlron switches and the IPv6 Multicast Traffic Reduction features they support These features are supported in the Layer 2 and Layer 3 software images Feature ICX 6430 ICX 6450 FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6650 FSX 800 ICX 7750 FSX 1600 MLD v1 v2 snooping global and local 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 MLD fast leave for v1 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 MLD tracking and fast leave for v2 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 Static MLD groups with support for proxy 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 MLD v1 v2 snooping per VLAN 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 PIM6 SM snooping 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 01 08 0 10 MLD snooping overview Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 The default method a device uses to process an IPv6 multicast packet is to broadcast it to all ports except the incoming port of a VLAN Packets are flooded by hardware without going to the CPU which may result in some clients receiving unwanted traffic If a VLAN is not Multicast Listening Discovery MLD snooping enabled it floods IPv6 multicast data and control packets to the entire VLAN in hardware When snooping is enabled MLD packets are trapped to the CPU Data
134. V1 and V2 query interval enter the following Device config ip igmp query interval 120 Syntax no ip igmp query interval num The num variable specifies the number of seconds and can be a value from 2 to 3600 The default value is 125 Modifying IGMP V1 and V2 membership time Group membership time defines how long a group will remain active on an interface in the absence of a group report Possible values are from 5 to 26000 seconds and the default value is 260 seconds To define an IGMP V1 and V2 membership time of 240 seconds enter the following device config ip igmp group membership time 240 Syntax no ip igmp group membership time num The num variable specifies the number of seconds and can be a value from 5 to 26000 The default value is 260 Modifying IGMP V1 and V2 maximum response time Maximum response time defines how long the Brocade device will wait for an IGMP V1 and V2 response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down and removing the interface from the group Possible values are 1 to 25 The default is 10 To change the IGMP V1 and V2 maximum response time enter a command such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the CLI Device config ip igmp max response time 8 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Security enhancement for IGMP Syntax no ip igmp max response time num The num variable specifies t
135. a prune message to the upstream device The device that discarded the packet also maintains the prune state for the source group S G pair The branch is then pruned removed from the multicast tree No further multicast packets for that specific S G pair will be received from that upstream device until the prune state expires You can configure the PIM Prune Timer the length of time that a prune state is considered valid For example in the Transmission of multicast packets from the source to host group members figure the sender with address 207 95 5 1 is sending multicast packets to the group 229 225 0 1 If a PIM device receives any groups other than that group the device discards the group and sends a prune message to the upstream PIM device In the Pruning leaf nodes from a multicast tree figure device R5 is a leaf node with no group members in its IGMP database Therefore the device must be pruned from the multicast tree R5 sends a prune message upstream to its neighbor device R4 to remove itself from the multicast delivery tree and install a prune state as seen in the Pruning leaf nodes from a multicast tree figure Device 5 will not receive any further multicast traffic until the prune age interval expires When a node on the multicast delivery tree has all of its downstream branches downstream interfaces in the prune state a prune message is sent upstream In the case of R4 if both R5 and R6 are in a prune st
136. a directly attached connected multicast route ip subnet mask Specifies an IP address Modes Privileged EXEC mode Examples This example displays information for IP multicast routes Device config show ip mroute Total number of IP routes 5 Type Codes B BGP D Connected S Static Cost Dist Metric Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime 1 20 20 20 0 24 220 220 220 1 ve 220 1 1 S 8m54s 2 50 50 50 0 24 DIRECT ve 50 0 0 D 8h26m 3 Theks tl 732 DIRECT loopback 1 0 0 D 8h26m 4 129 129 129 0 24 DIRECT ve 129 0 0 D 8h26m 5 220 220 220 0 24 DIRECT ve 220 0 0 D 2h49m This example displays information for static multicast routes Device config show ip mroute static Type Codes B BGP D Connected S Static Cost Dist Metric Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime 1 20 20 20 0 24 220 220 220 1 ve 220 T L 6 8m54s This example displays information for directly attached multicast routes Device config show ip mroute connected Type Codes B BGP D Connected S Static Cost Dist Metric Destination Gateway Port Cost Type Uptime 1 50 50 50 0 24 DIRECT ve 50 0 0 D 8h26m 2 Vial 32 DIRECT loopback 1 0 0 D 8h26m 3 129 129 129 0 24 DIRECT ve 129 0 0 D 8h26m 4 220 220 220 0 24 DIRECT ve 220 0 0 D 2n49m This example displays information for IP multicast route 50 50 50 100 Device config show ip mroute 50 50 50 100 Type Codes B BGP D Connected S Static Cost Dist Metric Destination Gateway Port Cos
137. able specifies the BSR priority You can specify a value from 0 to 255 When the election process for BSR takes place the candidate BSR with the highest priority becomes the BSR The default is 0 Configuring RPs Enter a command such as the following to configure the device as a candidate RP device config pim router rp candidate ethernet 2 2 Syntax no rp candidate ethernet s ot portnum loopback num ve num The ethernets ot portnum loopbacknum venum parameters specify the interface The device will advertise the IP address of the specified interface as a candidate RP Enter ethernets ot portnum for a physical interface port Enter venum for a virtual interface Enter loopbacknum for a loopback interface By default this command configures the device as a candidate RP for all group numbers beginning with 224 As a result the device is a candidate RP for all valid PIM Sparse group numbers You can change this by adding or deleting specific address ranges Consider the following when configuring the RP e When the candidate RP is configured before explicitly specifying the groups that it serves the c rp does by default serve all the groups in the PIMSM multicast range but this includes all groups beginning with 224 x x x all the way up to 239 x x x This is reflected in the rp candidate add 224 0 0 0 4 line displayed as part of the runtime configs This entry will be referred to as the DEFAULT PREFIX e Wh
138. abling of snooping unless necessary e IGMP snooping requires clients to send membership reports in order to receive data traffic If a client application does not send reports you must configure static groups on the snooping VLAN to force traffic to client ports Note that servers traffic sources are not required to send IGMP memberships Support for VSRP together with IGMP snooping on the same interface When VSRP or VSRP aware is configured on a VLAN only IGMP version 2 is recommended IGMP version 3 is not recommended Each VLAN can independently enable or disable IGMP or configure IGMP v2 or IGMP v3 IGMP PIM SM snooping over Multi Chassis Trunking is supported on ICX 6650 ICX 7750 and X series devices The following details apply to FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6430 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices e Using the drop option you can configure a static group that can discard multicast data packets to a specified group in hardware including addresses in the reserved range The following details apply to Fastlron X Series devices e High CPU utilization occurs when IGMP Snooping and PIM routing are enabled simultaneously and if the ingressing VLAN of the snooping traffic has router interface configuration With this configuration IP Multicast data packets received in the snooping VLANs are forwarded to client ports via the hardware however copies of these packets are received and dropped by the CPU IGMP snooping configurati
139. ach of the groups When PIM6 SM traffic snooping is enabled the device starts listening for PIM6 SM join and prune messages and MLD group membership reports Until the device receives a PIM6 SM join message or an MLD group membership report the device forwards IP multicast traffic out all ports Once the device receives a join message or group membership report for a group the device forwards subsequent traffic for that group only on the ports from which the join messages or MLD reports were received In this example the router connected to the receiver for group ff1e 1 2 sends a join message toward the group source Because PIM6 SM traffic snooping is enabled on the device the device examines the join message to learn the group ID then makes a forwarding entry for the group ID and the port connected to the receiver router The next time the device receives traffic for ff1e 1 2 from the group source the device forwards the traffic only on port 5 1 because that is the only port connected to a receiver for the group 62 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Traffic Reduction Notice that the receiver for group ff1e 3 4 is directly connected to the device As a result the device does not see a join message on behalf of the client However because MLD snooping also is enabled the device uses the MLD group membership report from the client to select the port for forwarding traffic to group f
140. al Resp Code inserted into Group Specific Queries sent in response to Leave Group messages It is also the Max Response Time used in calculating the Max Resp Code for Group and Source Specific Query messages Default 10 1 second Last Member Query The Last Member Query Count is the number of Group Specific Queries sent before the Count router assumes there are no local members The Last Member Query Count is also the number of Group and Source Specific Queries sent before the router assumes there are no listeners for a particular source Default the Robustness Variable Older Host Present The Older Host Present Interval is the time out for transitioning a group back to IGMPv3 Timer mode when an older version report is sent for that group When an older version report is received routers set their Older Host Present Timer to Older Host Present Interval This value must be the Robustness Variable times the Query Interval plus one Query Response Interval Maximum Group This value indicates the maximum number of group address that can be accepted by the Address router Source specific multicast Using the Any Source Multicast ASM service model sources and receivers register with a multicast address The protocol uses regular messages to maintain a correctly configured broadcast network where all sources can send data to all receivers and all receivers get broadcasts from all sources With Source specific multicast SSM the chann
141. al or group queries by sending a membership report that contains one or more of the following records associated with a specific group e Current state record that indicates from which sources the interface wants to receive and not receive traffic This record contains the source address of interfaces and whether or not traffic will be included IS_IN or not excluded IS_EX from this source e Filter mode change record If the interface state changes from IS_IN to IS_EX a TO_EX record is included in the membership report Likewise if the interface state changes from IS_EX to IS_IN a TO_IN record appears in the membership report An IGMP V2 leave report is equivalent to a TO_IN empty record in IGMP V3 This record means that no traffic from this group will be received regardless of the source An IGMP V2 group report is equivalent to an IS_EX empty record in IGMP V3 This record means that all traffic from this group will be received regardless of source Source list change record If the interface wants to add or remove traffic sources from its membership report the report can contain an ALLOW record which includes a list of new sources from which the interface wishes to receive traffic It can also contain a BLOCK record which lists the current traffic sources from which the interface wants to stop receiving traffic IGMP protocols provide a method for clients and a device to exchange messages and let the device build a database
142. an interface on the device is elected to be the BSR Otherwise the field is blank Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 177 53 1003085 02 Displaying IPv6 PIM interface information 178 TABLE 26 Output from the show ipv6 pim sparse command Continued Field Candidate RP Msg interval Register Suppress Time Register Probe Time Register Stop Delay Register Suppress interval SSM Enabled SPT threshold SSM Group Range Route Precedence Embedded RP Enabled Description Number of seconds the candidate RP configured on the Layer 3 switch sends candidate RP advertisement messages to the BSR Default is 60 seconds This is the mean interval between receiving a Register Stop and allowing registers to be sent again A lower value means more frequent register bursts at RP while a higher value means longer join latency for new receivers Default 60 seconds Number of seconds the PIM router waits for a register stop from an RP before it generates another NULL register to the PIM RP Default is 10 seconds Register stop message Default is 10 seconds Number of seconds that it takes the designated router to send Register encapsulated data to the RP after receiving a Register Stop message Default is 60 seconds If yes source specific multicast is configured globally on this router Number of packets the device sends using the path through the RP before switching to the SPT path Default is
143. andidate RP 168 The num parameter specifies the number of seconds and can be from 10 65535 The default is 60 Use the no option to disable a timer that has been configured Configuring candidate RP Enter a command such as the following to configure the device as a candidate RP device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp candidate ethernet 2 2 To configure the device as a candidate RP for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp candidate ethernet 2 2 Syntax no rp candidate ethernet slot portnum loopback num ve num The ethernets ot portnum loopbacknum venum parameter specifies the interface The device will advertise the specified interface IP address as a candidate RP Enter ethernets ot portnum for a physical interface port Enter loopbacknum for a loopback interface Enter venum for a virtual interface To add address ranges for which the device is a candidate RP enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp candidate add ff02 200 2 64 To add address ranges for a specified VRF for which the device is a candidate RP enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp candidate add ff02 200 2 64 Syntax
144. as V2 client life 240 group 239 0 0 3 life 240 group 224 1 1 2 life 240 group 224 1 1 1 life 240 e4 has 0 groups non QR passive default V3 Syntax show ip multicast vlan vian id If you do not specify a vian id information for all VLANs is displayed The following table describes the information displayed by the show ip multicast vlan command Field Description Version The global IGMP version In this example the device is configured for IGMP version 2 Query How often a querier sends a general query on the interface In this example the general queries are sent every 125 seconds Group Age The number of seconds membership groups can be members of this group before aging out Max Resp The maximum number of seconds a client waits before replying to a query Other Qr How long it took a switch with a lower IP address to become a new querier This value is 2 x Query Max Resp cfg The IGMP version for the specified VLAN In this example VL10 cfg V3 indicates that VLAN 10 is configured for IGMP V3 vian cfg The IGMP configuration mode which is either passive or active pimsm Indicates that PIM SM is enabled on the VLAN Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying IGMP snooping errors Field Description rtr port The router ports which are the ports receiving queries Displaying IGMP snooping errors To display information about possible IGMP errors enter the show
145. ate at the same time R4 becomes a leaf node with no downstream interfaces and 82 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols sends a prune message to R1 With R4 in a prune state the resulting multicast delivery tree would consist only of leaf nodes R2 and R3 FIGURE 3 Transmission of multicast packets from the source to host group members Video Conferencing 229 225 0 1 Server Group Group 207 95 5 1 229 225 0 1 Member Member Source Group S S 229 225 0 1 N 4 Group Group Group Member Member Member R2 R1 l Leaf Node R4 R6 Leaf Node Leaf Node No Group Members oe AN te S Intermediate Node Group Group Group No Group Members Member Member Member 229 225 0 1 FIGURE 4 Pruning leaf nodes from a multicast tree Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 83 53 1003085 02 Grafts to a multicast tree Video Conferencing 229 225 0 1 Server Group Group Ea 207 95 5 1 229 225 0 1 Member Member Source Group Y 229 225 0 1 4 Group Group Group Member Member Member R2 R1 R3 R4 Prune Message sent to upstream router R R6 Leaf Node No Group Members Y L gg amp Intermediate Node Group Group Group No Group Members Member Member Member 229 225 0 1 Grafts to a multicast tree A PIM device restores pruned branches to a multicast tree by sending graft message
146. ation about the drop option is specific to FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6430 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices The static group drop option discards data traffic to a group in hardware The group can be any multicast group including groups in the reserved range of 224 0 0 X The drop option does not apply to IGMP packets which are always trapped to CPU when snooping is enabled The drop option applies to the entire VLAN and cannot be configured for a port list When the drop option is not specified the group must exist outside the reserved range device config vlan 20 multicast static group 239 1 1 1 count 3 drop Syntax no multicast static group ipv4 address count num port numbers drop The ipv4 address parameter is the address of the multicast group The count is optional which allows a contiguous range of groups Omitting the count num is equivalent to the count being 1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 21 53 1003085 02 Disabling IGMP snooping on a VLAN 22 Disabling IGMP snooping on a VLAN When IGMP snooping is enabled globally you can still disable it for a specific VLAN For example the following commands cause IGMP snooping to be disabled for VLAN 20 This setting overrides the global setting device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast disable multicast snoop Syntax no multicast disable multicast snoop Modifying the age interval for group membership entries When the device
147. ature requires the entire VLAN be configured for IGMP V3 with no IGMP V2 clients If a client does not send a report during the specified group membership time the default is 260 seconds that client is removed from the tracking list Every group on a physical port keeps its own tracking record However it can only track group membership it cannot track by source group For example Client A and Client B belong to group1 but each receives traffic streams from different sources Client A receives a stream from source_1 group1 and Client B receives a stream from source_2 group1 The device still waits for the configured leave wait time before it stops the traffic because these two clients are in the same group If the clients are in different groups then the waiting period is not applied and traffic is stopped immediately To enable the tracking and fast leave feature for VLAN 20 enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast tracking Syntax no multicast tracking The membership tracking and fast leave features are supported for IGMP V3 only If any port or any client is not configured for IGMP V3 then the multicast tracking command is ignored Enabling fast leave for IGMP V2 When a device receives an IGMP V2 leave message it sends out multiple group specific queries If no other client replies within the waiting period the device stops forwarding traffic When fast leave v2 is confi
148. ay information for a PIM Anycast RP interface enter the following command device config show ip pim anycast rp Number of Anycast RP 1 Anycast RP 100 1 1 1 ACL ID 200 ACL Name my anycast rp set ACL Filter SET Peer List Leto Ded w2e2 ee ee Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name anycast rp Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Static multicast routes The following table describes the parameters of the show ip pim anycast rp command TABLE 17 Display of show ip pim anycast rp This field Displays Number of Anycast RP The Number of Anycast RP specifies the number of Anycast RP sets in the multicast domain Anycast RP The Anycast RP address specifies a shared RP address used among multiple PIM routers ACL ID The ACL ID specifies the ACL ID assigned ACL Name The ACL Name specifies the name of the Anycast RP set ACL Filter The ACL Filter specifies the ACL filter state SET or UNSET Peer List The Peer List specifies host addresses that are permitted in the Anycast RP set NOTE MSDP and Anycast RP do not interoperate If transitioning from MSDP to Anycast RP or vice versa all RPs in the network must be configured for the same method of RP peering either Anycast RP or MSDP Static multicast routes Configure static multicast routes to control the network paths administrative distance and precedence for multicast routes Static multicast routes allow you to control t
149. ay information on a device that has been elected as the BSR enter the show ipv6 pim bsr command at the CLI level Brocade show ipv6 pim bsr PIMv2 Bootstrap information for Vrf Instance default vrf This system is the Elected BSR BSR address 2006 1001 1 Hash Mask Length 64 Priority 32 Next bootstrap message in 00 01 00 Configuration Candidate loopback 1 Address 2006 1001 1 Hash Mask Length 64 Priority 32 Next Candidate RP advertisment in 00 00 50 RP 2006 1001 1 group prefixes f 00 8 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 The following example shows information displayed on a device that is not the BSR Notice that some fields shown in the previous example do not appear in the following example Brocade show ipv6 pim bsr PIMv2 Bootstrap information for Vrf Instance default vrf BSR address 2006 1001 1 Hash Mask Length 64 Priority 32 This system is not a Candidate RP This system is not a Candidate RP Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name bsr The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 PIM BSR information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim bsr command TABLE 29 Output from the show ipv6 pim bsr command Field Description BSR address The IPv6 address of the interface configured as the IPv6 PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR BSR priority
150. aying information for PIM SSM range ACL 160 The acl id acl name parameter specifies the ACL id or name used to configure multiple SSM group ranges To disable the SSM mapping range ACL use the no form of this command NOTE The ssm enable rangeaci id acil name or command also supports IPv6 traffic The ssm enable rangeacl id acl name or command must be configured under the IPv6 router pim configuration to support IPv6 Displaying information for PIM SSM range ACL To display information for PIM SSM range ACL configuration enter the following command at any CLI level device show ip pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache 0 Current Count 10 Hello interval 30 Neighbor timeout s LOS Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 32 lO SPT Threshold 2 i Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Stop Delay 60 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled Yes SSM Group Range 224 1 1 1 24 SSM Group Range ACL 2 XYZ Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default NOTE The show ipv6 pim sparse command also displays PIM SSM range ACL configuration IGMPv2 SSM mapping The PIM SSM feature requires all IGMP hosts to send IGMPv3 reports Where you have an IGMPv2 host this can create a compatibility problem In particular the reports from an IGMPv2 host contain a Group Multicast
151. ber to be sent TotUnAck The number of sequence numbers sent by the MSDP device that have not been acknowledged by the neighbor SendWnd The size of the send window TotSent The number of sequence numbers sent to the neighbor ReTrans The number of sequence numbers the MSDP device retransmitted because they were not acknowledged IRcvSeq The initial receive sequence number for the session RevNext The next sequence number expected from the neighbor RevWnd The size of the receive window Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 131 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 132 TABLE 15 MSDP peer information Continued This field Displays TotalRcv The number of sequence numbers received from the neighbor RcevQue The number of sequence numbers in the receive queue SendQue The number of sequence numbers in the send queue Displaying Source Active cache information To display the Source Actives in the MSDP cache use the following command device show ip msdp vrf blue sa cacheTotal of 10 SA cache entriesIndex RP address Source Group Orig Peer Agel 2 2 2 2 192 6 1 10 227 1 1 1 1921 0 520 2 22 22 292 661 1210 22712452 192 112 0 3 222 2 192 6 L10 227 1 1 3 192 1 1 2 0 4 2 2 2 2 1926 12 10 227 Le 192 151 20 S 22 2 2 L92 6 1 10 227 1 1 5 L92 Lals 0 6 2623252 192 6 Lo L0 2279741 146 292 2 1 2 0 7 2 2 2 2 192 6 1 10 227 1 1 7 192 1 eI 0 8 2 25262 192661310 227 el 1 8 T9261
152. ble All PIM parameters available for the default router instance are configurable for a VRF based PIM instance The no router pim vrf command behaves in the following manner Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 97 53 1003085 02 Configuring PIM interface parameters 98 e Entering the router pim vrf command to enable PIM does not require a software reload e Entering a no router pim vrf command removes all configuration for PIM multicast on the specified VRF Configuring PIM interface parameters After you enable IP multicast routing and PIM Sparse at the global level you must enable it on the individual interfaces connected to the PIM Sparse network To enable PIM Sparse mode on an interface enter commands such as the following device config interface ethernet 2 2 device config if e10000 2 2 ip address 207 95 7 1 255 255 255 0 device config if e10000 2 2 ip pim sparse Syntax no ip pim sparse The commands in this example add an IP interface to port 2 2 then enable PIM Sparse on the interface If the interface is on the border of the PIM Sparse domain you also must enter the following command device config if e10000 2 2 ip pim border Syntax no ip pim border Configuring BSRs In addition to the global and interface parameters described in the previous sections you need to identify an interface on at least one device as a candidate PIM Sparse Bootstrap router BSR and candidate
153. cache num command Device config system max mld snoop mcache 8000 Syntax no system max mld snoop mcache num he num variable is a value from 256 to 8192 The default is 512 The configured number is the upper limit of an expandable database Client memberships exceeding the group limits are not processed FCX FSX ICX 6610 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices ICX 7750 routers and ICX 7750 switches support up to 8192 MLD snooping group addresses ICX 6430 devices support up to 4096 MLD snooping group addresses To define the maximum number of multicast group addresses supported enter the system max mld snoop group addr num command The default for MLD snooping group addresses is 4096 for most devices on ICX 6430 devices the default is 1024 Device config system max mld snoop group addr 4000 Syntax no system max mld snoop group addr num For all devices except the ICX 6430 The num variable is a value from 256 to 8192 The default is 4096 For the ICX 6430 the num variable is a value from 256 to 4096 The default is 1024 Configuring the global MLD mode You can configure a Brocade device for either active or passive default MLD mode If you specify an MLD mode for a VLAN the MLD mode overrides the global setting e Active In active MLD mode a device actively sends out MLD queries to identify IPv6 multicast groups on the network and makes entries in the MLD table based on the group membership reports it receives from
154. che Clearing the mcache on a specific VLAN To clear the mcache on a specific VLAN enter the following command device clear ip multicast vlan 10 mcache Syntax clear ip multicast vlan vian id mcache The vian id parameter specifies the specific VLAN in which the mcache needs to be cleared Clearing traffic on a specific VLAN To clear the traffic counters on a specific VLAN enter the following command device clear ip multicast vlan 10 traffic Syntax clear ip multicast vianvian id traffic The vian id parameter specifies the specific VLAN in which traffic counters needs to be cleared 34 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Clearing IGMP counters on VLANs Clearing IGMP counters on VLANs To clear IGMP snooping on error and traffic counters for all VLANs enter the clear ip multicast counters command device clear ip multicast counters Syntax clear ip multicast counters Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN NOTE Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN is supported only on ICX 6650 devices To disable the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN use the ip multicast disable flooding command in global configuration mode The following example shows the disabling of flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames Brocade config ip mul
155. config if el000 config router pim config pim router rp address 10 0 0 1 config pim router exit oiae Mao Mao Mao Mar Bao Mariao Mar Bar Bar Bar Bar iar Bar Bis SSS SSS S55 S58 5855558 885 PIM Anycast RP PIM Anycast RP is a method of providing load balancing and fast convergence to PIM RPs in an IPv4 multicast domain The RP address of the Anycast RP is a shared address used among multiple PIM routers known as PIM RP The PIM RP routers create an Anycast RP set Each router in the Anycast RP set is configured using two IP addresses a shared RP address in their loopback address and a separate unique ip address The loopback address must be reachable by all PIM routers in the multicast domain The separate unique ip address is configured to establish static peering with other PIM routers and communication with the peers When the source is activated in a PIM Anycast RP domain the PIM First Hop FH will register the source to the closet PIM RP The PIM RP follows the same MSDP Anycast RP operation by decapsulating the packet and creating the s g state If there are external peers in the Anycast RP set the router will re encapsulate the packet with the local peering address as the source address of the encapsulation The router will unicast the packet to all Anycast RP peers The re encapsulation of the data register packet to Anycast RP peers ensures source state distribution to all RPs in a multicast domain Configuring
156. config std nacl permit ipv6 host 1 1 1 1 any device config std nacl permit ipv6 host 2 2 2 2 any device config std nacl permit ipv6 host 3 3 3 3 any The RP shared address 1001 1 is used in the PIM domain IPv6 addresses 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 and 3 3 3 3 are listed in the ACL that forms the self inclusive Anycast RP set Multiple Anycast RP instances can be configured on a system each peer with the same or different Anycast RP set NOTE The PIM Anycast CLI applies to only PIM routers running RP All deny statements in the anycast_rp_set ACL are ignored The example shown in the figure Example of a PIM Anycast RP network is a PIM Anycast enabled network with three RPs and one PIM FH router connecting to its active source and local receiver Loopback 2 in RP1 RP2 and RP3 each have the same IP addresses 1001 1 Loopback 3 in RP1 RP2 and RP3 each have separate IP address configured to communicate with their peers in the Anycast RP set FIGURE 11 Example of a PIM Anycast RP network Loi 1001 1 Lot 1001 1 Lot 1001 1 Sender PIM FH Receiver Lo2 1 4 1 1 Lo2 2 2 2 2 Lo2 3 3 3 3 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 195 53 1003085 02 Displaying information for an IPv6 PIM Anycast RP interface Displaying information for an IPv6 PIM Anycast RP interface To display information for an IPv6 PIM Anycast RP interface enter the show ipv6 pim anycast rp command device config show ipv6 p
157. counters command device clear ipv6 multicast counters Syntax clear ipv6 multicast counters Clearing the mcache on all VLANs To clear the mcache on all VLANs enter the clear ipv6 multicast mcache command device clear ipv6 multicast mcache Syntax clear ipv6 multicast mcache Clearing the mcache on a specific VLAN To clear the mcache on a specific VLAN enter the clear ipv6 multicast vlan mcache command device clear ipv6 multicast vlan 10 mcache Syntax clear ipv6 multicast vlan vian id mcache The vian id parameter specifies the specific VLAN from which to clear the cache Clearing traffic counters on a specific VLAN To clear the traffic counters on a specific VLAN enter the clear ipv6 multicast vlan traffic command device clear ipv6 multicast vlan 10 traffic Syntax clear ipv6 multicast vlan vian id traffic The vian id parameter specifies the specific VLAN from which to clear the traffic counters Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 61 53 1003085 02 Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN NOTE Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN is supported only on ICX 6650 devices To disable the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN use the ipv6 multicast disabl
158. d You can configure one or more static groups without having to receive an MLDv1 report Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Enabling MLD tracking on an interface To configure two static groups starting from ff0d 1 without having to receive an MLDv1 report ona virtual Ethernet interface enter either this command Device config if e1000 1 5 ipv6 mld static group ff0d 1 count 2 Or this command Device config if e1000 1 5 ipv6 mld static group ff0d 1 to ff0d 2 To configure two static groups on virtual ports starting from ff0d 1 enter either this command Device config interface ve 10 Device config vif 10 ipv6 mld static group ff0d 1 count 2 ethernet 1 5 Or this command Device config interface ve 10 Device config vif 10 ipv6 mld static group ff0d 1 to ff0d 2 ethernet 1 5 Syntax ipv6 mld static group multicast group address count count number to multicast group address ethernet port number ethernet port number to port number Enter the IPv6 multicast group address for the multicast group address The count number range is 2 256 Enter the number of the port that will be included in this static group for the ethernet port number parameter The asterisk in the syntax means that you can enter as many port numbers as you want to include in the static group For a virtual routing interface ve specify the physical Ethernet ports on which to add t
159. d EXEC mode After mroutes are cleared from an IP multicast routing table the best static mroutes are added back to it This example removes all mroutes from the IP multicast routing table Device config clear ip mroute This example removes all mroutes from the vrf green IP multicast routing table Device config clear ip mroute vrf green This example removes mroute 10 0 0 2 24 from the IP multicast routing table Device config clear ip mroute 10 0 0 2 24 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced clear ipv6 mroute Syntax Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History 210 Removes IPv6 multicast routes from the mRTM clear ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name jpv6 address prefix prefix length vrf vrf name Specifies a VRF route ipv6 address prefix prefix length Specifies an IPv6 address prefix in hexadecimal using 16 bit values between colons as documented in RFC 2373 and a prefix length as a decimal value Privileged EXEC mode After mroutes are removed from an IPv6 multicast routing table the best static mroutes are added back to it This example removes all mroutes from the IPv6 multicast routing table Device config clear ipv6 mroute This example removes all mroutes from the vrf green IPv6 multicast routing table Device config clear ipv6 mroute vrf green This example removes mroute 2000 7838 32 from the IPv6 multicast routing table Device
160. d by the vrf namevrf name variable The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 6 Output from the show ip pim bsr command This field Displays BSR address The IP address of the interface configured as the PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR BSR priority The priority assigned to the interface for use during the BSR election process During BSR election the priorities of the candidate BSRs are compared and the interface with the highest BSR priority becomes the BSR Hash mask length The number of significant bits in the IP multicast group comparison mask This mask determines the IP multicast group numbers for which the device can be a BSR The default is 32 bits which allows the device to be a BSR for any valid IP multicast group number NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Next bootstrap message Indicates how much time will pass before the BSR sends the next bootstrap message in The time is displayed in hh mm ss format NOTE This field appears only if this device is the BSR Next Candidate RP Indicates how much time will pass before the BSR sends the next candidate PR advertisement message advertisement message The time is displayed in hh mm ss format in NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 109 53 1003085 02 Displaying candidate RP information TABLE 6 Output from the show i
161. d on the same interface on which PIM SM or PIM DM is enabled e IGMP Proxy is only supported in a PIM Dense environment where there are IGMP clients connected to the Brocade device The Brocade device does not send IGMP reports on an IGMP proxy interface for remote clients connected to a PIM neighbor because it is not aware of groups that the remote clients are interested in Static groups on the other PIM interfaces are included in proxy reports PIM DM must be enabled in passive mode This is a change from the previous implementation to be backward compatible PIM DM passive mode is enabled in passive mode indirectly if PIM DM is not enabled explicitly Configuring IGMP Proxy Perform the following steps to configure IGMP Proxy Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Filtering groups in proxy report messages 1 Configure router PIM globally device config router pim 2 Configure an IP address on the interface physical virtual routing or tunnel interface that will serve as the IGMP proxy for an upstream device by entering commands such as the following device config int e 1 3 device config if e1000 1 3 ip address 10 95 5 1 24 3 Enable PIM passive on the interface device config if e1000 1 3 ip pim passive 4 Enable IGMP Proxy on the interface device config if e1000 1 3 ip igmp proxy Syntax no ip igmp proxy Filtering groups in proxy report messages Once IGMP Prox
162. d or sent by the virtual routing interface GSQry Number of source specific queries received or sent by the virtual routing interface MbrV1 Number of MLDv1 membership reports received MbrV2 Number of MLDv2 membership reports received Leave Number of MLDv1 leave messages on the interface See 2_Ex for MLDv2 Is_IN Number of source addresses that were included in the traffic Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 205 53 1003085 02 Clearing IPv6 MLD traffic TABLE 45 Output from the show ipv6 mld traffic command Continued Field Description Is_EX Number of source addresses that were excluded in the traffic ToIN Number of times the interface mode changed from exclude to include ToEX Number of times the interface mode changed from include to exclude ALLOW Number of times that additional source addresses were allowed or denied on the interface BLK Number of times that sources were removed from an interface Clearing IPv6 MLD traffic To clear counters on IPv6 MLD traffic enter the following command device clear ipv6 mld traffic Syntax clear ipv6 mld vrf vrf name traffic Use the vrf option to clear counters on IPv6 MLD traffic for a VRF instance specified by the vif name variable Clearing the IPv6 MLD group membership table cache You can clear the IPv6 PIM group membership table cache using the following command device clear ipv6 pim cache Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf name cache Use
163. d source RPF check and 3 Device has no downstream PIM neighbor If the OIF is inserted after the hardware drop entries are installed the hardware entries will be updated to include the OIFs NOTE Disabling hardware drop does not immediately take away existing hardware drop entries they will go through the normal route aging processing when the traffic stops Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring PMRI Configuring PMRI PMRI is enabled by default To disable PMRI enter commands such as the following device config router pim device config pim router hardware drop disable Syntax no hardware drop disable Displaying hardware drop Use the show ip pim sparse command to display if the hardware drop feature has been enabled or disabled device config show ip pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache 2 12992 Current Count 310 Hello interval 30 Neighbor timeout NOs Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval ars Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 20 Register Stop Delay 10 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled Yes SPT Threshold ele SSM Group Range 232 0 0 0 8 Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default IP multicast boundaries The IP multicast boundary feature is designed to select
164. ddress of the Rendezvous Point RP for the listed PIM Sparse group Displaying RP information for an IPv6 PIM Sparse group To display RP information for an IPv6 PIM Sparse group enter the following command at any CLI level device show ipv6 pim rp hash ffle 1 2 RP 2001 368 255 255 5 17 v2 Info source 2001 3e8 255 255 17 via bootstrap Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name rp hash group adadr The vrf parameter allows you to display RP information for a PIM Sparse group for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The group adoar parameter is the address of an IPv6 PIM Sparse IP multicast group The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim rp hash group addr command TABLE 32 Output from the show ipv6 pin rp hash group addr command Field Description RP Indicates the IPv6 address of the Rendezvous Point RP for the specified IPv6 PIM Sparse group Following the IPv6 address is the port or virtual interface through which this device learned the identity of the RP Info source Indicates the IPv6 address on which the RP information was received Following the IPv6 address is the method through which this device learned the identity of the RP Displaying the RP set list To display the RP set list enter the show ipv6 pim rp set command at any CLI level device show ipv6 pim rp set Static RP 183 Displaying multicast neighbor information 184 Static KP count 1 100222 Number
165. dence mc non default mc default uc non default none Configures a precedence table for multicast route selection that ignores the default route from uRTM 4 Return to global level Device config ipv6 pim router exit 5 Enable PIM for a VRF Device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue 6 Configure a precedence table for the VRF Device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue route precedence mc non default uc non default mc default uc default Configures a precedence table that specifies a non default route from the mRTM then a non default route from the URTM then a default route from the mRTM and then a default route from the uRTM for the specified VRF 7 Configure the none keyword to fill up the precedence table Device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue route precedence mc non default mc default uc non default none Configures a precedence table that specifies the unicast default route for multicast for the specified VRF Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 193 53 1003085 02 PIM Anycast RP The following examples show how to configure the route precedence and display the route precedence setting Device config ipv6 pim router route precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Device config ipv6 pim router show ipv6 pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache a 12992 Current Count 2 Hello interval amp 30 Neighbor timeout w 105 Join Prune in
166. device config vlan 20 multicast6 disable mld snoop Syntax no multicast6 disable mld snoop Configuring the MLD version for the VLAN You can specify the MLD version for a VLAN For example the following commands configure VLAN 20 to use MLDv2 device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 version 2 Syntax no multicast6 version 1 2 When no MLD version is specified the globally configured MLD version is used If an MLD version is specified for individual ports these ports use that version instead of the version specified for the VLAN Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring the MLD version for individual ports Configuring the MLD version for individual ports You can specify the MLD version for individual ports in a VLAN For example the following commands configure ports 1 4 1 5 1 6 and 2 1 to use MLDv2 The other ports use the MLD version specified with the multicast6 version command or the globally configured MLD version Device config vlan 20 Device config vlan 20 multicast6 port version 2 ethernet 2 1 ethernet 1 4 to 1 6 Syntax no multicast6 port version 1 2 ethernet port numbers Configuring static groups A snooping enabled VLAN cannot forward multicast traffic to ports that do not receive MLD membership reports To allow clients to send reports you can configure a static group that applies to individual ports on the VLAN You cannot
167. device show ip pim mcache receiver ethernet 1 1 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the Source Specific Multicast SSM routes in the mcache device show ip pim mcache ssm You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the Sparse Mode routes in the mcache device show ip pim mcache sparse You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the Dense Mode routes in the mcache device show ip pim mcache dense You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the entries matching a specific source device show ip pim mcache 1 1 1 1 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the entries matching a specific group device show ip pim mcache 239 1 1 1 Displaying information across VRFs Use the following command to display information across all active VRFs Brocade show ip pim all vrf Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM Sparse Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM Sparse bsr flow count hw resource Bootstrap router Show flowcache counters PIM hw resources interface PIM interface neighbor PIM neighbor states resource PIM resources rp set List of rendezvous point RP candidates traffic Active multicast traffic Brocade devices support Protocol Independent Multicast PIM Sparse version 2 PIM Sparse provides
168. dress of the RP enter commands such as the following device config interface loopback 2 device config lbif 2 ip address 2 2 1 99 32 device config router msdp device config msdp router originator id loopback 2 device config msdp router exit To specify VRF information enter the following commands at the MSDP VRF configuration level device config interface loopback 2 device config lbif 2 ip address 2 2 1 99 32 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Filtering MSDP source group pairs device config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue originator id loopback 2 device config msdp router vrf blue exit Syntax no originator id type number The originator id command instructs MSDP to use the specified interface IP address as the IP address of the RP in an SA message This address must be the address of the interface used to connect the RP to the source The default address used is the RP IP address The type parameter indicates the type of interface used by the RP Ethernet loopback and virtual routing interfaces ve can be used The number parameter specifies the interface number for example loopback number port number or virtual routing interface number Filtering MSDP source group pairs You can filter individual source group pairs in MSDP Source Active messages e sa filter in Filters source group pairs received in Source Ac
169. e Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced route precedence admin distance Syntax Command Default Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History Specifies that multicast routes are selected from the best route from the multicast routing table mRTM and the unicast routing URTM table route precedence admin distance no route precedence admin distance The default is route precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default PIM configuration mode The no form of this command removes the configuration and restores the default route precedence settings If both the mRTM and the URTM have routes of equal cost the route from the mRTM is preferred The following example shows how to specify that the best multicast route from the mRTM and uRTM tables is selected Device config pim router route precedence admin distance Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced show ip mroute Syntax Parameters 220 Displays information on multicast routes You can specify whether you want to display information from static or connected mroutes or from a particular mroute show ip mroute vrf vrf name static connected jo subnet mask vrf vrf name Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IP Multicast Commands Specifies a VRF route static Specifies a static multicast route connected Specifies
170. e ssm The vrf option allows you to display the IPv6 PIM multicast cache for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The source address parameter selects the multicast cache source address The group address parameter selects the multicast cache group address The counts keyword indicates the count of entries The dense keyword displays only the PIM Dense Mode entries The dit idx variable allows you to display all entries that match a specified dit The g_entries keyword displays only the G entries The receiver keyword allows you to display all entries that egress a specified interface The sg_entries keyword displays only the S G entries The sparse keyword displays only the PIM Sparse Mode entries The ssm keyword displays only the SSM entries The following table describes the output parameters of the show ipv6 pim vrf mcache command TABLE 35 Output parameters of the show ipv6 pim mcache command Field Description Total entries in mcache Shows the total number of PIM mcache entries upstream neighbor Shows the upstream neighbor for the Source RP based on the type of entry For G it shows the upstream neighbor towards the RP For S G entries it shows the upstream neighbor towards the source Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying IPv6 PIM RPF TABLE 35 Output parameters of the show ipv6 pim mcache command Continued Field Flags slow p
171. e config show ipv mld vrf public interface fn pn ne ee fe een ee fe nnne Intf Port Groups Version Querier Timer V1Rtr Tracking Oper Cfg OQrr GenQ fan ep en np ee en fen en fn nnn fenene v6 0 2 Disabled e5 1 2 fe80 20c dbff fee2 5000 11 0 No v61 0 2 z Disabled e11 1 2 Self 0 122 No Displaying MLD settings To display MLD settings for the eng VRF enter the following command device show ipv6 mld vrf eng settings MLD Global Configuration Query Interval 125s Configured Interval 125s Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 203 53 1003085 02 Displaying static MLD groups 204 Max Response Time 10s Group Membership Time 260s Operating Version 2 2 Configured Version gt 20 Robustness Variable i 2 Last Member Query Interval 1s Last Member Query Count 2 Older Host Present Timer 260s Syntax show ipv6 mld vrf vrf name settings The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display information for MLD settings for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 mld vrf eng settings command TABLE 43 Output from the show ipv6 mid vrf eng settings command Field Description Query Interval How often the router will query an interface for group membership Configured Interval The interval that has been configured for the router Max Response Time The length of time in s
172. e BSR sends to each of the PIM Sparse routers In the example in Figure 10 on page 164 PIM Sparse router B is the RP Port 2 2 is configured as a candidate Rendezvous Point RP To enhance overall network performance the device uses the RP to forward only the first packet from a group source to the group receivers After the first packet the device calculates the shortest path Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 RP paths and SPT paths between the receiver and the source the Shortest Path Tree or SPT and uses the SPT for subsequent packets from the source to the receiver The device calculates a separate SPT for each source receiver pair NOTE It is recommended that you configure the same ports as candidate BSRs and RPs RP paths and SPT paths Figure 10 on page 164 shows two paths for packets from the source for group fec0 1111 1 and a receiver for the group The source is attached to PIM Sparse router A and the recipient is attached to PIM Sparse router C PIM Sparse router B is the RP for this multicast group As a result the default path for packets from the source to the receiver is through the RP However the path through the RP sometimes is not the shortest path In this case the shortest path between the source and the receiver is over the direct link between router A and router C which bypasses the RP router B To optimize PIM traffic the protocol contains a mechanism for calculating
173. e Disabling error and warning messages MLD snooping VLAN specific tasks e Configuring the MLD mode for the VLAN active or passive e Enabling or disabling MLD snooping for the VLAN e Configuring the MLD version for the VLAN e Configuring the MLD version for individual ports e Configuring static groups e Configuring static router ports e Disabling proxy activity for a static group Enabling client tracking and the fast leave feature for MLDv2 e Configuring fast leave for MLDv1 e Configuring fast convergence Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring the hardware and software resource limits Configuring the hardware and software resource limits The system supports up to 8K of hardware switched multicast streams The following are the resource limits The default is 512 for most devices for ICX 6430 devices the default is 256 FCX FSX ICX 6610 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices support up to 8192 MLD snooping mcache entries e ICX 6430 devices support up to 2048 MLD snooping mcache entries e ICX 7750 routers support 3072 MLD snooping mcache entries ICX 7750 switches support 8192 MLD snooping mcache entries e In Release 8 0 10a and later releases ICX 7750 routers support 6144 MLD snooping mcache entries ICX 7750 switches support 8192 MLD snooping mcache entries To define the maximum number of MLD snooping mcache entries enter the system max mld snoop m
174. e calculates the shortest path between the receiver and source the Shortest Path Tree or SPT and uses the SPT for subsequent packets from the source to the receiver The Brocade device calculates a separate SPT for each source receiver pair NOTE It is recommended that you configure the same ports as candidate BSRs and RPs RP paths and SPT paths Figure 5 on page 95 shows two paths for packets from the source for group 239 255 162 1 anda receiver for the group The source is attached to PIM Sparse device A and the recipient is attached to PIM Sparse device C PIM Sparse device B in is the RP for this multicast group As a result the default path for packets from the source to the receiver is through the RP However the path through the RP sometimes is not the shortest path In this case the shortest path between the source and the receiver is over the direct link between device A and device C which bypasses the RP device B To optimize PIM traffic the protocol contains a mechanism for calculating the Shortest Path Tree SPT between a given source and receiver PIM Sparse devices can use the SPT as an alternative to using the RP for forwarding traffic from a source to a receiver By default the Brocade device forwards the first packet they receive from a given source to a given receiver using the RP path but forward subsequent packets from that source to that receiver through the SPT In Figure 5 on page 95 device A forwards the first pac
175. e describes the output from this command TABLE 11 Output from the show ip pim vrf neighbor command This field Displays Port The interface through which the device is connected to the neighbor Phyport When there is a virtual interface this is the physical port to which the neighbor is connected Neighbor The IP interface of the PIM neighbor Holdtime sec Indicates how many seconds the neighbor wants this device to hold the entry for this neighbor in memory The neighbor sends the Hold Time in Hello packets If the device receives a new Hello packet before the Hold Time received in the previous packet expires the device updates its table entry for the neighbor If the device does not receive a new Hello packet from the neighbor before the Hold time expires the device assumes the neighbor is no longer available and removes the entry for the neighbor Age sec The number of seconds since the device received the last hello message from the neighbor UpTime sec The number of seconds the PIM neighbor has been up This timer starts when the device receives the first Hello messages from the neighbor VRF The VRF in which the interface is configured This can be a VRF that the port was assigned to or the default VRF of the device Priority The DR priority that is used in the DR election process This can be a configured value or the default value of 1 Displaying the PIM multicast cache To display the PIM multicast cache enter
176. e flooding command in global configuration mode The following example shows the disabling of flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames Brocade config ipv6 multicast disable flooding PIM6 SM traffic snooping overview When multiple PIM sparse routers connect through a snooping enabled device the Brocade device always forwards multicast traffic to these routers For example PIM sparse routers R1 R2 and R3 connect through a device Assume R2 needs traffic and R1 sends it to the device which forwards it to both R2 and R3 even though R3 does not need it A PIM6 SM snooping enabled device listens to join and prune messages exchanged by PIM sparse routers and stops traffic to the router that sends prune messages This allows the device to forward the data stream to R2 only PIM6 SM traffic snooping requires MLD snooping to be enabled on the device MLD snooping configures the device to listen for MLD messages PIM6 SM traffic snooping provides a finer level of multicast traffic control by configuring the device to listen specifically for PIM6 SM join and prune messages sent from one PIM6 SM router to another through the device Application examples of PIM6 SM traffic snooping Figure 2 shows an example application of the PIM6 SM traffic snooping feature In this example a device is connected through an IP router to a PIM6 SM group source that is sending traffic for two PIM6 SM groups The device also is connected to a receiver for e
177. e show ip multicast traffic command Field Description 30 Query Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Field Qry QryV2 QryV3 G Qry GSQry Mbr MbrV2 MbrV3 IsIN IsEX ToIN ToEX ALLO BLK Pkt Err Pimsm snooping hello join prune Displaying querier information Description General Query Number of general IGMP V2 queries received or sent Number of general IGMP V3 queries received or sent Number of group specific queries received or sent Number of group source specific queries received or sent The membership report The IGMP V2 membership report The IGMP V3 membership report Number of source addresses that were included in the traffic Number of source addresses that were excluded in the traffic Number of times the interface mode changed from EXCLUDE to INCLUDE Number of times the interface mode changed from INCLUDE to EXCLUDE Number of times that additional source addresses were allowed on the interface Number of times that sources were removed from an interface Number of packets having errors such as checksum Number of PIM sparse hello join and prune packets Displaying querier information You can use the show ip multicast vlan command to display the querier information for a VLAN This command displays the VLAN interface status and if there is any other querier present with the lowest IP address The following list provide
178. e the match ip route sourceac id command in the route map to specify an extended ACL that contains the RP address NOTE The default filter action is deny If you want to permit some source group pairs use a route map 126 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Filtering advertised Source Active messages Filtering advertised Source Active messages The following example configures the device to advertise all source group pairs except the ones that have source address 10 x x x The following commands configure extended ACLs to be used in the route map definition device config access list 123 permit ip 10 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 any device config access list 125 permit ip any any The following commands use the above ACLs to configure a route map which denies source group with source address 10 x x x and any group address while permitting everything else device device device device device device config route map msdp_map deny 1 config routemap msdp_ map match ip address 123 config routemap msdp map exit config route map msdp_map permit 2 config routemap msdp map match ip address 125 config routemap msdp map exit The following commands configure the Source Active filter device config router msdp device config msdp router sa filter originate route map msdp_map To specify VRF information enter the following commands at the MSDP VRF configuration level device
179. econds that the router will wait for an IGMP V1 or V2 response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down and removing it from the group Group Membership Time The length of time in seconds that a group will remain active on an interface in the absence of a group report Operating Version The IGMP version operating on the router Configured Version The IGMP version configured on the router Robustness Variable Used to fine tune for unexpected loss on the subnet The value is used to calculate the group interval Last Member Query Interval Indicates when a leave is received a group specific query is sent The last member query count is the number of queries with a time interval of LMQT is sent Last Member Query Count Specifies the number of group specific queries when a leave is received Displaying static MLD groups The following command displays static MLD groups for the cs VRF device show ipv6 mld vrf cs static Group Address Interface Port List ee ee ee ee ee ee 4 4 ffle l 1 v3 ethe 2 10 ffle a 7f v3 ethe 2 10 Syntax show ipv6 mld vrf vrf name static The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display static MLD group information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 mld vrf cs static command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD
180. ed before the device deletes it Displays Yes if the Passive Multicast Route Insertion feature is enabled and No if it is not The amount of time a PIM device waits before stopping traffic to neighbor devices that do not want the traffic The value can be from zero to three seconds The default is three seconds The interval between the transmission of graft messages The number of packets the device sends using the path through the RP before switching to using the SPT path The route precedence configured to control the selection of routes based on the four route types Non default route from the mRTM Default route from the mRTM Non default route from the uRTM Default route from the uRTM Displaying all multicast cache entries in a pruned state Use the following command to display all multicast cache entries that are currently in a pruned state and have not yet aged out Device config show ip pim prune 1 104 1 1 2 Zale lIi e2 2 2 2 150 2 108 1 00 231 0 1 1 2 2 2 2 150 3 104 172 1702 231 0 1 2 2 e2 2 2 2 150 4 108 1 1 100 231 0 1 2 e2 2 2 2 150 5 108 1 1 100 231 0 1 3 e2 2 2 2 150 6 104 1 1 2 231 0 1 4 e2 2 2 2 150 7 108 1 00 231 0 1 4 e2 2 2 2 150 8 104 1 1 2 231 0 1 5 e2 2 2 2 150 9 108 1 1 100 231 0 1 5 3 e2 2 2 2 150 Total Prune entries 9 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name prune Displaying all multica
181. ed to recognized the version of IGMP you want them to process Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Globally enabling the IGMP version An interface or router sends the queries and reports that include its IGMP version specified on it It may recognize a query or report that has a different version For example an interface running IGMP V2 can recognize IGMP V3 packets but cannot process them Also a router running IGMP V3 can recognize and process IGMP V2 packet but when that router sends queries to an IGMP V2 interface the downgraded version is supported no the upgraded version If an interface continuously receives queries from routers that are running versions of IGMP that are different from what is on the interface the interface logs warning messages in the syslog every five minutes Reports sent by interfaces to routers that contain different versions of IGMP do not trigger warning messages however you can see the versions of the packets using the show ip igmp traffic command The version of IGMP can be specified globally per interface physical port or virtual routing interface and per physical port within a virtual routing interface The IGMP version set on a physical port within a virtual routing interface supersedes the version set on a physical or virtual routing interface Likewise the version on a physical or virtual routing interface supersedes the version set globally on the device The
182. eeeaneeeeaas 136 MSDP Anycast RP ineert aa a e e a a r Deca t 137 Configuring MSDP Anycast RP eseeeeeererrerrireerreerinrenns 137 Example aedo r e NEEE een ee 138 PIMSANYCaSt RE e epee a a e a aaa e 141 Configuring PIM Anycast RP eessissiieeriirrrssriierrrieerrnrresns 141 Static multicast routes siii enii 143 IGMP Proxy ncn n ee T ee A E N ee E 144 IGMP proxy configuration Notes cccccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 144 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring IGMP Proxy cecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeeees 144 Filtering groups in proxy report Messages 145 Displaying IGMP Proxy information ccccccceseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 145 IGMP V35 iirinn aeaa ccd ecaeegintnes a teens conan a a ataa 147 Default IGMP Versiot sertz iaee aaa ainda 148 Compatibility with IGMP V1 and V2 148 Globally enabling the IGMP version sssseserieeeeerreerreenn 149 Enabling the IGMP version per interface setting eee eeeeeeeee 149 Enabling the IGMP version on a physical port within a virtual routing INteMaCe sacs cise sated cin eRe iayhoddi teeta iis enh 149 Enabling membership tracking and fast leave 150 Creating a static IGMP Group ececeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeaeeeenaeeeee 151 Setting the query interval cccccceseceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseteeeeeeees 151 Setting the group Membership time 152 Setting the maximum respon
183. eeeateeeeas 49 Modifying the age interval eeesceeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeseeeeeseaeeeeaas 50 Modifying the query interval active MLD snooping mode only 50 Configuring the global MLD version 50 Configuring report CONtrOI ccceececeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeeaaes 51 Modifying the wait time before stopping traffic when receiving a leave MESSAGE nis adveteca he hen des ca ceeeeeegenenadeaneanithieee eeueccnceeneteena cane 51 Modifying the multicast cache aging timMe ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 51 Disabling error and warning MESSAGES c cecceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeaees 52 Configuring the MLD mode for a VLAN esceeeeceeeesteeeeeeeeeenteeeeens 52 Disabling MLD snooping for the VLAN ceceeeeeceeeeeeeeteeeeees 52 Configuring the MLD version for the VLAN sss 52 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring the MLD version for individual ports 0 eesseeeeeeeee 53 Configuring static QrOUPS cc eee ceeeteeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaeeenneeeeeea 53 Configuring static router POrts ee eee eeeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeseaeeeeenaeeeneeeees 53 Disabling static group PFOXY eeececeeeteeeeneeeeereeeeeneeeeenaeeeseaeeenneeeenea 53 Enabling MLDv2 membership tracking and fast leave for the MEAN 5 ec EE AEA esletade succde sta ace eee A ETAT 54 Configur
184. eeeeeeeneeeeneas 217 ipv6 mroute NEXxt NOP rECUISiON eeeeeeeeee eset eeeeeeeeeeneeesesaeeeseeeeeesneeeenaas 218 ipv6 multicast disable floOding ecceeceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeceeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeenaes 218 POULE PrECOON CO yrs cscssessepensceee ipeta iaiia ene oeiia ninine ipia iri 219 route precedence admin distance e esesesieriiesiisrsirsreiiesriresrnnserneres 220 SNOW P MTOUTS naise E E E 220 show ip multicast optimization cccccccccecececeeceeeeeeeeaeeeeseteneeees 222 Show ip Static Mroute toisce aaie esse aai 222 SNOW IPVG MOUTE iiini erne eonen hanian anaa a aa naa E aaae 223 show ipv6 multicast optimization 0 c cece eects resene ne nserr nnns ee 224 show ipv6 Static MrOUte ee ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeceneeeeceeeeeesaeeeseeaeeesneeeeetaeeeeeeaeees 225 Ae EE EE EAA E E haste was uasaneuaian suse E A A EAEE AEA 227 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Preface Document conventions risainia a O AAR EE EE EE 7 Procode re oE en eid 9 GENUNG TECCAR cies aesu sees een eeage essa ian maces 9 e Document feedback Document conventions The document conventions describe text formatting conventions command syntax conventions and important notice formats used in Brocade technical documentation Text formatting conventions Text formatting conventions such as boldface italic or Courier font may be used in the flow of the text to highli
185. efault none no route precedence Command Default The default is route precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Parameters mc non default Specifies precedence for a non default multicast route table nRTM none Specifies that certain types of route be ignored mc default Specifies precedence for an MRTM uc non default Specifies precedence for a non default unicast route table URTM uc default Specifies precedence for a uURTM Modes PIM configuration mode Usage Guidelines The no form of this command removes the configuration and restores the default route precedence settings Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 219 53 1003085 02 route precedence admin distance Examples History You must configure four parameters indicating the four different route types If you want to specify that a particular route type not be used configure the none keyword to fill the precedence table This command specifies a non default route from the mRTM then a non default route from the uRTM then a default route from the mRTM and then a default route from the URTM Device config router pim Device config pim router route precedence mc non default uc non default mc default uc default This command specifies that the unicast default route be ignored Device config router pim Device config pim router route precedence mc non default mc default uc non default non
186. efault DR priority on all the router with the numerically highest IP address on that subnet will get elected as the DR e The DR priority information is used in the DR election only if all the PIM routers connected to the subnet support the DR priority option If there is at least one PIM router on the subnet that does not support this option then the DR election falls back to the backwards compatibility mode in which the router with the numerically highest IP address on the subnet is declared the DR regardless of the DR priority values Passive Multicast Route Insertion To prevent unwanted multicast traffic from being sent to the CPU IPv6 PIM routing and Passive Multicast Route Insertion PMRI can be used together to ensure that multicast streams are only forwarded out ports with interested receivers and unwanted traffic is dropped in hardware on Layer 3 routers PMRI enables a Layer 3 switch running IPv6 PIM Sparse to create an entry for a multicast route for example S G with no directly attached clients or when connected to another PIM router transit network When a multicast stream has no output interfaces the Layer 3 switch can drop packets in hardware if the multicast traffic meets the following conditions in IPv6 PIM SM e The route has no OIF e The directly connected source passes source RPF check and completes data registration with the RP or the non directly connected source passes source RPF check If the OIF is
187. el concept is introduced where a channel consists of a single source and multiple receivers who specifically register to get broadcasts from that source Consequently receivers are not burdened with receiving data they have no interest in and network bandwidth requirements are reduced because the broadcast need only go to a sub set of users The address range 232 8 has been assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA for use with SSM IGMP V3 and source specific multicast protocols When IGMP V3 and PIM Sparse PIM SM is enabled the source specific multicast service SSM can be configured SSM simplifies PIM SM by eliminating the RP and all protocols related to the RP IGMPv3 and PIM SM must be enabled on any ports that you want SSM to operate Configuring PIM SSM group range PIM Source Specific Multicast SSM is a subset of the PIM SM protocol In PIM SSM mode the shortest path tree SPT is created at the source The SPT is created between the receiver and source but the SPT is built without the help of the RP The router closest to the interested receiver host is notified of the unicast IP address of the source for the multicast traffic PIM SSM goes directly to the source based distribution tree without the need of the RP connection PIM SSM is different from PIM SM because it forms its own SPT without forming a shared tree The multicast address group range is 232 0 0 0 8 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configu
188. en any group prefix is explicitly added and the 224 0 0 0 4 prefix itself can also be explicitly added through CLI the default prefix is implicitly removed Now the only groups served by the candidate RP are the groups that have been explicitly added e All explicitly added groups can be removed using the delete option or no add option However once all the explicitly added groups are deleted from the Candidate RP group prefix list the default prefix becomes active once more This default group prefix CANNOT BE REMOVED e Itis not possible to punch holes in the group prefix range For instance executing rp candidate add 228 0 0 0 16 and then rp candidate delete 228 0 1 0 24 is not permissible It cannot be used to ensure that the rp candidate will serve all group prefixes in the 228 0 0 0 16 range except those in the 228 0 1 0 24 range The following example narrows the group number range for which the device is a candidate RP by explicitly adding a range device config pim router rp candidate add 224 126 0 0 16 Syntax no rp candidate add group addr mask bits The group addrmask bits specifies the group address and the number of significant bits in the subnet mask In this example the device is a candidate RP for all groups that begin with 224 126 When you Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 99 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols add a range you override the default The device then becom
189. enable Syntax no ip igmp ssm map enable The no option is used to turn off the IGMPv2 mapping feature that has previously been enabled Configuring the map between a IGMPv2 group address and a multicast source To configure a map between an IGMPv2 Group address and a multicast source address use the ip igmp ssm map static command as shown in the following device config ip igmp ssm map 20 1 1 1 1 Syntax no ip igmp ssm map aci id source address Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 161 53 1003085 02 Displaying an IGMP SSM mapping information 162 Theacli id variable specifies the ACL ID that contains the group multicast address The source address variable specifies the source address that you want to map to the group multicast address specified in the ACL The no option is used to delete a previously configured SSM map Example configuration In the following example configuration one extended ACL and two standard ACLs are defined with group multicast addresses The ip igmp ssm map commands are configured to map the ACLs to source addresses and to enable the feature on the router access list 20 host 239 1 1 1 device config access list 20 permit 224 1 1 0 0 0 0 225 device config access list 100 permit any host 232 1 1 1 device config device config ip igmp ssm map 20 1 1 1 1 device config ip igmp ssm map 20 2 2 2 2 device config ip igmp ssm map 100 1 1
190. ense configuration information enter the following command at any CLI level Device config show ip pim dense Global PIM Dense Mode atria lg Maximum Mcache 12992 Current Count 2 2 Hello interval zs 30 Neighbor timeout z 105 Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval 3 Graft Retransmit interval 180 Prune Age 180 Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name dense The vrf keyword allows you to display PIM dense configuration information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable This display shows the following information Field Description Maximum Mcache The maximum number multicast cache entries allowed on the device Current Count The number of multicast cache entries currently used Hello interval How frequently the device sends hello messages out the PIM dense interfaces Neighbor timeout The interval after which a PIM device will consider a neighbor to be absent Join Prune interval How long a PIM device will maintain a prune state for a forwarding entry Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 89 53 1003085 02 Displaying all multicast cache entries in a pruned state 90 Field Inactivity interval Hardware Drop Enabled Prune Wait Interval Graft Retransmit interval Prune Age Route Precedence Description How long a forwarding entry can remain unus
191. er the following Device config router pim Device config pim router inactivity timer 90 Syntax no inactivity timer seconds The default is 180 seconds The range is from 60 to 3600 seconds Selection of shortest path back to source By default when a multicast packet is received on a PIM capable interface in a multi path topology the interface checks its IP routing table to determine the shortest path back to the source If the alternate paths have the same cost the first alternate path in the table is picked as the path back to the source For example in the following example the first four routes have the same cost back to the source However 137 80 127 3 is chosen as the path to the source since it is the first one on the list The device rejects traffic from any port other than Port V11 on which 137 80 127 3 resides Total number of IP routes 19 Type Codes B BGP D Connected I ISIS S Static R RIP O OSPF Cost Dist Metric Destination Gateway Port Cost Type 17217 4104 137 802 1273 v11 2 O L722 4d 4 1375803126 3 v10 2 O 172 17 41 4 137 80 129 1 v13 2 O 172 17 41 4 13774 38 0 128 3 v12 2 O 172 17 41 8 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 D Failover time in a multi path topology When a port in a multi path topology fails multicast devices depending on the routing protocol being used take a few seconds to establish a new path if the failed port is the input port of the downstream device 88 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Confi
192. eral queries determine if any interface wants to receive traffic from the router The following are the three variants of the Query message e A General Query is sent by a multicast router to learn the complete multicast reception state of the neighboring interfaces In a General Query both the Group Address field and the Number of Sources N field are zero e A Group Specific Query is sent by a multicast router to learn the reception state with respect to a single multicast address of the neighboring interfaces In a Group Specific Query the Group Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 147 53 1003085 02 Default IGMP version 148 Address field contains the multicast address of interest and the Number of Sources N field contains zero e A Group and Source Specific Query is sent by a multicast router to learn if any neighboring interface desires reception of packets sent to a specified multicast address from any of a specified list of sources In a Group and Source Specific Query the Group Address field contains the multicast address of interest and the Source Address i fields contain the source address es of interest The hosts respond to these queries by sending a membership report that contains one or more of the following records that are associated with a specific group Current State Record that indicates from which sources the interface wants to receive and not receive traffic The record conta
193. erface is Querier default V2 group 228 8 8 8 life 2 1 16 has 4 groups This interface is Querier default V2 group 226 6 6 6 life group 228 8 8 8 life group 230 0 0 0 life group 224 4 4 4 life 2 1 24 has 2 groups This interface is non Querier Querier is 10 5 5 5 Age is 0 Max response time is 100 default V2 xx Warning has V3 age 0 group 234 4 4 4 life group 226 6 6 6 life 3 1 1 has 4 groups This interface is Querier default V2 group 238 8 8 8 life group 228 8 8 8 life group 230 0 0 0 life group 224 4 4 4 life 3 1 4 has 1 groups This interface is non Querier Querier is 10 8 8 8 Age is 0 Max response time is 100 default V2 x Warning has V3 group 236 6 6 6 age 0 life Displaying the passive interface with other querier present 24 24 24 24 TO R 24 24 24 nbrs 260 260 260 260 260 260 nbrs 260 Displaying the passive interface with other querier present The following example shows the output in which the VLAN interface is passive and another querier is present with the lowest IP address device show ip multicast vlan Version 2 Intervals Query 1 VL10 dft V2 vlan cfg passiv router ports 2 1 24 260 1 1 16 has 4 groups This interface is non Querier default V2 group 226 6 6 6 life group 228 8 8 8 life group 230 0 0 0 life group 224 4 4 4 life 1 1 24 has 1 groups This interface is non Querie
194. es a candidate RP only for the group address ranges you add You also can delete the configured rp candidate group ranges by entering the following command device config pim router rp candidate delete 224 126 22 0 24 Syntax no rp candidate delete group addr mask bits The usage of the group addrmask bits parameter is the same as for the rp candidate add command Updating PIM Sparse forwarding entries with new RP configuration If you make changes to your static RP configuration the entries in the PIM Sparse multicast forwarding table continue to use the old RP configuration until they are aged out The clear pim rp map command allows you to update the entries in the static multicast forwarding table immediately after making RP configuration changes This command is meant to be used with rp address command To update the entries in a PIM sparse static multicast forwarding table with new RP configuration enter the following command at the privileged EXEC level of the CLI device config clear ip pim rp map Syntax clear ip pim vrf vrf name rp map Use the vrf option to clear the PIM sparse static multicast forwarding table for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Statically specitying the RP It is recommended that you use the PIM Sparse protocol s RP election process so that a backup RP can automatically take over if the active RP router becomes unavailable However if you do not want the RP to be selected
195. es an MLDv1 leave message it sends out multiple group specific queries If no other client replies within the waiting period the device stops forwarding traffic to this port Configuring fast leave v1 allows the device to stop forwarding traffic to a port immediately upon receiving a leave message The device does not send group specific queries When fast leave v1 is configured on a VLAN make sure you do not have multiple clients on any port that is part of the VLAN In a scenario where two devices connect the querier device should not be configured for fast leave v1 because the port might have multiple clients through the non querier The number of queries and the waiting period in seconds can be configured using the ipv6 multicast leave wait time command See Enabling or disabling PIM6 SM snooping for more information To configure fast leave for MLDv1 use commands such as the following device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 fast leave v1l Syntax no multicast6 fast leave v1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Enabling fast convergence Enabling fast convergence In addition to periodically sending general queries an active querier device sends out general queries when it detects a new port However since it does not recognize the other device port up event the multicast traffic might still use the query interval time to resume after a topology change Configuring fast
196. es images match on Layer 2 23 bit multicast MAC address i e 01 00 5e xx xx xx G entries In addition the lowest 23 bits of the group address are mapped to a MAC address In this way multiple groups for example 224 1 1 1 and 225 1 1 1 have the same MAC address Groups having the same MAC address are switched to the same destination ports which are the superset of individual group output ports Thus the use of Layer 2 CAM might cause unwanted packets to be sent to some ports However the switch generally needs far less layer 2 mac entries than it does for IP based forwarding which is required for each stream with a different source and group Hardware resources for IGMP and PIM SM snooping Brocade devices allocate program fdb mac entries and application VLAN vidx to achieve multicast snooping in hardware If a data packet does not match any of these resources it might be sent to the CPU which increases the CPU burden This can happen if the device runs out of hardware resources or is unable to install resources for a specific matching address due to a hashing collision The hardware hashes addresses into available fdb mac entries with some addresses hashed into the same entry If the collision number in an entry is more than the hardware chain length the resource cannot be installed Configuration notes and feature limitations for IGMP snooping and Layer 3 multicast routing The following notes apply to all devices e Layer
197. esensceeesenneeeticee 11 How command information is presented in this Quide ceseeeeeeeees 12 IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction sssnssssnsunnununanuonnnunnonnnnnunnanununannenununnnnnnannnnananunnnnunannennnnnanna 13 Supported IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction 13 IGMP SMOOPING OVErVICW 5 2 se5 sesicccecaccecaenecaecnde deni cosenesaeetesdenenaude cadens aaeain 13 Queriers and NON QUETICTS ee ce eeeeeeeeeee testes eeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeenneeeenea 14 VLAN Specific Configuration ccccccecceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeseneeeeeeeseeeeeeeeees 15 Tracking and fast lOAVC 2 cccccceseencesscedneceeseeecneeeecensnesdzessececensecee 15 Support for IGMP snooping and Layer 3 multicast routing together on the same CeVICE eee eeecee eet eeeeeeeteeteeeeeaeeeeneeeenea 15 Forwarding mechanism in hardwate cceccceceeesecteeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 15 Hardware resources for IGMP and PIM SM snooping seces 16 Configuration notes and feature limitations for GMP snooping and Layer 3 multicast routing cee eeeeeeeseeeeeenneeeseeeeeeseeeeeaaes 16 IGMP snooping configuration 0 eee eee ee enteeeeeee teens eeeeaeeeeeaaeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeaas 17 IGMP snooping mcache entries and group addresses 18 Changing the maximum number of supported IGMP snooping IMCACHESMINOS oi cs ceets archi daddy cebivendiey sides encte EE AANER 18 Setting the maximum number of IGMP group addresses 4 19 Enabling IGMP snoo
198. esneeeeeeateeeeneees 26 Displaying the IGMP snooping configuration 26 Displaying IGMP SNOOPING Errors 27 Displaying IGMP group information cccceeeeceeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeees 27 Displaying IGMP snooping mcache information 28 Displaying software resource usage for VLANS seess 29 Displaying the status of IGMP snooping traffic errr 30 Displaying querier informMation eceeeeeceeseeeeeereeeeeneeeeenaeeeeenees 31 Clear commands for IGMP SMOOPING ccceeeeeeeseeeeeeeteeeceaeeeeneeeetsaeeeeeaas 34 Clearing the IGMP MCAaChE eeceeeseeeeeteeeeeneeeseaeeeeneeeeeeeeeennaees 34 Clearing the mcache on a specific VLAN 0 ee ceeeeseeeeteeeeenteeeeeeeeee 34 Clearing traffic on a specific VLAN ecceeeeeeeeseeeeceneeeeneeeeeeateeeneas 34 Clearing IGMP counters On VLANS ecceeeeceeeseeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 35 Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN cceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeaeeeneeeeee 35 PIM SM traffic snooping OVEFVIEW eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeaeeeenteeeeeas 35 Application examples of PIM SM traffic Snooping 35 Configuration notes and limitations for PIM SM snooping 37 PIM SM snooping Configuration ce eeceeeeeceeeeneeeeeceeeeeneeesenaeeeseeeeesseeeeeaas 38 Enabling or disabling PIM SM snooping 38 Enabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN eenen 39 Disabling PIM SM snooping
199. ess The group address parameter selects the multicast cache group address The counts keyword indicates the count of entries The dense keyword displays only the PIM Dense Mode entries The dit idx variable allows you to display all entries that match a specified dit The g_entries keyword displays only the G entries The receiver keyword allows you to display all entries that egress a specified interface The sg_entries keyword displays only the S G entries The sparse keyword displays only the PIM Sparse Mode entries The ssm keyword displays only the SSM entries TABLE 1 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Field Description Total entries in Shows the total number of PIM mcache entries mcache MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude Legend for the mcache entry printed once per page it gives the explanation of each of the flags used in the entry BR Blocked RPT BA Blocked Assert Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 91 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 92 TABLE 1 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Continued Field BF BI Uptime Rate upstream neighbor Flags RP fast ports Description Blocked Filter Blocked IIF Shows the software entry uptime Shows the total number of packets per second that have been forwarded using the hardware programmed forwarding entry the S G entry programmed in hardware
200. evices to exchange source information across PIM Sparse domains Devices running MSDP can discover PIM Sparse sources in other PIM Sparse domains The following figure shows an example of some PIM Sparse domains For simplicity this example shows one Designated Router DR one group source and one receiver for the group Only one PIM Sparse device within each domain needs to run MSDP FIGURE 6 PIM Sparse domains joined by MSDP devices PIM Sparse Domain 1 PIM Sparse Domain 2 2 RP sends SA message Designated Router DR Rendezvous Point RP through MSDP to its MSDP peers in other PIM Sparse E M u Ew Rendezvous Point RP 3 RP that receives the SA 206 25 17 41 floods the SA to all its MSDP i Re r a peers except the one that sent Source Advertisement message the SA 206 251 14 22 Source for 1 DR receives traffic from source Group and registers source with RP 232 1 0 95 Pin Sparse Domain 4 PIM Sparse Domain 3 4 When SA caching is enabled y pn the RP immediately responds to p a Join messages from receivers a4 Hone ertor Sm Otherwise the RP and receiver E 232 1 0 05 Rendezvous Point RP must wait for the next SA message for the group Rendezvous Point RP In this example the source for PIM Sparse multicast group 232 0 1 95 is in PIM Sparse domain 1 The source sends a packet for the group to its directly attached DR The DR sends a PIM register message for this flow to the RPDR T
201. f name group group address detail tracking show ip igmp vrf vrf name interface ve number ethernet port address tunnel num show ip igmp vrf vrf name settings e show ip igmp vrf vrf name traffic Changing global IP multicast parameters The following sections apply to PIM DM PIM SM and IGMP Concurrent support for multicast routing and snooping Multicast routing and multicast snooping instances work concurrently on the same device For example you can configure PIM routing on certain VEs interfaces and snooping on other VEs or VLANs The limitation is that either multicast snooping or routing can be enabled on a VE interface or VLAN but not on both This is because all of the multicast data and control packets IGMP PIM received on the snooping VLAN are handled by multicast snooping and do not reach the multicast routing component Similarly any multicast data or control packets received on a VE interface enabled with PIM routing are handled by the PIM routing component and are not seen by the IGMP or PIM snooping component The following considerations apply when configuring concurrent operation of Multicast Routing and Snooping 1 Either multicast snooping or routing can be enabled on a VE or VLAN but not both 2 Snooping can be enabled globally by configuring the ip multicast active passive command 3 The global snooping configuration is inherited by all current VLANs that are not enabled for multicast rou
202. f1e 3 4 receivers The MLD snooping feature and the PIM6 SM traffic snooping feature together build a list of groups and forwarding ports for the VLAN The list includes PIM6 SM groups learned through join messages as well as MAC addresses learned through MLD group membership reports In this case even though the device never sees a join message for the receiver for group ff1e 3 4 the device nonetheless learns about the receiver and forwards group traffic to the receiver The device stops forwarding IP multicast traffic on a port for a group if the port receives a prune message for the group Notice that the ports connected to the source and the receivers are all in the same port based VLAN on the device This is required for the PIM6 SM snooping feature The devices on the edge of the Global Ethernet cloud are configured for MLD snooping and PIM6 SM traffic snooping Although this application uses multiple devices the feature has the same requirements and works the same way as it does on a single device The following figure shows another example application for PIM6 SM traffic snooping This example shows devices on the edge of a Global Ethernet cloud a Layer 2 Packet over SONET cloud Assume that each device is attached to numerous other devices such as other Layer 2 Switches and Layer 3 Switches routers Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 63 53 1003085 02 Configuration notes and limitations for PIM6 SM snoop
203. fies a virtual interface The following table displays the output from the show ip pim interface ethernet command TABLE 27 Output from the show ipv6 pim interface ethernet command Field Description Interface Name of the interface Global Address IP address of the interface Port Port number of the designated router Mode PIM mode St State TTL Thr Time to live threshold Multicast Boundary Multicast boundary if one exists VRF Name of the VRF DR Prio Designated router priority Override Interval Override interval in milliseconds Displaying a list of multicast groups To display IPv6 PIM group information enter the show ipv6 pim group command at any CLI level device show ipv6 pim group Total number of groups 1 1 Group ff7e a40 2001 3e8 27 0 1 2 Group member at e3 1 v31 Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vif name group The vrf parameter allows you to display IPv6 PIM group information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim group command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 179 53 1003085 02 Displaying BSR information TABLE 28 Output from the show ipv6 pim group command Field Description Total number of Groups Lists the total number of IPv6 multicast groups the device is forwarding Group The multicast group address Group member at Interface name and number Displaying BSR information To displ
204. figuration tasks Until this process is completed command information is presented in two ways e For all new content included in this guide the CLI is documented in separate command pages The new command pages follow a standard format to present syntax parameters usage guidelines examples and command history Command pages are compiled in alphabetical order in a separate command reference chapter at the end of the publication e Legacy content continues to include command syntax and parameter descriptions in the chapters where the features are documented If you do not find command syntax information embedded in a configuration task refer to the command reference section at the end of this publication for information on CLI syntax and usage 12 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction e Supported IPv4 Multicast Traffic RECUCTION 0 csseensssecseennseereocenssnreennanneneneoneanere 13 IGMP SNOOpING OVES W sirsenis enendeni NaN Riin 13 GMP SIO OTE ON MA OIA ei ee 17 IGMP snooping SHOW command S a ics sceccicas secs eedieiniiesetacnensena iets ences 26 Clear commands for IGP SOD PIIG sirsiran onii a a is Dani eieaa i 34 e Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping ait e 1s VERN esis ge Peer reseed errr rene SE ESSOR e PIM SM traffic snooping overview PIM SN Snooping COnnguiration 202 cade aE E AN A
205. figured for the group multicast address 224 1 1 0 with a subnet mask of 0 0 0 255 device config access list 20 permit 224 1 1 0 0 0 0 225 In the following example access list 20 is configured for the group multicast address 239 1 1 1 by including the host keyword device config access list 20 host 239 1 1 1 For extended ACLs the source address variable must contain either 000 or the any keyword Additionally the extended ACL must be configured with a permit clause and the host keyword This can be configured directly with a subnet mask or with the host keyword in which case a subnet mask of all zeros 0 0 0 0 is implied The ip destination address variable must contain the group multicast address In the following example access list 100 is configured for the group multicast address 232 1 1 1 witha subnet mask of 0 0 0 255 device config access list 20 permit 224 1 1 0 0 0 0 225 In the following example access list 100 is configured for the group multicast address 232 1 1 1 device config access list 100 permit any host 232 1 1 1 Configuring the IGMPv2 SSM mapping commands The ip ssm map commands are used to enable the IGMPv2 mapping feature and to define the maps between IGMPv2 Group addresses and multicast source addresses as described in the following sections Enabling IGMPv2 SSM mapping To enable the IGMPv2 mapping feature enter the command as shown in the following device config ip igmp ssm map
206. g entry The first received multicast interface is forwarded to all other PIM interfaces on the device If there is no presence of groups on that interface the leaf node sends a prune message upstream and stores a prune state This prune state travels up the tree and installs a prune state A prune state is maintained until the prune timer expires or a graft message is received for the forwarding entry The default value is 180 seconds To set the PIM prune timer to 90 enter the following Device config router pim Device config pim router prune timer 90 Syntax no prune timer seconds The default is 180 seconds The range is 60 to 3600 seconds Modifying the prune wait timer The prune wait command allows you to configure the amount of time a PIM device will wait before stopping traffic to neighbor devices that do not want the traffic The value can be from zero to 30 seconds The default is three seconds A smaller prune wait value reduces flooding of unwanted traffic A prune wait value of zero causes the PIM device to stop traffic immediately upon receiving a prune message If there are two or more neighbors on the physical port then the prune wait command should not be used because one neighbor may send a prune message while the other sends a join message at the same time or within less than three seconds To set the prune wait time to zero enter the following commands Device config router pim Device config pim
207. g error and warning messages Error or warning messages are printed when the device runs out of software resources or when it receives packets with the wrong checksum or groups These messages are rate limited You can turn off these messages by entering the ipv6 multicast verbose off command device config ipv6 multicast verbose off Syntax no ipv6 multicast verbose off Configuring the MLD mode for a VLAN You can configure a VLAN for either the active or passive default MLD mode The VLAN setting overrides the global setting e Active In active MLD mode the device actively sends out MLD queries to identify IPv6 multicast groups on the network and makes entries in the MLD table based on the group membership reports it receives from the network e Passive In passive MLD mode the device forwards reports to router ports that receive queries MLD snooping in the passive mode does not send queries However it does forward queries to the entire VLAN To set the MLD mode for VLAN 20 to active enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicst6 active Syntax no multicast6 active passive The default mode is passive Disabling MLD snooping for the VLAN When MLD snooping is enabled globally you can disable it for a specific VLAN For example the following commands disable MLD snooping for VLAN 20 This setting overrides the global setting for VLAN 20 device config vlan 20
208. g ipv6 pim router vrf blue register suppress time 90 Syntax no register suppress time seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range is from 60 through 120 seconds The default is 60 seconds Setting the register probe time The register probe time command allows you to set the amount of time the PIM router waits for a register stop from an RP before it generates another NULL register to the PIM RP The register probe time configuration applies only to the first hop PIM router NOTE Once a PIM first hop router successfully registers with a PIM RP the PIM first hop router will not default back to the data registration All subsequent registers will be in the form of the NULL registration Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Setting the inactivity timer To change the default register probe time to 20 seconds enter commands such as following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router register probe time 20 To change the default register probe time to 20 seconds for a specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue register probe time 20 Syntax no register probe time seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds The valid range is from 10 through 50 seconds The default is 10 seconds Setting the inactivity timer
209. g the maximum number of supported IGMP snooping mcache entries You can configure the system max igmp snoop mcache command to change the maximum number of IGMP snooping cache entries supported on a device Device config system max igmp snoop mcache 2000 Syntax no system max igmp snoop mcache num The num variable is a value from 256 through 8192 The default is 512 18 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Setting the maximum number of IGMP group addresses Setting the maximum number of IGMP group addresses The configured number of IGMP group addresses is the upper limit of an expandable database Client memberships exceeding the group limit are not processed Configure the system max igmp snoop group addr command to define the maximum number of IGMP group addresses Device config system max igmp snoop group addr 1600 Syntax no system max igmp snoop group addr num The num variable is a value from 256 to 8192 The default for IGMP snooping group addresses is 4096 except for ICX 6430 devices where the default is 1024 Enabling IGMP snooping globally on the device When you globally enable IGMP snooping you can specify IGMP V2 or IGMP V3 The ip multicast version command enables IGMP V3 device config ip multicast version 3 Syntax no ip multicast version 2 3 If you do not specify a version number IGMP V2 is assumed Configuration notes for Layer 3 devices e If Layer 3 m
210. ght specific words or phrases Format Description bold text Identifies command names Identifies keywords and operands Identifies the names of user manipulated GUI elements Identifies text to enter at the GUI italic text Identifies emphasis Identifies variables and modifiers Identifies paths and Internet addresses Identifies document titles Courier font Identifies CLI output Identifies command syntax examples Command syntax conventions Bold and italic text identify command syntax components Delimiters and operators define groupings of parameters and their logical relationships Convention Description bold text Identifies command names keywords and command options italic text Identifies a variable Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Notes cautions and warnings Convention value x y Z Description In Fibre Channel products a fixed value provided as input to a command option is printed in plain text for example show WWN Syntax components displayed within square brackets are optional Default responses to system prompts are enclosed in square brackets A choice of required parameters is enclosed in curly brackets separated by vertical bars You must select one of the options In Fibre Channel products square brackets may be used instead for this purpose A vertical bar separates mutually exclusive elements Nonprinting characters for example
211. globally specified version The default is MLDv1 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring report control Configuring report control When a device is in passive mode it forwards reports and leave messages from clients to the upstream router ports that are receiving queries You can configure report control to rate limit report forwarding for the same group to no more than once per 10 seconds This rate limiting does not apply to the first report answering a group specific query NOTE This feature applies to MLDv1 only The leave messages are not rate limited MLDv1 membership reports for the same group from different clients are considered to be the same and are rate limited This alleviates the report storm caused by multiple clients answering the upstream router query To enable report control enter the ipv6 multicast report control command device config ipv6 multicast report control Syntax no ipv6 multicast report control Modifying the wait time before stopping traffic when receiving a leave message You can define the wait time before stopping traffic to a port when the device receives a leave message for that port The device sends group specific queries once per second to determine if any client on the same port still needs the group Device config ipv6 multicast leave wait time 1 Syntax no ipv6 multicast leave wait time num The num variable is a value from 1
212. group ranges Static RP count 4 13031 120152 1 12022 161 124 1047 Number of group prefixes Learnt from BSR 0 No RP Set present Use the show ip pim rp map command to display all current multicast group addresses to RP address mapping device config show ip pim rp map Number of group to RP mappings 5 S No Group address RP address Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 101 53 1003085 02 PIM Passive 1 229 6 Lis lik 25 0 0 25 2 22 0 Lede 293 070725 3 229411 3 25 050 625 4 225 1 1 4 2520 0225 3 225 163 297050725 PIM Passive PIM Passive is used to reduce and minimize unnecessary PIM Hello and other PIM control messages PIM Passive allows you to specify that the interface is passive in regards to PIM No PIM control packets are sent or processed if received but hosts can still send and receive multicast traffic and IGMP control traffic on that interface Also PIM Passive prevents any malicious router from taking over as the designated router DR which can prevent all hosts on the LAN from joining multicast traffic outside the LAN The following guidelines apply to PIM Passive 1 This is a Layer 3 interface Ethernet Ve level feature 2 Since the loopback interfaces are never used to form PIM neighbors this feature is not supported on loopback interface 3 Both PIM SM and PIM DM modes support this feature 4 Applying the PIM Passive on an interface requires PIM to be enabled on
213. guration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring a DR priority Configuring a DR priority The DR priority option lets you give preference to a particular device in the DR election process by assigning it a numerically higher DR priority This value can be set for IPv4 interfaces To seta DR priority higher than the default value of 1 use the ip pim dr priority command as shown device config if e10000 3 24 ip pim dr priority 50 Syntax no ip pim dr priority priority value The priority value variable is the value that you want to set for the DR priority Optional values are 0 65535 The default value is 1 The no option removes the command and sets the DR priority back to the default value of 1 The following information may be useful for troubleshooting 1 If more than one device has the same DR priority on a subnet as in the case of default DR priority on all the device with the numerically highest IP address on that subnet is elected as the DR 2 The DR priority information is used in the DR election ONLY IF ALL the PIM devices connected to the subnet support the DR priority option If there is at least one PIM device on the subnet that does not support this option then the DR election falls back to the backwards compatibility mode in which the device with the numerically highest IP address on the subnet is declared the DR regardless of the DR priority values Displaying basic PIM Dense configuration information To display PIM D
214. gured and when the device receives a leave message it immediately stops forwarding to that port The device does not send group specific queries When fast leave v2 is configured on a VLAN you must not have multiple clients on any port that is part of the VLAN In a scenario where two devices connect the querier device should not be configured for fast leave v2 because the port might have multiple clients through the non querier The number of queries and the waiting period in seconds can be configured using the ip multicast leave wait time command The default is 2 seconds To configure fast leave for IGMP V2 enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast fast leave v2 Syntax no multicast fast leave v2 Enabling fast convergence In addition to sending periodic general queries an active device sends general queries when it detects a new port However because the device does not recognize the other device s port up event multicast traffic might still require up to the query interval time to resume after a topology change Fast convergence allows the device to listen to topology change events in Layer 2 protocols such as spanning tree and then send general queries to shorten the convergence time If the Layer 2 protocol cannot detect a topology change fast convergence may not work in some cases For example if the direct connection between two devices switches from one interface to another
215. he FFOX 00X range where X is from 00 to FF and FFXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 1 2 Data packets destined to these addresses are flooded to the entire VLAN by hardware and mirrored to the CPU Multicast data packets destined to addresses outside the FFOX 00X range and FFXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX XXXX 1 2 are snooped A client must send MLD reports in order to receive traffic An MLD device periodically sends general queries and sends group queries upon receiving a leave message to ensure no other clients at the same port still want this specific traffic before removing it MLDv1 allows clients to specify which group destination IPv6 address will receive traffic MLDv1 cannot choose the source of the traffic MLDv2 deals with source specific multicasts adding the capability for clients to INCLUDE or EXCLUDE specific traffic sources An MLDv2 device s port state can either be in INCLUDE or EXCLUDE mode There are different types of group records for client reports Clients respond to general queries by sending a membership report containing one or more of the following records associated with a specific group e Current state record Indicates the sources from which the client wants to receive or not receive traffic This record contains the addresses of the multicast sources and indicates whether or not traffic will be included IS_IN or excluded IS_EX from that source address Filter mode change record If the client changes its current s
216. he PIM forwarding CaChe cecceesseeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseeeeeeeneeeneas 118 Displaying PIM traffic statistiCs 0 0 ccccccceceeeeeececeeeeseeeeeeeeeseseeeeeeeeeneaeees 118 Clearing the PIM message COUNTETS eeeceeeeeeeseneeeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeas 120 Displaying PIM adma a E T E EE A 121 Configuring Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP aeescsees 121 Peer Reverse Path Forwarding RPF flooding cceeee 122 Source Active CACNING ecceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeteeeeenaeeeeeaeeenneeeeeea 122 Configuring MSD Ps is c i x i2s eecunck todectee vate edhe ENEE EE 123 Disabling an MSDP Peel ee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesneeeessaeeeeeeaeens 124 Designating the interface IP address as the RP IP address 124 Filtering MSDP Source Qroup pairs 125 Filtering incoming and outgoing Source Active messages 125 Filtering advertised Source Active Messages 127 Displaying MSDP information 127 Displaying MSDP RPF Pee 0 ccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeseeeeeenneeeees 133 Displaying MSDP Pee 0 ececceeseeeeseeeceeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeeeeeneeeeeaaes 134 Displaying MSDP VRF RPF Pee cecceeeeseeceseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeenees 134 Clearing MSDP information eee ceeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeenneeeneas 134 Configuring MSDP mesh groups ce eeseceeeeseceeeeeeceneeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeateeeneeeees 135 Configuring MSDP mesh QrouDP cccceeeesceeseeeeeeenteeeeeeee
217. he RP is configured for MSDP which enables the RP to exchange source Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 121 53 1003085 02 Peer Reverse Path Forwarding RPF flooding 122 information with other PIM Sparse domains by communicating with RPs in other domains that are running MSDP The RP sends the source information to each peer through a Source Active message The message contains the IP address of the source the group address to which the source is sending and the IP address of the RP In this example the Source Active message contains the following information Source address 206 251 14 22 e Group address 232 1 0 95 RP address 206 251 17 41 Figure 6 shows only one peer for the MSDP device which is also the RP here in domain 1 so the Source Active message goes to only that peer When an MSDP device has multiple peers it sends a Source Active message to each of those peers Each peer sends the Source Advertisement to other MSDP peers The RP that receives the Source Active message also sends a Join message to the source if the RP that received the message has receivers for the group and source Peer Reverse Path Forwarding RPF flooding When the MSDP device also the RP in domain 2 receives the Source Active message from the peer in domain 1 the MSDP device in domain 2 forwards the message to all other peers This propagation process is sometimes called peer Reverse Path Forwarding RPF floodi
218. he commands as shown in the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ssm enable ff 44 32 Syntax no ssm enable range address range The rangeaddress range option allows you to define the SSM range of IPv6 multicast addresses Configuring a DR priority The DR priority option lets a network administrator give preference to a particular router in the DR election process by giving it a numerically higher DR priority To set a DR priority higher than the default value of 1 use the ipv6 pim dr priority command as shown in the example below device config if e10000 3 24 ipv6 pim dr priority 50 To set a DR priority higher than the default value of 1 on a virtual Ethernet interface use the ipv6 pim dr priority command as shown in the following device config interface ve 10 device config vif 10 ipv6 pim dr priority 50 Syntax no ipv6 pim dr priority priority value The priority value variable is the value that you want to set for the DR priority The range of values is from 0 through 65535 The default value is 1 The no option removes the command and sets the DR priority back to the default value of 1 The following information may be useful for troubleshooting 174 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Passive Multicast Route Insertion e If more than one router has the same DR priority on a subnet as in the case of d
219. he default router instance are configurable for a VRF based PIM instance Use the no option to remove all configuration for PIM multicast on the specified VRF Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring BSRs Configuring BSRs In addition to the global and interface parameters configured in the prior sections you must identify an interface on at least one device as a candidate PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR and a candidate PIM Sparse Rendezvous Point RP NOTE It is possible to configure the device as only a candidate BSR or an RP but it is recommended that you configure the same interface on the same device as both a BSR and an RP To configure the device as a candidate BSR enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ip6 pim router bsr candidate ethernet 1 3 32 64 This command configures Ethernet interface 1 3 as the BSR candidate with a mask length of 32 and a priority of 64 To configure the device as a candidate BSR for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue bsr candidate ethernet 1 3 32 64 Syntax no bsr candidate ethernet s ot portnum loopback num ve num hash mask length priority Use the no option to remove the candidate BSR configuration for a specified VRF The ethernets ot portnum loopbacknum ven
220. he group address Enabling MLD tracking on an interface When MLD tracking is enabled a Layer 3 switch tracks all clients that send membership reports When a Leave message is received from the last client the device immediately stops forwarding to the physical port without waiting 3 seconds to confirm that no other clients still want the traffic To enable MLD tracking on a virtual interface enter the following commands device config interface ve 10 device config vif 10 ipv6 mld tracking Syntax ipv6 mid tracking Setting the version on an interface You can use this command to set the MLD version 1 or 2 on an interface You can select the version of MLD by entering a command such as the following device config interface ve 10 device config vif 10 ipv6 mld version 2 Syntax ipv6 mid version version number The version number variable sets the MLD version on an interface You can specify 1 or 2 for the MLD version The default version is 2 Displaying MLD information The sections below present the show commands for MLD Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 201 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD group information 202 Displaying MLD group information To display the list of multicast groups enter a command such as the following device show ipv6 mld group Total 2 groups dx Group Address Port Intf GrpCmpV Mode Timer Srcs
221. he group without the three second waiting period if the following conditions are met e Ifthe interface to which the client belongs has IGMP V3 clients only Therefore all physical ports on a virtual routing interface must have IGMP V3 enabled and no IGMP V1 or V2 clients can be on the interface Although IGMP V3 can handle V1 and V2 clients these two clients cannot be on the interface in order for fast leave to take effect No other client on the interface is receiving traffic from the group to which the client belongs Every group on the physical interface of a virtual routing interface keeps its own tracking record It can track by Source group For example two clients Client A and Client B belong to group1 but each is receiving traffic streams from different sources Client A receives a stream from source_1 group1 and Client B receives it from source_2 group1 Now if Client B leaves the traffic stream source_2 group1 will be stopped immediately The show ip igmp group tracking command displays that clients in a group that are being tracked If a client sends a leave message the client is immediately removed from the group If a client does not send a report during the specified group membership time the default is 140 seconds that client is removed from the tracking list To enable the tracking and fast leave feature enter commands such as the following device config interface ve 13 device config vif 13
222. he network path used by multicast traffic Static multicast routes are especially useful when the unicast and multicast topologies of a network are different By configuring static multicast routes you don t have to make the topologies similar NOTE In IP multicasting source IP addresses are unicast addresses while destination IP addresses are multicast group addresses Therefore in IP multicasting a route lookup is done for source IP address rather than its destination IP address You can configure more than one static multicast route The device always uses the most specific route that matches a multicast source address Thus if you want to configure a multicast static route for a specific multicast source and also configure another multicast static route for all other sources you can configure two static routes Configure the distance keyword in the ip mroute command to specify the administrative distance which the device uses to determine the best path for a route When comparing multiple paths for a route the device prefers the path with the lower administrative distance To ensure that the default static route is used configure a low administrative distance value However the device prefers directly connected routes over other routes no matter what the administrative distance Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 143 53 1003085 02 IGMP Proxy IGMP Proxy 144 Configure the route precedence command to s
223. he number of seconds and can be a value from 1 to 25 The default is 10 Security enhancement for IGMP A security enhancement was made to IGMPv2 to comply with the following recommendation of RFC 2236 Ignore the Report if you cannot identify the source address of the packet as belonging to a subnet assigned to the interface on which the packet was received NOTE When used in applications such as IP TV or any multicast application in general the administrator should ensure that the set top box or multicast client is configured on the same subnet as the v e configured on the device This is typically the case but is emphasized here to ensure correct operation Without this configuration IGMP messages received by the device are ignored which causes an interruption in any multicast traffic directed towards the set top box multicast client Adding an interface to a multicast group You can manually add an interface to a multicast group This is useful in the following cases e Hosts attached to the interface are unable to add themselves as members of the group using IGMP e There are no members for the group attached to the interface When you manually add an interface to a multicast group the device forwards multicast packets for the group but does not itself accept packets for the group You can manually add a multicast group to individual ports only If the port is a member of a virtual routing and forwarding VRF interface
224. he number of seconds the entry has been in the cache You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the entries matching a specific source device show ip msdp sa cache 1 1 1 1 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the entries matching a specific group device show ip msdp sa cache 239 1 1 1 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the SA cache entries that are received from peers in the BGP AS Number 100 device show ip msdp sa cache 100 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the SA cache entries that are originated by the RP 1 1 1 1 device show ip msdp sa cache orig rp 1 1 1 1 You can use the following command to filter the output to display only the SA cache entries that are received from the peer 1 1 1 1 device show ip msdp sa cache peer 1 1 1 1 You can use the following command to display the rejected SAs You can further narrow down by quoting the reason for rejection device show ip msdp sa cache rejected You can use the following command to display the self originated SAs device show ip msdp sa cache self originated Displaying MSDP RPF Peer To display MSDP peer information for the RP 1 1 1 1 enter the following command device show ip msdp rpf peer 1 1 1 1 MSDP Peer Status Summary KA Keepalive SA Source Active NOT Notification Peer Address Peer As State KA SA NOT Age In Out In Out In O
225. he uRTM Displaying a list of multicast groups To display PIM group information enter the following command at any CLI level Device config show ip pim group Total number of groups for VRF default vrf 7 1 Group 226 0 34 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 2 Group 226 0 77 0 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 107 53 1003085 02 Displaying BSR information Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 3 Group 226 0 120 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 4 Group 226 0 163 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 5 Group 226 0 206 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 6 Group 226 0 249 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 7 Group 226 0 30 0 Group member at e2 9 v59 Group member at e1 16 v57 device config Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name group The vrf keyword allows you to display PIM group information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 5 Output from the show ip pim group command This field Displays Total number of Groups Lists the total number of IP multicast groups the device is forwarding NOTE This list can include groups that are not PIM Sparse groups If interfaces on the device are configured for regular PIM dense mode these groups are listed too Index The inde
226. he updates pack The number of NSR sync messages that are packed from the active module to the standby module unpack The number of NSR sync messages that are received and unpacked by the standby module ack The number of NSR sync acknowledgements received by the active module RPset sync The RPset sync queue that carries the NSR sync message for RPset update BSR status The BSR status sync queue that carries the NSR sync message for BSR information update Passive multicast route insertion 78 To prevent unwanted multicast traffic from being sent to the CPU PIM routing and passive multicast route insertion PMRI can be used together to ensure that multicast streams are forwarded out only ports with interested receivers and unwanted traffic is dropped in hardware on Layer 3 switches PMRI enables a Layer 3 switch running PIM Sparse to create an entry for a multicast route for example S G with no directly attached clients or when connected to another PIM device transit network When a multicast stream has no output interfaces OIF the Layer 3 switch can drop packets in hardware if the multicast traffic meets either of the following conditions In PIM SM The route has no OIF and If directly connected source passed source reverse path forwarding RPF check and completed data registration with reverse path RP or z If non directly connected source passed source RPF check In PIM DM The route has no OIF and passe
227. how ip igmp traffic Recv QryV2 QryV3 G Qry GSQry MbrV2 MbrV3 Leave IsIN IsEX ToIN ToEX ALLOW BLK v5 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 v18 15 0 0 0 0 30 0 60 0 0 0 0 0 v110 0 0 0 0 0 97 0 142 37 2 2 3 2 Send QryVl QryV2 QryV3 G Qry GSQry v5 0 2 0 0 0 v18 0 0 30 30 0 v110 0 0 30 44 11 Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name traffic The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display IGMP traffic information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable The report shows the following information TABLE 24 Output of show ip igmp vrf traffic This field Displays QryV2 Number of general IGMP V2 query received or sent by the virtual routing interface QryV3 Number of general IGMP V3 query received or sent by the virtual routing interface G Qry Number of group specific query received or sent by the virtual routing interface GSQry Number of source specific query received or sent by the virtual routing interface MbrV2 The IGMP V2 membership report MbrV3 The IGMP V3 membership report Leave Number of IGMP V2 leave messages on the interface See ToEx for IGMP V3 IsIN Number of source addresses that were included in the traffic IsEX Number of source addresses that were excluded in the traffic ToIN Number of times the interface mode changed from exclude to include ToEX Number of times the interface mode changed from include to exclude ALLOW Number of times that additional source addresses were allowed or denied on the interface B
228. ice config ipv6 pim router To enable IPv6 PIM Sparse mode on an interface enter commands such as the following device config interface ethernet 2 2 device config if e10000 2 2 ipv6 address a000 1111 1 64 device config if e10000 2 2 ipv pim sparse Syntax no ipv6 pim sparse Use the no option to remove IPv6 PIM sparse configuration from the interface The commands in this example add an IPv6 interface to port 2 2 then enable IPv6 PIM Sparse on the interface Configuring IPv6 PIM SM on a virtual routing interface You can enable IPv6 PIM SM on a virtual routing interface by entering commands such as the following device config interface ve 15 device config vif 15 ipv6 address a000 1111 1 64 device config vif 15 ipv pim sparse Enabling IPv6 PIM SM for a specified VRF To enable IPv6 PIM SM for the VRF named blue create the VRF named blue enable it for IPv6 routing and then enable IPv6 PIM SM for the VRF as shown in the following example config vrf blue config vrf blue rd 11 1 config vrf blue address family ipv6 config vrf blue ipv6 router pim config pim router ipv6 router pim vrf blue config ipv6 pim router vrf blue device device device device device device Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vr name The vrf parameter allows you to configure Pv6 PIM SM on the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the vrf name variable All PIM parameters available for t
229. ice maintains the IGMP group Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 13 53 1003085 02 Queriers and non queriers 14 membership information by processing the IGMP reports and leave messages so traffic can be forwarded to ports receiving IGMP reports An IPv4 multicast address is a destination address in the range of 224 0 0 0 to 239 255 255 255 Addresses of 224 0 0 X are reserved Because packets destined for these addresses may require VLAN flooding devices do not snoop in the reserved range Data packets destined to addresses in the reserved range are flooded to the entire VLAN by hardware and mirrored to the CPU Multicast data packets destined for the non reserved range of addresses are snooped A client must send IGMP reports in order to receive traffic An IGMP device s responsibility is to broadcast general queries periodically and to send group queries when receiving a leave message to confirm that none of the clients on the port still want specific traffic before removing the traffic from the port IGMP V2 lets clients specify what group destination address will receive the traffic but not to specify the source of the traffic IGMP V3 is for source specific multicast traffic adding the capability for clients to INCLUDE or EXCLUDE specific traffic sources An IGMP V3 device port state could be INCLUDE or EXCLUDE and there are different types of group records for client reports The interfaces respond to gener
230. im anycast rp Number of Anycast RP 1 Anycast RP 1001 1 ACL ID 200 ACL Name my anycast rp set ACL Filter SET Peer List Izili 22222222 See Be ee Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name anycast rp The vrf parameter allows you to display information for an IPv6 Anycast RP interface for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table describes the parameters of the show ipv6 pim anycast rp command TABLE 40 Output from the show ipv6 pim anycast rp command Field Description Number of Anycast RP Specifies the number of Anycast RP sets in the multicast domain Anycast RP Specifies a shared RP address used among multiple PIM routers ACL ID Specifies the ACL ID assigned ACL Name Specifies the name of the Anycast RP set ACL Filter Specifies the ACL filter state SET or UNSET Peer List Specifies host addresses that are permitted in the Anycast RP set Multicast Listener Discovery and source specific multicast protocols 196 Multicast Listener Discovery Version 2 MLDv2 protocol is supported IPv6 routers use the MLDv2 protocol to discover multicast listeners or nodes that wish to receive multicast packets on directly attached links MLDv2 supports source filtering the ability of a node to send reports on traffic that is from a specific address source or from all multicast addresses except the specified address sources The information is then provided to the source specific multicast SSM rout
231. in seconds The mcache is reset to 0 if traffic continues to arrive otherwise it is aged out when it reaches the time defined by ipv6 multicast mcache age uptime The up time of this mcache in seconds vidx The vidx is shared among mcaches using the same output interfaces The vidx specifies the output port list which shows the index Valid range is from 4096 to 8191 ref cnt The number of mcaches using this vidx To display information about the software resources used enter the following command device show ipv6 multicast resource alloc in use avail get fail limit get mem size init mld group 512 9 503 0 32000 272 28 256 mld phy port 1024 16 1008 0 200000 279 21 1024 snoop group hash 512 9 503 0 59392 272 20 256 Entries deleted total pool memory 194432 bytes has total 1 forwarding hash Available vidx 4061 Syntax show ipv6 multicast resource The following table describes the output from the show ipv6 multicast resource command Field Displays alloc The allocated number of units in use The number of units which are currently used avail The number of available units get fail The number of resource failures NOTE It is important to pay close attention to this field limit The upper limit of this expandable field The MLD group limit is configured using the system max mld snoop group addr command The snoop mcache entry limit is configured using the system max mld snoop mcache command 58 Fastlron Ethernet Switch I
232. ing 64 NOTE This example assumes that the devices are actually Brocade devices running Layer 2 Switch software FIGURE 2 PIM6 SM traffic reduction in Global Ethernet environment Source for Groups ffte 1 2 VLAN 2 tfie 3 4 Layer 2 switches snoop for PIMG SM join and prune messages Switch A detects a source on Port 1 and a receiver for the source group on Ports Client Switch forwards multicast data from source on VLAN 2 1 out 5 only which has the receiver Port 5 3 Without PIM6 SM traffic snooping the switch forwards trattic from the source out through all ports VLAN 2 Port ss 2 site 2 Pots Port 5 e Router sends a PIM6 SM join message Client sends an for ff1e 1 2 YY for ffie 3 4 Receiver for Group ff1e 3 4 Client Receiver for Group The devices on the edge of the Global Ethernet cloud are configured for MLD snooping and PIM6 SM traffic snooping Although this application uses multiple devices the feature has the same requirements and works the same way as it does on a single device Configuration notes and limitations for PIM6 SM snooping PIM6 SM snooping applies only to PIM6 SM version 2 PIM6 SM V2 PIM6 SM traffic snooping is supported in the Layer 2 base Layer 3 and full Layer 3 code MLD snooping must be enabled on the device that will be running PIM6 SM snooping The PIM6 SM traffic snooping feature requires MLD snooping NOTE Use the passive mode of MLD snooping instead of
233. ing fast leave for MLDV1 0 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenas 54 Enabling fast convergence ceeceeeeeceeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeeeceneaeeeeeeseeaes 55 Displaying MLD snooping informatiOn ceeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeneeeesneeeeesaeeeenneees 55 Displaying MLD snooping error information ccceseeseeeeeeeeeee 55 Displaying MLD group information 56 Displaying MLD snooping mcache information c 0eeeeee 57 Displaying status of MLD snooping traffic 59 Displaying MLD snooping information by VLAN 60 Clearing MLD snooping counters and MCACHE eeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeneeenteeeeees 61 Clearing MLD counters on all VLANS cccceesseeeeeeeeeeeteeeeenneeteeeeees 61 Clearing the mcache on all VLANS eee ee eeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeeeea 61 Clearing the mcache on a specific VLAN 61 Clearing traffic counters on a specific VLAN c ceeeeseeeeeeteeeeneeeeeeaes 61 Disabling the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN cccceceeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeesesaeaeeeeseseeaeeeeeessenaeaeess 62 PIM6 SM traffic snooping OVErVICW cceecececeeeeeeceeeeeeceeeeeeetetenaeeeeeetsnaaees 62 Application examples of PIM6 SM traffic Snooping 62 Configuration notes and limitations for PIM6 SM snooping 64 PIM6 SM snooping CONFIQUIATION eee eeeteeeeneee cece eeeneeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeaas 65 Enabling or disabling
234. ing protocols such as PIM SSM The IPv6 router stores a list of multicast addresses for each attached link For each multicast address the IPv6 router stores a filter mode and a source list The filter mode is set to INCLUDE if all nodes in the source list for a multicast address are in the INCLUDE state If the filter mode is INCLUDE then only traffic from the addresses in the source list is allowed The filter mode is set to EXCLUDE if at least one of the nodes in the source list is in an EXCLUDE state If the filter mode is EXCLUDE traffic from nodes in the source list is denied and traffic from other sources is allowed Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Enabling MLDv2 The source list and filter mode are created when the IPv6 querier router sends a query The querier router is the one with the lowest source IPv6 address It sends out any of the following queries e General query The querier sends this query to learn all multicast addresses that need to be listened to on an interface e Address specific query The querier sends this query to determine if a specific multicast address has any listeners e Address specific and source specific query The querier sends this query to determine if specified sources of a specific multicast address have any listeners In response to these queries multicast listeners send the following reports e Current state This report specifies the source list fo
235. ins source address of interfaces and whether or not traffic will be received or included IS_IN or not received or excluded IS_EX from that source The following messages are generated by hosts not the response Query These messages are generated when there is a change in the group member state e Filter mode change record If the interface changes its current state from IS_IN to IS_EX a TO_EX record is included in the membership report Likewise if an interface s current state changes from IS_EX to IS_IN a TO_IN record appears in the membership report IGMP V2 Leave report is equivalent to a TO_IN empty record in IGMP V3 This record means that no traffic from this group will be received regardless of the source An IGMP V2 group report is equivalent to an IS_EX empty record in IGMP V3 This record means that all traffic from this group will be received regardless of source e Source List Change Record If the interface wants to add or remove traffic sources from its membership report the membership report can have an ALLOW record which contains a list of new sources from which the interface wishes to receive traffic It can also contains a BLOCK record which lists current traffic sources from which the interfaces wants to stop receiving traffic In response to membership reports from the interfaces the router sends a Group Specific or a Group and Source Specific query to the multicast interfaces For example a router receives
236. inserted after the hardware drop entries are installed the hardware entries will be updated to include the OIFs NOTE Disabling hardware drop does not immediately take away existing hardware drop entries they will go through the normal route aging processing when the traffic stops Configuring PMRI PMRI is enabled by default To disable PMRI enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router hardware drop disable To disable PMRI for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue hardware drop disable Syntax no hardware drop disable Displaying hardware drop Use the show ipv6 pim sparse command to display if the hardware drop feature has been enabled or disabled Brocade show ipv6 pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache 4096 Current Count 2 Hello interval 30 Neighbor timeout 105 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 175 53 1003085 02 Displaying system values 176 Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval eee Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 10 Register Stop Delay 0 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled Yes SPT Threshold ae SSM Group Range 30 32 Route Precedence
237. ion Field Description ST Yes indicates that the MLD group was configured as a static group No means it was learned from reports QR Yes means the port is a querier port No means it is not A port becomes a non querier port when it receives a query from a source with a lower source IP address than the port life The number of seconds the group can remain in EXCLUDE mode An EXCLUDE mode changes to INCLUDE if it does not receive an IS_EX or TO_EX message during a specified period of time The default is 140 seconds There is no life displayed in INCLUDE mode mode The current mode of the interface INCLUDE or EXCLUDE If the interface is in INCLUDE mode it admits traffic only from the source list If the interface is in EXCLUDE mode it denies traffic from the source list and accepts the rest source Identifies the source list that will be included or excluded on the interface An MLDv1 group is in EXCLUDE mode with a source of 0 The group excludes traffic from 0 zero source list which actually means that all traffic sources are included group If you requested a detailed report the following information is displayed The multicast group address The mode of the group Sources from which traffic will be admitted INCLUDE or denied EXCLUDE on the interface The life of each source list If you requested a tracking fast leave report the clients from which reports were received are identified Displaying MLD snooping
238. ion 1 or 2 globally You can select the version of MLD by entering a command such as the following device config ipv6 mld version 1 Syntax ipv6 mld version version number The version number variable sets the MLD version You can specify 1 or 2 for the MLD version The default version is 2 To set the global MLD version for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv6 mld version 1 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name Configuring MLD parameters at the interface level The following MLD parameters can be configured at the interface level e Port version Specifying a port version on page 200 e Static group Specifying a static group on page 200 e Tracking Enabling MLD tracking on an interface on page 201 e Version Setting the version on an interface on page 201 Specifying a port version To set the MLD version on a virtual Ethernet interface enter the following commands as shown in the example device config interface ve 10 device config vif 10 ipv6 mld port version 2 Syntax ipv6 mld port version version number Enter 1 or 2 for version number Be sure to enter 2 if you want to use source filtering Specitying a static group A multicast group is usually learned when an MLDv1 report is receive
239. ion Guide 127 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 128 KA Keepalive SA Source Active NOT Notification Peer Address Peer As State KA SA NOT Age In Out In Out In Out 40 40 40 1 1001 ESTABLISH 59 59 0 0 0 0 6 40 40 40 3 1001 ESTABLISH 59 59 0 0 0 0 47 AY yds Ve N A ESTABLISH 59 59 0 0 0 0 47 Brocade config Syntax show ip msdp summary The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 14 MSDP summary information This field Displays Peer address The IP address of the peer interface with the device State The state of the MSDP device connection with the peer The state can be one of the following CONNECTING The session is in the active open state ESTABLISHED The MSDP session is fully up INACTIVE The session is idle LISTENING The session is in the passive open state KA In The number of MSDP keepalive messages the MSDP device has received from the peer KA Out The number of MSDP keepalive messages the MSDP device has sent to the peer SA In The number of source active messages the MSDP device has received from the peer SA Out The number of source active messages the MSDP device has sent to the peer NOT In The number of notification messages the MSDP router has received from the peer NOT Out The number of notification messages the MSDP router has sent to the peer Displaying peer information To display MSDP peer information enter the following command Brocade show ip msdp
240. ions have the appropriate hardware and software but the devices that connect the various buildings need to be configured to support PIM multicasts from the designated video conference server as shown in the Pruning leaf nodes from a multicast tree figure PIM is enabled on each of the devices shown in the Pruning leaf nodes from a multicast tree figure on which multicasts are expected You can enable PIM on each device independently or remotely from one of the devices with a Telnet connection Follow the same steps for each device All changes are dynamic Globally enabling and disabling PIM To globally enable PIM enter the following command Device config router pim Syntax no router pim The no router pim command behaves in the following manner Entering a router pim command to enable PIM does not require a software reload e Entering a no router pim command removes all configuration for PIM multicast on a device router pim level only Enabling PIM for a specified VRF To enable PIM for the VRF named blue use the following commands Device config router pim vrf blue Syntax no router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter allows you to configure PIM PIM DM and PIM SM on the virtual routing and forwarding instance VRF specified by the vrf name variable All PIM parameters available for the default device instance are configurable for a VRF based PIM instance Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast
241. is enabled you can display the list of clients that belong to a particular group by entering commands such as the following device show ip igmp group 224 1 10 1 tracking Total 2 entries 1 226 0 0 21 e6 2 v30 exclude 253 3 S 40 40 40 12 S 40 40 40 11 S 40 40 40 10 S 40 40 40 2 Age 253 Cr 10 10 1021 Age 253 S 40 40 40 3 Age 253 Ce 10 10 10 1 Age 253 226 0 0 1 e6 3 e6 3 include 0 3 Se 30 30 3038 Age 196 Cs 02 50 1 Age 196 Sr 30 30 30 2 Age 196 Cs O62 021 Age 196 S 30 30 30 1 Age 196 Ce 0 2 0 1 Age 196 Syntax show ip igmp vrf vrf name group group address detail tracking If you want a report for a specific multicast group enter that group s address for group address Omit the group address if you want a report for all multicast groups The vrf parameter specifies that you want to display IGMP group information for the VRF specified by the vrf name variable Enter detail if you want to display the source list of the multicast group Enter tracking if you want information on interfaces that have tracking enabled IGMP V2 and V3 statistics displayed on the report for each interface TABLE 21 Output of show ip igmp group This field Displays Group The address of the multicast group Port The physical port on which the multicast group was received Intf The virtual interface on which the multicast group was received Timer Shows the number of seconds the interface
242. isplays Candidate RP advertisement Indicates how time will pass before the BSR sends the next RP message The time in is displayed in hh mm ss format NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP RP Indicates the IP address of the Rendezvous Point RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP group prefixes Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP Candidate RP advertisement Indicates how frequently the BSR sends candidate RP advertisement messages period NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate RP Displaying RP to group mappings To display RP to group mappings enter the following command at any CLI level device show ip pim rp map Number of group to RP mappings 6 Group address RP address 1 239 255 163 1 99 99 99 5 2 239 255 163 2 99 99 99 5 3 239 255 163 3 99 99 99 5 4 239 255 162 1 99 99 99 5 5 239 255 162 2 43 43 43 1 6 239 255 162 3 99 99 99 5 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name rp map The vrf option allows you to display candidate RP to group mappings for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table describes the output from this command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 111 53 1003085 02 Displaying RP Information for a PIM Sparse group 112 TABLE 8 Output of the sho
243. ive mode and it will not cover any multicast group ranges The optional static RP ACL can be configured as a standard ACL or as an extended ACL For an extended ACL the destination filter will be used to derive the multicast group range and all other filters are ignored The content of the ACL needs to be defined in the order of prefix length the longest prefix must be placed at the top of the ACL definition If there are overlapping group ranges among the static RPs the static RP with the longest prefix match is selected If more than one static RP covers the exact same group range the highest IP static RP will be used Configuration considerations e The Static RP has higher precedence over RP learnt from the BSR e There is a limit of 64 static RPs in the systems Configuring an ACL based RP assignment To configure an ACL based RP assignment enter commands such as the following device config router pim device config pim router rp address 130 1 1 1 acll Syntax no rp address jp_address acl_name_or_id Use the ip address parameter to specify the IP address of the device you want to designate as an RP device Use the acl name or id optional parameter to specify the name or ID of the ACL that specifies which multicast groups use this RP Displaying the static RP Use the show ip pim rp set command to display static RP and the associated group ranges device config show ip pim rp set Static RP and associated
244. ively allow or disallow multicast flows to configured interfaces The ip multicast boundary command allows you to configure a boundary on a PIM enabled interface by defining which multicast groups may not forward packets over a specified interface This includes incoming and outgoing packets By default all interfaces that are enabled for multicast are eligible to participate in a multicast flow provided they meet the multicast routing protocol s criteria for participating in a flow Configuration considerations e Only one ACL can be bound to any interface e Normal ACL restrictions apply as to how many software ACLs can be created but there is no hardware restrictions on ACLs with this feature e Creation of a static IGMP client is allowed for a group on a port that may be prevented from participation in the group on account of an ACL bound to the port s interface In such a situation the ACL would prevail and the port will not be added to the relevant entries e Either standard or extended ACLs can be used with the multicast boundary feature When a standard ACL is used the address specified is treated as a group address and NOT a source address Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 79 53 1003085 02 Configuring multicast boundaries 80 e When a boundary is applied to an ingress interface all packets destined to a multicast group that is filtered out will be dropped by software Currently there is no suppor
245. ket from group 239 255 162 1 s source to the destination by sending the packet to device B which is the RP Device B then sends the packet to device C For the second and all future packets that device A receives from the source for the receiver device A forwards them directly to device C using the SPT path Configuring PIM Sparse To configure a Brocade device for PIM Sparse perform the following tasks e Configure the following global parameter Enable the PIM Sparse mode of multicast routing e Configure the following interface parameters Configure an IP address on the interface Enable PIM Sparse Identify the interface as a PIM Sparse border if applicable e Configure the following PIM Sparse global parameters Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Current limitations Identify the Brocade device as a candidate PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR if applicable Identify the Brocade device as a candidate PIM Sparse Rendezvous Point RP if applicable Specify the IP address of the RP if you want to statically select the RP NOTE It is recommended that you configure the same Brocade device as both the BSR and the RP Current limitations The implementation of PIM Sparse in the current software release has the following limitations PIM Sparse and regular PIM dense mode cannot be used on the same interface e You cannot configure or display PIM Sparse information using the Web
246. l except the winner stop sending queries The device with the lowest address becomes the querier Although the system will work when Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 VLAN specific configuration multiple devices are configured as queriers Brocade recommends that only one device preferably the one with the traffic source is configured as a querier The non queriers always forward multicast data traffic and IGMP messages to router ports which receive IGMP queries or PIM hellos Brocade recommends that you configure the device with the data traffic source server as a querier If a server is attached to a non querier the non querier always forwards traffic to the querier regardless of whether there are any clients on the querier NOTE In a topology of one or more connecting devices at least one device must be running PIM configured as active Otherwise none of the devices can send out queries and traffic cannot be forwarded to clients VLAN specific configuration IGMP snooping can be enabled on some VLANs or on all VLANs Each VLAN can be independently configured to be a querier or non querier and can be configured for IGMP V2 or IGMP V3 In general the ip multicast commands apply globally to all VLANs except those configured with VLAN specific multicast commands The VLAN specific multicast commands supersede the global ip multicast commands IGMP snooping can be configured for IGMP V2 or IGMP V3
247. laying the multicast NSR status To display the multicast nonstop routing NSR status enter the following command Device show ip pim nsr Global Mcast NSR Status NSR ON Switchover In Progress Mode FALSE The following table displays the output from the show ip pim nsr command Field Description NSR The NSR field indicates whether the ip multicast nonstop routing command is enabled ON or disabled OFF Switchover in Progress The Switchover in Progress Mode field indicates whether the multicast traffic is in the Mode middle of a switchover displaying a TRUE status or not displaying a FALSE status Displaying counter and statistic information for multicast NSR To display multicast NSR counter and statistic information enter the following command device show ip pim counter nsr Mcache sync entity id 203 pack 0 unpack 0 ack 0 RPset sync entity id 201 pack 0 unpack 0 ack 0 BSR status entity id 202 pack 1 unpack 0 ack Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf_name counter nsr Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 77 53 1003085 02 Passive multicast route insertion The vrf parameter allows you to display IP PIM counters for the VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ip pim counter nsr command This field Displays Mcache sync The mcache NSR sync queue that carries the NSR sync message for mcac
248. max mroute Configures a limit to the number of IPv6 multicast routes supported Syntax ipv6 max mroute num no ipv6 max mroute Command Default The default is no limit Parameters num Configures the maximum number of IPv6 multicast routes supported Modes VRF configuration mode Usage Guidelines The no form of this command restores the limit to the default value Examples This example limits the number of IPv6 multicast routes supported on the VRF named my_vrf to 20 Device config vrf my vrf Device config address family ipv6 Device config vrf ipv6 max mroute 20 History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ipv6 mroute Configures a static IPv6 route to direct multicast traffic along a specific path Syntax ipv6 mroute vrf vif name ipv6 address prefix prefix length ethernet ve tunnel num cost distance distance value name name no ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name ipv6 address prefix prefix length ethernet ve tunnel num cost distance distance value name name Command Default No static multicast route is configured Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 215 53 1003085 02 ipv6 mroute next hop Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route ipv6 address prefix prefix length Configures the destination IPv6 address and p
249. mesh group A maximum of 32 MSDP peers can be configured per mesh group MSDP Anycast RP MSDP Anycast RP is a method of providing intra domain redundancy and load balancing between multiple Rendezvous Points RP in a Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse mode PIM SM network It is accomplished by configuring all RPs within a domain with the same anycast RP address which is typically a loopback IP address Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP is used between all of the RPs in a mesh configuration to keep all RPs in sync regarding the active sources PIM SM routers are configured to register statically or dynamically with the RP using the same anycast RP address Since multiple RPs have the same anycast address an Interior Gateway Protocol IGP such as OSPF routes the PIM SM router to the RP with the best route If the PIM SM routers are distributed evenly throughout the domain the loads on RPs within the domain will be distributed If the RP with the best route goes out of service the PIM SM router s IGP changes the route to the closest operating RP that has the same anycast address This configuration works because MSDP is configured between all of the RPs in the domain Consequently all of the RPs share information about active sources This feature uses functionality that is already available on the Brocade device but re purposes it to provide the benefits desired as described in RFC 3446 Configuring MSDP Anycast RP To c
250. multicasting that is especially suitable for widely distributed multicast environments The Brocade implementation is based on RFC 2362 In a PIM Sparse network a PIM Sparse device that is connected to a host that wants to receive information for a multicast group must explicitly send a join request on behalf of the receiver host PIM Sparse devices are organized into domains A PIM Sparse domain is a contiguous set of devices that all implement PIM and are configured to operate within a common boundary Figure 5 shows a simple example of a PIM Sparse domain This example shows three devices configured as PIM Sparse devices The configuration is described in detail following the figure FIGURE 5 Example PIM Sparse domain This interface is also the Bootstrap Router BR for this PIM Sparse domain and the Rendezvous Point RP for the PIM Sparse groups in this domain Port2 1 N Port2 2 207 95 8 10 NS 207 95 7 1 J WN p S 4 UN J gt N S a N Z l Rendezvous Point RP path N q r N f J N 3 Port3 8 oe nN Port3 8 207 95 8 N 207 95 7 2 A N WA _VE1 VE1 N 207 95 6 1 207 95 6 2 gt gt Shortest Path Tree SPT path 209 157 24 162 Receiver for Group 239 255 162 1 Source for Group 239 255 162 1 PIM Sparse device types Devices that are configured with PIM Sparse interfaces also can be configured to fill one or more of the following roles 95 RP paths and SPT paths 96
251. mum response time enter a command such as the following at the global CONFIG level of the CLI device config ip igmp max response time 8 Syntax no ip igmp max response time num The num parameter specifies the maximum number of seconds for the response time Enter a value from 1 25 The default is 10 Displaying IGMPv3 information The sections below present the show commands available for IGMP V3 Displaying IGMP group status You can display the status of all IGMP multicast groups on a device by entering the following command device show ip igmp group Total 2 entries Idx Group Address Port Intf Mode Timer Srcs 12323105 0 31 e6 2 v30 include 0 7 2 226 0 0 1 e6 2 v30 exclude 240 2 e6 3 e6 3 include 0 3 Total number of groups 2 To display the status of one IGMP multicast group enter a command such as the following device show ip igmp group 239 0 0 1 detail Total 2 entries Idx Group Address Port Intf Mode Timer Srcs 12260051 e6 2 v30 exclude 218 2 S 40 40 40 12 S 40 40 40 11 S 40 40 40 10 S 40 40 40 2 Age 218 Sr 40 40 40 3 Age 218 226 0 0 1 e6 3 e6 3 include 0 3 Se 3073073033 Age 165 Ss 23030302 Age 165 S 30 30 30 1 Age 165 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols If the tracking and fast leave feature
252. n be one of the following CONNECTING The session is in the active open state ESTABLISHED The MSDP session is fully up INACTIVE The session is idle LISTENING The session is in the passive open state Keep Alive Time The keepalive time which specifies how often this MSDP device sends keep alive messages to the neighbor The keep alive time is 60 seconds and is not configurable Hold Time The hold time which specifies how many seconds the MSDP device will wait for a KEEPALIVE or UPDATE message from an MSDP neighbor before deciding that the neighbor is dead The hold time is 90 seconds and is not configurable Keep Alive Message The number of keepalive messages the MSDP device has sent to the peer Sent Keep Alive Message The number of keepalive messages the MSDP device has received from the peer Received Notifications Sent The number of notification messages the MSDP device has sent to the peer Notifications Received The number of notification messages the MSDP device has received from the peer Source Active Sent The number of source active messages the MSDP device has sent to the peer Source Active Received The number of source active messages the MSDP device has received from the peer Last Connection Reset The reason the previous session with this neighbor ended Reason Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 129 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 130 TABLE 15 MSDP peer information Co
253. n example of an MSDP mesh group In a PIM SM mesh group the RPs are configured to be peers of each other They can also be peers of RPs in other domains FIGURE 7 Example of MSDP mesh group Mesh GroupA 3 RPs within the domain receive the SA message and floods the 2 RP sends an SA message SA message to its peers in to its peers within the domain other PIM Sparse domains Designated Router DR RP 206 251 21 31 RP 206 251 18 31 L ee 206 251 14 22 SVS Source for Group sl 232 1 0 95 RP 206 251 20 31 RP 206 251 19 31 1 DR receives traffic from source and registers source with RP RP RP e 4 RP PIM Sparse Domain 4 PIM Sparse Domain3 PIM Sparse Domain 2 PIM Sparse Domain 1 in Figure 7 contains a mesh group with four RPs When the first RP for example RP 206 251 21 31 originates or receives an SA message from a peer in another domain it sends the SA message to its peers within the mesh group However the peers do not send the message back to the originator RP or to each other The RPs then send the SA message farther away to their peers in other domains The process continues until all RPs within the network receive the SA message Configuring MSDP mesh group To configure an MSDP mesh group enter commands such as the following on each device that will be included in the mesh group device config router msdp device config msdp router msdp peer 206 251 18 31 connect sou
254. n general the IPv6 MLD snooping commands apply globally to all VLANs except those configured with VLAN specific MLD snooping commands VLAN specific MLD snooping commands supersede global IPv6 MLD snooping commands MLDv1 with MLDv2 MLD snooping can be configured as MLDv1 or MLDv2 on individual ports on a VLAN An interface or router sends queries and reports that include the MLD version with which it has been configured The version configuration applies only to the sending of queries The snooping device recognizes and processes MLDv1 and MLDv2 packets regardless of the version configured NOTE To avoid version deadlock when an interface receives a report with a lower version than that for which it has been configured the interface does not automatically downgrade the running MLD version MLD snooping configuration 48 Configuring Multicast Listening Discovery MLD snooping on an IPv6 device consists of the following global and VLAN specific tasks MLD snooping global tasks e Configuring hardware and software resource limits e Disabling transmission and receipt of MLD packets on a port e Configuring the MLD mode active or passive must be enabled for MLD snooping e Modifying the age interval e Modifying the interval for query messages active MLD mode only e Specifying the global MLD version e Enabling and disabling report control rate limiting e Modifying the leave wait time e Modifying the mcache age interval
255. n on page 66 e Displaying PIM6 SM snooping for a VLAN on page 67 Displaying PIM6 SM snooping information To display PIM6 SM snooping information enter the show ipv6 multicast pimsm snooping command device show ipv6 multicast pimsm snooping vlan 25 has 2 caches 1 0 11 1 3 has 2 pim join ports out of 2 OIF 1 1 2 age 0 2 1 3 age 0 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM6 SM snooping for a VLAN 17 172 has 1 sree 15 11 0 2 1 3 has 1 sre 15 11 0 2 0 16 1 3 has 2 pim join ports out of 2 OIF 2 1 3 age 0 1 1 2 age 0 1 1 2 has 1 sre 15 16 0 This output shows the number of PIM join OIF out of the total OIF The join or prune messages are source specific In this case If the mcache is in G the display function will also print the traffic source information Displaying PIM6 SM snooping for a VLAN You can display PIM6 SM snooping information for all groups by entering the following command at any level of the CLI on a Layer 2 Switch device show ipv6 multicast pimsm snooping vlan 25 vlan 25 has 2 caches 1 Q 11 1 3 has 2 pim Join ports out of 2 OLF 1 1 2 age 30 2 1 3 age 30 1 1 2 has 1 sre 15 11 30 2 1 3 has 1 sre 15 11 30 2 0 16 1 3 has 2 pim Join ports out of 2 OIF 2 1 3 age 90 1 1 2 age 10 1 1 2 has 1 sre 15 16 10 Syntax show ipv6 multicast pimsm snooping vlan vian id Enter the ID of the VLAN for the vian id parameter
256. nabling Source specific Multicast cccccceceeeseceeeeeeeeseeeeeees 174 Configuring a DR Ppriority eee eeseeeeeeeeeseeeesenaeeeeeeeeeeseeesesaeereneaees 174 Passive Multicast Route Insertion 175 Displaying system VAIUCS ce eeeeceeeceeneee testes eeeeeeeeaeeeseeaeeeeneeeee 176 Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics 176 Clearing the IPv6 PIM forwarding Cache ccceeeseeesseeeesnteeeeneees 191 Clearing the IPv6 PIM message COUNTESS cceeeseeeeeeeeeetteeeteeeees 191 Updating PIM Sparse forwarding entries witha new RP COMMOUATIONS 222 rie eeke aeeai an a e a E Mage deatieeed 191 Clearing the IPv6 PIM traffic eeens 192 Defining the maximum number of IPv6 PIM cache entries 192 Configuring a static multicast route within a VRF eee eeeeeeeee 193 Configuring the route precedence by specifying the route types 193 PIM Anycast RP iae ie este heer iteee nantes 194 Configuring PIM Anycast RP eeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeenneeeeenaeeeeeeeeessaeeeeeaas 194 Multicast Listener Discovery and source specific multicast protocols 196 Enabling ME DV 2 ezcccisccczecccc fi estecnyvscdnae idee aa aaae Ee aE 197 Configuring MLD parameters for default and non default VRFs 197 Configuring MLD parameters at the interface level 0 200 Displaying MLD information ceecceesseeeeerseeeeneeeeeeaeeeeeaeeeeneeeenes 201 Fastlron Ethernet
257. ndidate RP During the election process the candidate RP with the highest priority is elected as the RP age The age in seconds of this RP set holdtime Indicates the time in seconds for which this rp set information is valid If this rp set information is not received from BSR within the holdtime period the rp set information is aged out and deleted Displaying multicast neighbor information To display information about PIM neighbors enter the following command at any CLI level device config show ip pim nbr Port PhyPort Neighbor Holdtime T PropDelay Override Age UpTime VRE Prio sec Bit msec msec sec v2 el 1 Zed el e2 105 1 500 3000 0 00 44 10 default vrf v4 e2 2 AT AD 105 1 500 3000 10 00 42 50 default vrf v5 e1 4 Salil 105 I 500 3000 0 00 44 00 default vrf v22 el 1 22 ool ed 105 1 500 3000 0 00 44 10 default vrf Total Number of Neighbors 4 device config Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name neighbor Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 113 53 1003085 02 Displaying the PIM multicast cache 114 The vrf option allows you to display information about the PIM neighbors for the VRF instance identified by the vr name variable The following tabl
258. ng In Figure 6 on page 121 the MSDP device floods the Source Active message it receives from the peer in domain 1 to peers in domains 3 and 4 The MSDP device in domain 2 does not forward the Source Active back to the peer in domain 1 because that is the peer from which the device received the message An MSDP device never sends a Source Active message back to the peer that sent it The peer that sent the message is sometimes called the RPF peer The MSDP device uses the unicast routing table for its Exterior Gateway Protocol EGP to identify the RPF peer by looking for the route entry that is the next hop toward the source Often the EGP protocol is Border Gateway Protocol BGP version 4 NOTE MSDP depends on BGP for inter domain operations The MSDP routers in domains 3 and 4 also forward the Source Active message to all peers except the ones that sent them the message Figure 6 on page 121 does not show additional peers Source Active caching When an MSDP device that is also an RP receives a Source Active message it checks the PIM sparse multicast group table for receivers for that group If there are receivers for that group being advertised in the Source Active message the RP sends a Join message towards the source In Figure 6 on page 121 if the MSDP device and RP in domain 4 has a table entry for the receiver the RP sends a Join message on behalf of the receiver back through the RPF tree to the source in this case the source
259. ng the global IGMP mode To globally set the IGMP mode to active enter the following command device config ip multicast active Syntax no ip multicast active passive If you do not enter either active or passive the passive mode is assumed Configuring the IGMP mode for a VLAN If you specify an IGMP mode for a VLAN it overrides the global setting To set the IGMP mode for VLAN 20 to active enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast active Syntax no multicast active passive Configuring the IGMP version Use the procedures in this section to specify the IGMP version Configuring the global IGMP version To globally specify IGMP V2 or IGMP V3 refer to Enabling IGMP snooping globally on the device on page 19 Configuring the IGMP version fora VLAN You can specify the IGMP version for a VLAN For example the following commands configure VLAN 20 to use IGMP V3 device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast version 3 Syntax no multicast version 2 3 If no IGMP version is specified then the globally configured IGMP version is used If an IGMP version is specified for individual ports those ports use that version instead of the VLAN version 20 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuring the IGMP version for individual ports in a VLAN Configuring the IGMP version for individual ports in a V
260. nment description For areas unable to access toll free number 1 408 333 6061 Toll free numbers are available in many countries Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 9 53 1003085 02 Document feedback Document feedback To send feedback and report errors in the documentation you can use the feedback form posted with the document or you can e mail the documentation team Quality is our first concern at Brocade and we have made every effort to ensure the accuracy and completeness of this document However if you find an error or an omission or you think that a topic needs further development we want to hear from you You can provide feedback in two ways e Through the online feedback form in the HTML documents posted on www brocade com e By sending your feedback to documentation brocade com Provide the publication title part number and as much detail as possible including the topic heading and page number if applicable as well as your suggestions for improvement 10 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 About This Guide 0 araa Mren e g PEPEE E PERE LET AEE PE S E PE NE EAE E hae cece nas E AEA AE nda 11 Whats new in this docume eierci pa sees eerste ees iri 11 e How command information is presented in this guid ssisssiiuiisessssrriinerineriseierrsussssuss 12 Introduction This guide includes procedures for configuring the software The software p
261. no rp candidate add group ipv6address mask bits You can delete the configured RP candidate group ranges by entering commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp candidate delete ff02 200 1 128 You can delete the configured RP candidate group ranges for a specified VRF by entering commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp candidate delete ff02 200 1 128 Syntax nJo rp candidate delete group ipv6address mask bits The usage for the group ipv6 addressmask bits parameter is the same as for the rp candidate add command Statically specifying the RP It is recommended that you use the IPv6 PIM Sparse mode RP election process so that a backup RP can automatically take over if the active RP router becomes unavailable However if you do not want the RP to be selected by the RP election process but instead you want to explicitly identify the RP by its IPv6 address use the rp address command Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Updating IPv6 PIM Sparse forwarding entries with a new RP configuration If you explicitly specify the RP the device uses the specified RP for all group to RP mappings and overrides the set of candidate RPs supplied by the BSR NOTE Specify the same IP address as the RP on all IPv6 PIM Sparse routers within the IPv6 PIM Sparse domain Make
262. ntinued This field Notification Message Error Code Received Notification Message Error SubCode Received Notification Message Error Code Transmitted Notification Message Error SubCode Transmitted TCP Statistics Displays The MSDP device has received a notification message from the neighbor that contains an error code corresponding to one of the following errors Some errors have subcodes that clarify the reason for the error Where applicable the subcode messages are listed underneath the error code messages 1 Message Header Error 2 SA Request Error 3 SA Message or SA Response Error 4 Hold Timer Expired 5 Finite State Machine Error 6 Notification 7 Cease For information about these errors refer to section 17 in the Internet draft describing MSDP draft ietf msdp spec See above The error message corresponding to the error code in the NOTIFICATION message this MSDP router sent to the neighbor See the description for the Notification Message Error Code Received field for a list of possible codes See above Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols TABLE 15 MSDP peer information Continued This field TCP connection state Local host Local port Remote host Displays The state of the connection with the neighbor Can be one of the following LISTEN Waiting for a connection request SYN SEN
263. ntries receiver sg_entries sparse ssm The vrf option allows you to display the PIM multicast cache for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The source address parameter selects the multicast cache source address The group address parameter selects the multicast cache group address The counts keyword indicates the count of entries The dense keyword displays only the PIM Dense Mode entries The dit idx variable allows you to display all entries that match a specified dit The g_entries keyword displays only the G entries The receiver keyword allows you to display all entries that egress a specified interface The sg_entries keyword displays only the S G entries The sparse keyword displays only the PIM Sparse Mode entries The ssm keyword displays only the SSM entries The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 12 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Field Description Total entries in mcache Shows the total number of PIM mcache entries MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude Legend for the mcache entry printed once per page it gives the explanation of each of the flags used in the entry BR Blocked RPT BA Blocked Assert BF Blocked Filter BI Blocked IIF Uptime Shows the entry uptime Rate Shows the Rate at which packets are ingressing for this entry Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 115 IPv4 Multica
264. num variable specifies the maximum number of multicast cache entries for PIM in the specified VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by the system max command option pim hw mcache or by available system resources Defining the maximum number of IGMP group addresses You can use the ip igmp max group address run time command to set the maximum number of IGMP addresses for the default virtual routing and forwarding VRF instance or for a specified VRF To define this maximum for the default VRF enter the following command device config ip igmp max group address 1000 Syntax no ip igmp max group address num The num variable specifies the maximum number of IGMP group addresses for all VRFs including the default VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by available system resources To define this maximum for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config vrf vpnl device config vrf vpnl address family ipv4 device config vrf vpnl ipv4 ip igmp max group address 1000 Syntax no vrf vif name Syntax no address family ipv4 Syntax no ip igmp max group address num The vrf parameter specifies the VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable The num parameter specifies the number of IGMP group addresses that you want to make available for the specified VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by available system resources
265. o using the SPT until it has sent the number of packets you specify using the RP Setting the RP advertisement interval To specify how frequently the candidate RP configured on the device sends candidate RP advertisement messages to the BSR enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp adv interval 180 170 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Changing the PIM Join and Prune message interval To specify how frequently the candidate RP configured on the device sends candidate RP advertisement messages to the BSR for a specified VRF enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp adv interval 180 Syntax rp adv interval seconds The seconds parameter specifies the number of seconds in a range from 10 through 65535 The default is 60 seconds Changing the PIM Join and Prune message interval By default the device sends PIM Sparse Join or Prune messages every 60 seconds These messages inform other PIM Sparse routers about clients who want to become receivers Join or stop being receivers Prune for PIM Sparse groups NOTE Use the same Join or Prune message interval on all the PIM Sparse routers in the PIM Sparse domain If the routers do not all use the same timer interval the performance of PIM Sparse can be adversely affected To change the Join or
266. of group prefixes Learnt from BSR 0 No RP Set present Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name rp set The vrf parameter allows you to display the RP set for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim rp set command TABLE 33 Output from the show ipv6 pim rp set command Field Description Number of group prefixes The number of IPv6 PIM Sparse group prefixes for which the RP is responsible Group prefix Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP RPs expected or Indicates how many RPs were expected and received in the latest Bootstrap received message RP num Indicates the RP number If there are multiple RPs in the IPv6 PIM Sparse domain a line of information for each of them is listed and they are numbered in ascending numerical order priority The RP priority of the candidate RP During the election process the candidate RP with the highest priority is elected as the RP age The age in seconds of this RP set NOTE If this device is not a BSR this field contains zero Only the BSR ages the RP set Displaying multicast neighbor information To display information about IPv6 PIM neighbors enter the show ipv6 pim neighbor command at any CLI level FBrocade show ipv6 pim neighbor a PPort PhyPort Neighbor Holdtime T PropDelay Override
267. ommand Field Description DFTVlanChange The number of default vian id changes that have occurred since the applicable VRF was created VianPort Displaying the IPv6 PIM resources The number of times that a tagged port was placed in a VLAN since the applicable VRF was created To display the hardware resource information such as hardware allocation availability and limit for software data structure enter the show ipv6 pim resource command Brocade show ipv6 pim Global PIM Parameters GLOBAL Ipv6 MULTICAST GLOBAL Ipv6 PIM CLASS MULTICAST IPV6 CLASS Num alloc 2 PIM IPV6 CLASS Num alloc 2 white alloc in use Vrf Instance NBR list RP set list Static RP LIF Entry Anycast RP timer prune pimsm J P elem Timer Data mcache SLIB Sync mcache graft if no mcache HW replic vlan HW replic port vrf white res CLASS Size 23573 bytes Size 2162 bytes avail get fail 64 2 62 256 1 255 64 0 64 512 0 512 64 0 64 64 0 64 32 0 32 1024 O 1024 512 2 510 1120 2 1118 896 2 894 197 0 197 1000 2 998 1024 2 1022 System max 17 System max 17 Size 50485 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 limit 512 1536 64 512 64 14848 7424 48960 14848 64960 12992 45704 116000 59392 get mem 73 12824 0 0 0 65 0 640448 1409 9502 5570 0 170179 170179 Size 1346 bytes size 96 49 42 47 190 64 34 29 28 34 1144 64 66 81 init 256 64 512 64 64 32 128 64 280
268. on Configuring IGMP snooping on a Brocade device consists of the following global VLAN specific and port specific tasks Perform the following global IGMP snooping tasks e Configuring the IGMP V3 snooping software resource limits Enabling IGMP snooping globally on the device e Configuring the global IGMP mode e Configuring the global IGMP version e Modifying the age interval for group membership entries e Modifying the query interval active IGMP snooping mode only e Modifying the maximum response time e Configuring report control rate limiting e Modifying the wait time before stopping traffic when receiving a leave message e Modifying the multicast cache age time e Enabling or disabling error and warning messages Perform the following VLAN specific IGMP snooping tasks Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 17 53 1003085 02 IGMP snooping mcache entries and group addresses e Configuring the IGMP mode for a VLAN active or passive e Disabling IGMP snooping on a VLAN e Configuring the IGMP version for a VLAN e Configuring static router ports e Turning off static group proxy Enabling IGMP V3 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN e Enabling fast leave for IGMP e Enabling fast convergence Perform the following port specific IGMP snooping task e Configuring the IGMP version for individual ports in a VLAN IGMP snooping mcache entries and group addresses An IGMP snoo
269. one for each scope and the default zone for scope 4 and higher consists of all interfaces in the system Thus the default zones for scope 4 and higher are the same size Configuring PIM Sparse To configure the device for IPv6 PIM Sparse perform the following tasks Enable the IPv6 PIM Sparse of multicast routing e Configure VRF then enable IPv6 Protocol Independent Multicast Sparse mode PIM SM for a specified VRF if applicable e Configure an IPv6 address on the interface e Enable IPv6 PIM Sparse e Identify the interface as an IPv6 PIM Sparse border if applicable e Identify the device as a candidate PIM Sparse Bootstrap Router BSR if applicable e Identify the device as a candidate PIM Sparse Rendezvous Point RP if applicable Specify the IP address of the RP if you want to statically select the RP Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 165 53 1003085 02 IPv6 PIM Sparse mode 166 NOTE It is recommended that you configure the same device as both the BSR and the RP IPv6 PIM Sparse mode To configure a device for IPv6 PIM Sparse perform the following tasks e Identify the Layer 3 switch as a candidate sparse Rendezvous Point RP if applicable e Specify the IPv6 address of the RP to configure statically The following example enables IPv6 PIM SM routing Enter the following command at the configuration level to enable IPv6 PIM SM globally device config ipv6 router pim dev
270. onfig route map msdp_map deny 1 config routemap msdp map match ip address 123 config routemap msdp map exit config route map msdp_ map permit 2 config routemap msdp map match ip address 125 config routemap msdp _map exit Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 125 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols device config route map msdp2 map permit 1 device config routemap msdp2_map match ip address 125 device config routemap msdp2_map exit device config route map msdp2 rp map deny 1 device config routemap msdp2_rp map match ip route source 124 device config routemap msdp2_ rp _map exit device config route map msdp2 rp map permit 2 device config routemap msdp2_rp_ map match ip route source 125 device config routemap msdp2_ rp _map exit The following commands configure the Source Active filters To specify VRF information enter the following commands at the MSDP VRF configuration level device config router msdp vrf blue device config msdp router vrf blue sa filter in 2 2 2 99 device config msdp router vrf blue sa filter in 2 2 2 97 route map msdp map device config msdp router vrf blue sa filter in 2 2 2 96 route map msdp2_map rp route map msdp2_ rp map The sa filter commands configure the following filters e sa filter in 2 2 2 99 This command drops all source group pairs received from neighbor 2 2 2 99 NOTE The default action is to deny all so
271. onfigure MSDP Anycast RP you must perform the following tasks e Configure a loopback interface with the anycast RP address on each of the RPs within the domain and enable PIM SM on these interfaces e Ensure that the anycast RP address is leaked into the IGP domain This is typically done by enabling the IGP on the loopback interface in passive mode or redistributing the connected loopback IP address into the IGP Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 137 53 1003085 02 Example NOTE The anycast RP address must not be the IGP router id Enable PIM SM on all interfaces on which multicast routing is desired e Enable an IGP on each of the loopback interfaces and physical interfaces configured for PIM SM e Configure loopback interfaces with unique IP addresses on each of the RPs for MSDP peering This loopback interface is also used as the MSDP originator id The non RP PIM SM routers may be configured to use the anycast RP address statically or dynamically by the PIMv2 bootstrap mechanism Example The example shown in Figure 8 is a simple MSDP Anycast enabled network with two RPs and two PIM SM routers Loopback 1 in RP 1 and RP 2 have the same IP address Loopback 2 in RP1 and Loopback 2 in RP2 have different IP addresses and are configured as MSDP peering IP addresses in a mesh configuration In the PIM configuration for PIM SM routers PIMR1 and PIMR2 the RP address is configured to be the anycast R
272. onfigured Version Operating Version Robustness Variable Router Alert Check Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration 53 1003085 02 How often the router will query an interface for group membership The query interval that has been configured for the router The length of time in seconds that the router will wait for an IGMP V1 or V2 response from an interface before concluding that the group member on that interface is down and removing it from the group The length of time in seconds that a group will remain active on an interface in the absence of a group report The IGMP version configured on the router The IGMP version operating on the router The Robustness Variable allows tuning for the expected packet loss on a network If a network is expected to be lossy the Robustness Variable may be increased IGMP is robust to Robustness Variable 1 packet losses The Robustness Variable must not be zero and should not be one Default 2 IGMP v2 v3 messages have a router alert option in the IP header By default this is validated by the router and it drops the packets without the router alert option If this check is disabled IGMP messages without the router alert option are accepted Guide 157 Source specific multicast 158 TABLE 25 Output of show ip igmp settings Continued This field Displays Last Member Query The Last Member Query Interval is the Max Response Time used to calculate the Max Interv
273. op messages sent or received on the interface The number of Assert messages sent or received on the interface The total number of IGMP messages sent and received by the device The total number of IGMP messages discarded including a separate counter for those that failed the checksum comparison Clearing the PIM message counters You can clear the PIM message counters using the following command device clear ip pim traffic Syntax clear ip pim vrf vif name traffic Use the vrf option to clear the PIM message counters for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable 120 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM RPF Displaying PIM RPF The show ip pim rfp command displays what PIM sees as the reverse path to the source as shown in the following While there may be multiple routes back to the source the one displayed by this command is the one that PIM thinks is best device show ip pim vrf eng rpf 130 50 11 10 Source 130 50 11 10 directly connected on e4 1 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name rpf ijp address The ijp address variable specifies the source address for RPF check The vrf option to display what PIM sees as the reverse path to the source for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Configuring Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP The Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP is used by Protocol Independent Multicast PIM Sparse d
274. orts ethe AgeSItMsk L2 FID DIT AvgRate profile Forwarding_oif immediate_oifs blocked_oifs L3 SW 1 L3 HW 1 Src Vlan Description Show the flags associated with the forward entry Shows the forwarding port ID of the mcache entry which is in the software forwarding path Shows the slot number on which MP expects ingress traffic Shows the hardware resource allocated for the traffic switched to receivers in the ingress VLAN Shows the hardware resource allocated for routed receivers Shows the average data traffic rate for the mcache entry Shows the profile ID associated with the stream Shows the number of outgoing interfaces of the mcache entry Shows the local immediate outgoing interface of the mcache entry Shows the PIM Sparse mode blocked outgoing interfaces Shows whether the traffic is switched or routed out of the interface The forwarding entries by using hardware VLAN associated with the ingress interface Displaying IPv6 PIM RPF The show ipv6 pim rpf command displays what PIM sees as the reverse path to the source While there may be multiple routes back to the source the one displayed by the show ipv6 pim rpf command is the one that PIM thinks is best device show ipv6 pim rpf 2008 165 1010 upstream nbr 2006 503 1001 on v503 Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name rpf ijp address The vrf parameter allows you to display what PIM sees as the reverse path to the source
275. oup configuration is removed it is deleted from the active group table immediately However leave messages are not sent to the querier and the querier must age out the group Proxy activity can be turned off The default is on To turn proxy activity off for VLAN 20 enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast proxy off Syntax no multicast proxy off Enabling IGMP V3 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN IGMP V3 gives clients membership tracking and fast leave capability In IGMP V2 only one client on an interface needs to respond to a router s queries This can leave some clients invisible to the router making it impossible to track the membership of all clients in a group When a client leaves the group the device sends group specific queries to the interface to see if other clients on that interface need the data stream of the client who is leaving If no client responds the device waits a few seconds before it stops the traffic You can configure the wait time using the ip multicast leave wait time command IGMP V3 requires every client to respond to queries allowing the device to track all clients When tracking is enabled and an IGMP V3 client sends a leave message and there is no other client the Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Enabling fast leave for IGMP V2 device immediately stops forwarding traffic to the interface This fe
276. p pim bsr command Continued This field Displays RP Indicates the IP address of the Rendezvous Point RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR group prefixes Indicates the multicast groups for which the RP listed by the previous field is a candidate RP NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Candidate RP Indicates how frequently the BSR sends candidate RP advertisement messages advertisement period NOTE This field appears only if this device is a candidate BSR Displaying candidate RP information To display candidate RP information enter the following command at any CLI level device show ip pim rp candidate Next Candidate RP advertisement in 00 00 10 RP 207 95 75 1 group prefixes 224 0 0 0 4 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 This example show information displayed on a device that is a candidate RP The next example shows the message displayed on a device that is not a candidate RP device show ip pim rp candidate This system is not a Candidate RP Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name rp candidate This command displays candidate RP information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table describes the output from this command 110 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying RP to group mappings TABLE 7 Output from the show ip pim rp candidate command This field D
277. passwords are enclosed in angle brackets Repeat the previous element for example member member Indicates a soft line break in command examples If a backslash separates two lines of a command input enter the entire command at the prompt without the backslash Notes cautions and warnings Notes cautions and warning statements may be used in this document They are listed in the order of increasing severity of potential hazards NOTE A note provides a tip guidance or advice emphasizes important information or provides a reference to related information ATTENTION An Attention statement indicates potential damage to hardware or data CAUTION A Caution statement alerts you to situations that can be potentially hazardous to you or cause damage to hardware firmware software or data DANGER A Danger statement indicates conditions or situations that can be potentially lethal or extremely hazardous to you Safety labels are also attached directly to products to warn of these conditions or situations Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Brocade resources Brocade resources Visit the Brocade website to locate related documentation for your product and additional Brocade resources You can download additional publications supporting your product at www brocade com e Adapter documentation is available on the Downloads and Documentation for Brocade Adap
278. pecify a precedence table that dictates how routes are selected for multicast IGMP Proxy provides a means for routers to receive any or all multicast traffic from an upstream device if the router is not able to run PIM and runs only IGMP IGMP Proxy supports IGMP v1 v2 and v3 IGMP Proxy enables the router to issue IGMP host messages on behalf of hosts that the router discovered through standard PIM interfaces The router acts as a proxy for its hosts and performs the host portion of the IGMP task on the upstream interface as follows When queried the router sends group membership reports for the groups learned When one of its hosts joins a multicast address group to which none of its other hosts belong the router sends unsolicited membership reports to that group e When the last of its hosts in a particular multicast group leaves the group the router sends an unsolicited leave group membership report to group multicast IP address 224 0 0 2 IGMP proxy configuration notes When using IGMP Proxy you must do the following 1 Configure PIM on all multicast client ports to build the group membership table The group membership table will be reported by the proxy interface Refer to Globally enabling and disabling PIM on page 85 2 Enable IP multicast on an interface to an upstream router that will be the IGMP proxy interface and configure IGMP Proxy on that interface IGMP proxy limitations IGMP Proxy cannot be enable
279. peer IP Address State Mesh group name L Tislels2 ESTABLISH Keep Alive Time Hold Time Age 60 a5 53 Message Sent Message Received Keep Alive 1240 1239 Notifications 0 0 Source Active 0 0 Lack of Resource 0 Last Connection Reset Reason Reason Unknown Notification Message Error Code Received Unspecified Notification Message Error SubCode Received Not Applicable Notification Message Error Code Transmitted Unspecified Notification Message Error SubCode Transmitted Not Applicable Local IP Address Soo1s15 2 TCP Connection state ESTABLISHED Local host 55 1 1 2 Local Port 8730 Remote host 77 1 1 2 Remote Port 639 TSentSeq 1207132337 SendNext 1207132386 TotUnAck 0 SendWnd 16381 TotSent 49 ReTrans 0 IRevSeq 4000739 RcvNext 4000788 RcvWnd 16384 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols TotalRev 49 RevQue 0 SendQue 0 Input SA Filter Not Applicable Input S G route map None Input RP route map None Output SA Filter Not Applicable Output S G route map None Output RP route map None Syntax show ip msdp vrf vrf name peer The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 15 MSDP peer information This field Displays Total number of MSDP The number of MSDP peers configured on the device peers IP Address The IP address of the peer s interface with the device State The state of the MSDP device connection with the peer The state ca
280. pied to the CPU For IPv6 multicast the destination MAC address is in the format 33 33 xx yy zz kk where xx yy zz kk are the 32 lowest bits of the IPv6 multicast group address For example the IPv6 group address OxFF3E 40 2001 660 3007 123 0034 5678 maps to the IPv6 MAC address 33 33 00 34 56 78 For two multicast traffic streams Source_1 and Group1 S1 G1 and Source_2 and Group2 S2 G2 with the same or different source addresses if the lowest 32 bits of the 128 bit IPv6 group address are the same they would map to the same destination MAC Because FSX devices support MAC based forwarding for MLD snooping the final multicast MAC address entry would be a superset of all the IPv6 groups mapped to it For example consider the following three IPv6 multicast streams sent from port 5 of a Brocade device e S81 G1 2060 5 ff1e 12 client port 1 port 2 e S2 G2 2060 6 ff1e 13 12 client port 2 port 3 83 G1 2060 7 ff1e 12 client port 4 Because the lowest 32 bits of the group address for G1 and G2 are the same all three streams would use 33 33 00 00 00 12 as the destination MAC address MLD snooping would build a MAC entry with the MAC address 33 33 00 00 00 12 on egress ports 1 2 3 and 4 As a result all three streams would be sent to ports 1 2 3 and 4 Note that the above example assumes the following e The Brocade device is running MLD snooping on VLAN 10 and all three streams are in VLAN 10 e There a
281. ping globally on the device 19 Configuring the IGMP Mode cee eeeeceestee sence eeeeeeeeeaeeeeteeeeenaeeeeeaas 19 Configuring the IGMP Version ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeneeeseeeeeeenaeeeeenaees 20 Configuring static groups to specific ports 21 Disabling IGMP snooping on a VLAN ee eeceeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeeeeeeenteeeeeaes 22 Modifying the age interval for group membership entries 22 Modifying the query interval active IGMP snooping mode only 22 Modifying the maximum response time cceeeeeecteceeeeeeeteeeeees 22 Config ring report Control sosisini niara 23 Modifying the wait time before stopping traffic when receiving a IGAVE MESSAGE enirinte rea aeei Eei CRNE 23 Modifying the multicast cache age time 23 Enabling or disabling error and warning messages 24 Configuring static router POrts ccccceeeeceeeeeseneeceeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeesaees 24 Turning off static group PrOXY ee eee ce eetee cette ee eeneeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeaas 24 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 1 53 1003085 02 Enabling IGMP V3 membership tracking and fast leave for the MILAN sod AE EE EN TE tis aceauusen TE N N EA 24 Enabling fast leave for IGMP V2 ecceeeeceeceeneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeneees 25 Enabling fast convergence cceceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeeaaes 25 IGMP snooping show COMMAMNGS ceeseceeeeceeeeeeeeceneeeeteeeee
282. ping group address entry is created when an IGMP join message is received for a group An IGMP snooping mcache entry is created when data traffic is received for that group Each mcache entry represents one data stream and multiple mcache entries up to 32 can share the same hardware MAC address entry The egress port list for the mcache entry is obtained from the IGMP group address entry If there is no existing IGMP group address entry when an mcache entry is created data traffic for that multicast group is dropped in hardware If there is an existing IGMP group address entry when an mcache is created data traffic for that multicast group is switched in hardware The following describes the IGMP snooping software resource limits for Brocade devices FCX FSX ICX 6610 and ICX 6450 devices support up to a maximum of 8192 IGMP snooping multicast cache mcache entries and a maximum of 8192 IGMP group addresses e ICX 6430 devices support up to 2048 IGMP snooping multicast cache mcache entries and a maximum of 4096 IGMP group addresses e ICX 6650 devices support 8192 IGMP snooping mcache entries and 8192 IGMP groups addresses e ICX 7750 switches support 8192 IGMP snooping mcache entries and 8192 IGMP group addresses e ICX 7750 routers support 6K IGMP snooping mcache entries and 8192 IGMP group addresses The default for IGMP snooping mcache entries is 512 with the exception of ICX 6430 devices where the default is 256 Changin
283. ps it is forwarding This field shows the number of seconds between Join or Prune messages The device sends Join or Prune messages on behalf of multicast receivers that want to join or leave an IPv6 PIM Sparse group When forwarding packets from IPv6 PIM Sparse sources the device sends the packets only on the interfaces on which it has received join requests in Join or Prune messages for the source group Inactivity interval Number of seconds a forwarding entry can remain unused before the router deletes it Default is 180 sec Hardware Drop Indicates whether hardware drop is enabled or disabled Enabled To prevent unwanted multicast traffic from being sent to the CPU PIM Routing and Passive Multicast Route Insertion PMRI can be used together to ensure that multicast streams are only forwarded out ports with interested receivers and unwanted traffic is dropped in the hardware on Layer 3 Switches Prune Wait Interval Number of seconds a PIM device waits before stopping traffic to neighbor devices that do not want the traffic Range is from zero to three seconds Default is three seconds Bootstrap Msg interval How frequently the BSR configured on the device sends the RP set to the RPs within the IPv6 PIM Sparse domain The RP set is a list of candidate RPs and their group prefixes The group prefix of a candidate RP indicates the range of IPv6 PIM Sparse group numbers for which it can be an RP NOTE This field contains a value only if
284. r default V2 group 228 8 8 8 life 2 1 16 has 4 groups This interface is non Querier default V2 group 226 6 6 6 life group 228 8 8 8 life group 230 0 0 0 life group 224 4 4 4 life 2 1 24 has 2 groups This interface is non Querier Querier is 10 5 5 5 Age is 0 Max response time is 100 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 10 25 Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 Other Qr 260 e 7 grp 6 G cache rtr ports 10 5 5 5 3 1 4 260 10 8 8 8 passive 260 260 260 260 passive 260 passive 260 260 260 260 passive 33 Clear commands for IGMP snooping default V2 x xx x Warning has V3 age 0 nbrs group 234 4 4 4 life 260 group 226 6 6 6 life 260 3 1 1 has 4 groups This interface is non Querier passive default V2 group 238 8 8 8 life 260 group 228 8 8 8 life 260 group 230 0 0 0 life 260 group 224 4 4 4 life 260 3 1 4 has 1 groups This interface is non Querier passive Querier is 10 8 8 8 Age is 0 Max response time is 100 default V2 x x x x Warning has V3 age 0 nbrs group 236 6 6 6 life 260 Clear commands for IGMP snooping The clear IGMP snooping commands must be used only in troubleshooting conditions or to recover from errors Clearing the IGMP mcache To clear the mcache on all VLANs enter the clear ip multicast mcache command device clear ip multicast mcache Syntax clear ip multicast mca
285. r a multicast address and whether the filter mode for that source list is INCLUDE or EXCLUDE Filter mode change This report specifies if there has been a change to the filter mode for the source list and provides a new source list e Source list change This report specifies the changes to the source list MLDv1 is compatible with IGMPv2 and MLDv2 is compatible with IGMPv3 Enabling MLDv2 The default MLD version when PIM Sparse Mode PIM SM is enabled on an interface is MLDv1 You must configure the ipv6 mld version 2 command to enable MLDv2 To enable MLDv2 enter the following command at the interface level device config ipv6 router pim device config if e10000 1 1 ipv mld version 2 Syntax no ipv6 mid version 2 Configuring MLD parameters for default and non default VRFs MLD allows you to configure the following parameters on default and non default VRFs Group membership time Setting the group membership time on page 197 e Max group address Defining the maximum number of MLD group addresses on page 198 e Max response time Setting the maximum response time on page 198 Query interval Setting the query interval on page 199 e Last listener query count Setting the last listener query interval on page 199 e Last listener query interval Setting the last listener query interval on page 199 e Robustness Setting the robustness on page 199 e Version Setting the version on page 200 Setting the g
286. r before the Hold time expires the device assumes the neighbor is no longer available and removes the entry for the neighbor T Bit Specifies the ability of the sending router to disable joins suppression PropDelay msec Expected propagation delay over the local link Override msec Default delay interval over which to randomize when scheduling a delayed join message Age sec The number of seconds since the device received the last hello message from the neighbor UpTime The number of seconds the PIM neighbor has been up This timer starts when the device receives the first hello messages from the neighbor VRF Prio The DR priority that is used in the DR election process This can be a configured value or the default value of 1 Displaying the IPv6 PIM multicast cache To display the IPv6 PIM multicast cache enter the show ipv6 pim mcache command at any CLI level NOTE Brocade Netlron CES and Netlron CER devices display incorrect hardware programmed entries The information displayed for the forwarding port should be disregarded device show ipv6 pim mcache IP Multicast Mcache Table Entry Flags SM Sparse Mode SSM Source Specific Multicast DM Dense Mode RPT RPT Bit SPT SPT Bit LSRC Local Source LRCV Local Receiver HW HW Forwarding Enabled FAST Resource Allocated TAG Need Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 185 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Protocols 186 For Replication Entry
287. r the default VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by available system resources To define this maximum for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config vrf blue address family ipv device config vrf blue ipv6 ipv6 mld max group address 1000 Syntax no vrf vif name Syntax no address family ipv6 Syntax no ipv6 mld max group address num The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vrf name Setting the maximum response time You can define the maximum amount of time a multicast listener has to respond to queries by entering a command such as the following device config ipv6 mld max response time 5 Syntax no ipv6 mld max response time seconds The seconds variable specifies the MLD maximum response time in seconds You can specify from 1 through 25 seconds The default is 10 seconds To define the maximum amount of time a multicast listener has to respond to queries for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv mld max response time 5 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrfvrf name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vif name 198 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Setting the query
288. ration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying source specific multicast configuration information To configure a single SSM group address enter the following command under the router pim configuration device config router pim device config pim router ssm enable range 232 1 1 1 8 Syntax no ssm enable range group address address mask The group address parameter specifies the multicast address for the SSM address range If this is not configured the range will default to 232 8 as assigned by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority IANA for use with SSM The address mask parameter specifies the mask for the SSM address range To disable SSM use the no form of this command Displaying source specific multicast configuration information To display PIM Sparse configuration information use the show ip pim sparse command as described in Displaying basic PIM Sparse configuration information on page 105 Configuring multiple SSM group ranges The ssm enable rangeaci id acil name command allows you to configure multiple SSM group ranges using an ACL Configuration Considerations The existing ssm enable rangegroup addressaddress mask command will continue to exist e The ACL must be configured with the SSM group address in the permit clause of the ssm enable rangeacl id or acl name command If the ssm enable rangegroup addressaddress mask command permits a clause then that group will also operate in the PIM SM mode e Ifthe s
289. rce 97 1 1 50 for group 225 1 0 1 and deny all other traffic enter the following commands Device config access list 102 permit ip host 97 1 1 50 host 225 1 0 1 Device config access list 102 deny ip any any Displaying multicast boundaries To display multicast boundary information enter the show ip pim interface command device show ip pim interface ethernet 1 1 7 Flags SM Sparse Mode v2 DM Dense Mode v2 P Passive Mode Interface Local Mode St Designated Router TTL Multicast VRF DR Override Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM Dense Address Address Port Thr Boundary Prio Interval e1 1 7 30 0 0 1 SM Ena Itself 1 None default al 3000ms Total Number of Interfaces 1 Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name interface ethernet port number loopback num ve num tunnel num The vrf keyword allows you to display multicast boundary information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The ethernet parameter specifies the physical port The loopback parameter specifies the loopback port The veparameter specifies a virtual interface The tunnel parameter specifies a GRE tunnel interface that is being configured The GRE tunnel interface
290. rce loopback 2 device config msdp router msdp peer 206 251 19 31 connect source loopback 2 device config msdp router msdp peer 206 251 20 31 connect source loopback 2 device config msdp router mesh group GroupA 206 251 18 31 device config msdp router mesh group GroupA 206 251 19 31 device config msdp router mesh group GroupA 206 251 20 31 device config msdp router exit Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 MSDP Anycast RP Syntax no mesh group group name peer address The sample configuration above reflects the configuration in Figure 7 on page 136 On RP 206 251 21 31 you specify its peers within the same domain 206 251 18 31 206 251 19 31 and 206 251 20 31 You first configure the MSDP peers using the msdp peer command to assign their IP addresses and the loopback interfaces Next place the MSDP peers within a domain into a mesh group Use the mesh group command There are no default mesh groups The group name parameter identifies the mesh group Enter up to 31 characters for group name You can have up to 4 mesh groups within a multicast network Each mesh group can include up to 15 peers The peer address parameter specifies the IP address of the MSDP peer that is being placed in the mesh group Each mesh group can include up to 32 peers NOTE On each of the device that will be part of the mesh group there must be a mesh group definition for all the peers in the
291. re clients on port 1 and port 2 for S1 G1 e There are clients on port 2 and port 3 for S2 G2 e There are clients on port 4 for S3 G1 Hardware resources for MLD and PIMv6 SM snooping Brocade devices allocate program fdb mac entries and application VLAN vidx to achieve multicast snooping in hardware If a data packet does not match any of these resources it might be sent to the CPU which increases the CPU burden This can happen if the device runs out of hardware resource or Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 45 53 1003085 02 MLD snooping configuration notes and feature limitations 46 is unable to install resources for a specific matching address due to hashing collision The hardware hashes addresses into available entries with some addresses hashed into the same entry If the collision number in an entry is more than the hardware chain length the resource cannot be installed MLD snooping configuration notes and feature limitations e Servers traffic sources are not required to send Multicast Listening Discovery MLD memberships The default MLD version is V1 where the source address is not sensitive In this version S1 G1 and S2 G1 would be considered the same group as G1 e If MLDv2 is configured on any port of a VLAN you can check the source information but because MLD snooping is MAC based S G switching is not feasible e Hardware resources are installed only when there is
292. receives a group membership report it makes an entry for that group in the IGMP group table The age interval specifies how long the entry can remain in the table before the device receives another group membership report When multiple devices connect together all devices must be configured for the same age interval which must be at least twice the length of the query interval so that missing one report won t stop traffic Non querier age intervals must be the same as the age interval of the querier To modify the age interval enter the following command device config ip multicast age interval 280 Syntax no ip multicast age interval interval The interval parameter specifies the aging time You can specify a value from 20 through 26000 seconds The default is 260 seconds Modifying the query interval active IGMP snooping mode only If IP multicast traffic reduction is set to active mode you can modify the query interval to specify how often the device sends general queries When multiple queriers connect together they must all be configured with the same query interval To modify the query interval enter the following command device config ip multicast query interval 120 Syntax no ip multicast query intervalinterval The interval parameter specifies the time between queries You can specify a value from 10 through 3600 seconds The default is 125 seconds Modifying the maximum response time The maximum response time
293. recursion History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ipv6 multicast disable flooding Disables the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN Syntax ipv6 multicast disable flooding no ipv6 multicast disable flooding Command Default The switch floods unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN Modes Global configuration mode 218 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 route precedence Usage Guidelines NOTE This command is supported only on ICX 6650 devices The no form of this command enables the flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames in an MLD snooping enabled VLAN After the hardware forwarding database FDB entry is made the multicast traffic is switched only to the VLAN hosts that are members of the multicast group This can avoid congestion and loss of traffic on the ports that have not subscribed to this IPv6 multicast traffic Examples The following example shows the disabling of flooding of unregistered IPv6 multicast frames Brocade config ipv6 multicast disable flooding History Release version Command history 08 0 01 This command was introduced route precedence Configures a table that specifies the order in which routes are selected for multicast Syntax route precedence mc non default none mc default none uc non default none uc d
294. red as queriers Brocade recommends that only one device preferably the one with the traffic source is configured as the querier VLANs can also be independently configured as queriers or non queriers If a VLAN has a connection to an IPv6 PIM enabled port on another router the VLAN should be configured as a non querier Because non queriers always forward multicast data traffic and MLD messages to router ports which receive MLD queries or IPv6 PIM hellos Brocade recommends that you configure the devices with the data traffic source server as queriers If a server is attached to a non querier the non querier always forwards traffic to the querier regardless of whether or not there are clients on the querier NOTE In a topology with one or more connected devices at least one device must be running PIM or configured as active Otherwise no devices can send queries and traffic cannot be forwarded to clients To configure the MLD mode querier or non querier on an MLD snooping enabled device refer to Configuring the global MLD mode on page 49 To configure the MLD mode on a VLAN refer to Configuring the MLD mode for a VLAN on page 52 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 47 53 1003085 02 MLD and VLAN configuration MLD and VLAN configuration You can configure MLD snooping on some VLANs or all VLANs Each VLAN can be independently enabled or disabled for MLD snooping or can be configured with MLDv1 or MLDv2 I
295. refix for which the route should be added ethernet Configures an Ethernet interface as the route path ve Configures a virtual interface as the route path cost Configures a metric for comparing the route to other static routes in the IPv6 static route table that have the same destination The range is 1 to 16 the default is 1 distance distance value Configures the route s administrative distance The range is 1 to 255 the default is 1 name name Name for this static route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command deletes a previously configured static multicast route Connected routes on PIM enabled interfaces are automatically added to the mRTM table This example configures a static IPv6 mroute to directly connected network 2020 0 120 on virtual interface ve 130 Device config vrf ipv6 mroute 2020 0 120 ve 130 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ipv6 mroute next hop Syntax Command Default Parameters 216 Configures a static mroute with a next hop ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name ipv6 address prefix prefix length next hop address cost distance distance value name name no ipv6 mroute vrf vrf name ipv6 address prefix prefix length next hop address cost distance distance value name name No next hop static mroute is configured vrf vrf name Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Modes
296. rface loopback 2 RP2 config lbif 2 ip ospf area 0 RP2 config lbif 2 ip ospf passive conftig loeLi 1 config lbif 1 RP2 RP2 c config lbif 2 exit config interface ethernet 5 1 RP2 config if e1000 5 1 ip ospf area 0 RP2 config if RP2 config if c e e1000 5 1 ip pim sparse n RP2 config interface ethernet 5 2 RP2 config if e1000 5 2 ip ospf area 0 RP2 config if e1000 5 2 ip ospf cost 5 RP2 config if e1000 5 2 ip pim sparse RP2 config interface ethernet 5 3 RP2 config if e1000 5 3 ip ospf area 0 RP2 RP2 RP2 config if e1000 5 3 ip pim sparse RP2 config if e1000 5 3 exit RP2 config router pim config if e1000 5 3 ip ospf cost 10 RP2 config pim router exit RP2 config router msdp PIMR1 configuration RP2 config lbif 1 ip address 10 0 0 1 32 RP2 config lbif 2 ip address 10 1 1 2 32 000 5 1 ip address 192 1 1 2 24 RP2 config if e1000 5 2 ip address 192 5 2 1 24 config if e1000 5 3 ip address 192 6 1 2 24 RP2 config pim router rp candidate loopback 1 RP2 config msdp router msdp peer 10 1 1 1 connect source loopback 2 RP2 config msdp router originator id loopback 2 The following commands provide the configuration for the PIMR1 router in Figure 8 config router ospf config ospf
297. rocedures show how to perform tasks using the CLI This guide also describes how to monitor Brocade products using statistics and summary screens Supported hardware This guide supports the following product families from Brocade e Fastlron X Series devices chassis models Fastlron SX 800 Fastlron SX 1600 Brocade FCX Series FCX Stackable Switch Brocade ICX 6610 ICX 6610 Stackable Switch Brocade ICX 6430 Series ICX 6430 Brocade ICX 6450 Series ICX 6450 Brocade ICX 6650 Series ICX 6650 Brocade ICX7750 Series ICX7750 NOTE The Brocade ICX 6430 C switch supports the same feature set as the Brocade ICX 6430 switch unless otherwise noted NOTE The Brocade ICX 6450 C12 PD switch supports the same feature set as the Brocade ICX 6450 switch unless otherwise noted What s new in this document Support is added for static mroute Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 11 53 1003085 02 How command information is presented in this guide How command information is presented in this guide For all new content command syntax and parameters are documented in a separate command reference section at the end of the publication In an effort to provide consistent command line interface CLI documentation for all products Brocade is in the process of preparing standalone Command References for the IP platforms This process involves separating command syntax and parameter descriptions from con
298. roup membership time You can set the group membership time for the default VRF or for a specified VRF Group membership time defines how long a group will remain active on an interface in the absence of a group report Possible values are from 5 through 26 000 seconds and the default value is 260 seconds To define an MLD group membership time of 2000 seconds enter the following command device config ipv6 mld group membership time 2000 Syntax no ipv6 mld group membership time 5 26000 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 197 53 1003085 02 Defining the maximum number of MLD group addresses To define an MLD group membership time of 2000 seconds for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue ipv mld group membership time 2000 Syntax no ipv6 router pim vrf vr name The vrf parameter specifies the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the variable vif name Defining the maximum number of MLD group addresses You can use the following run time command to set the maximum number of MLD addresses for the default VRF or for a specified VRF To define this maximum for the default VRF enter the following command device config ipv6 mld max group address 1000 Syntax no ipv6 mld max group address num The num variable specifies the maximum number of MLD group addresses you want to make available fo
299. roup prefixes The group prefix of a candidate RP indicates the range of PIM Sparse group numbers for which it can be an RP NOTE This field contains a value only if an interface on the device is elected to be the BSR Otherwise the field is blank Number of seconds the candidate RP configured on the Layer 3 switch sends candidate RP advertisement messages to the BSR Default is 60 seconds This is the mean interval between receiving a Register Stop and allowing registers to be sent again A lower value means more frequent register bursts at RP while a higher value means longer join latency for new receivers Default 60 seconds Number of seconds the PIM router waits for a register stop from an RP before it generates another NULL register to the PIM RP Default is 10 seconds Register stop message Default is 10 seconds Number of seconds that it takes the designated router to send a Register encapsulated date to the RP after receiving a Register Stop message Default is 60 seconds If yes source specific multicast is configured globally on this router Number of packets the device sends using the path through the RP before switching to the SPT path Default is 1 packet Source specific multicast group range The route precedence configured to control the selection of routes based on the four route types Non default route from the mRTM Default route from the mRTM Non default route from the uRTM Default route from t
300. router area 0 config ospf router exit config interface ethernet 6 2 config if e1000 6 2 config if e1000 6 2 config if e1000 6 2 config if e1000 6 3 config if e1000 6 3 config if e1000 6 3 config if e1000 6 3 config if e1000 6 3 config router pim config pim router config pim router W Y YYY SSS SSSS SSS SSS SSSR ADADADADDAADDDADADAAN config interface ethernet 6 3 config if e1000 6 2 ip ospf area 0 ip ospf cost 5 ip address 192 2 1 2 24 ip pim sparse ip ospf area 0 ip ospf cost 10 ip address 192 6 1 1 24 ip pim sparse exit rp address 10 0 0 1 exit Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM Anycast RP PIMR2 configuration The following commands provide the configuration for the PIMR2 router in Figure 8 R2 config router ospf R2 config ospf router area 0 R2 config ospf router exit R2 config interface ethernet 1 2 R2 config if el000 1 2 ip ospf area 0 R2 config if e1000 1 2 ip ospf cost 5 R2 config if el000 1 2 ip address 192 5 2 2 24 R2 config if el000 1 2 ip pim sparse R2 config interface ethernet 1 3 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 R2 config if el000 ip ospf area 0 ip ospf cost 10 ip address 192 3 1 2 24 ip pim sparse exit 3 config if e1000 1 3 config if e1000 1 3 3 3 config if el000
301. router prune wait 0 Syntax no prune wait seconds The seconds can be 0 30 A value of 0 causes the PIM device to stop traffic immediately upon receiving a prune message The default is 3 seconds To view the currently configured prune wait time enter the show ip pim dense command as described in the Displaying basic PIM Dense configuration information section Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 87 53 1003085 02 Failover time in a multi path topology Modifying graft retransmit timer The graft retransmit timer defines the interval between the transmission of graft messages A graft message is sent by a device to cancel a prune state When a device receives a graft message the device responds with a Graft Ack acknowledge message If this Graft Ack message is lost the device that sent the graft message will resend it To change the graft retransmit timer from the default of 180 to 90 seconds enter the following Device config router pim Device config pim router graft retransmit timer 90 Syntax no graft retransmit timer seconds The default is 180 seconds The range is from 60 to 3600 seconds Modifying inactivity timer The device deletes a forwarding entry if the entry is not used to send multicast packets The PIM inactivity timer defines how long a forwarding entry can remain unused before the device deletes it To apply a PIM inactivity timer of 90 seconds to all PIM interfaces ent
302. rs that want to join or leave an PIM Sparse group When forwarding packets from PIM Sparse sources the device sends the packets only on the interfaces on which it has received join requests in Join or Prune messages for the source group Number of seconds a forwarding entry can remain unused before the router deletes it Default is 180 sec Indicates whether hardware drop is enabled or disabled To prevent unwanted multicast traffic from being sent to the CPU PIM Routing and Passive Multicast Route Insertion PMRI can be used together to ensure that multicast streams are only forwarded out ports with interested receivers and unwanted traffic is dropped in the hardware on Layer 3 Switches Number of seconds a PIM device waits before stopping traffic to neighbor devices that do not want the traffic Range is from zero to three seconds Default is three seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying a list of multicast groups TABLE 4 Output of the show ip pim sparse command Continued This field Bootstrap Msg interval Candidate RP Msg interval Register Suppress Time Register Probe Time Register Stop Delay Register Suppress interval SSM Enabled SPT threshold SSM Group Range Route Precedence Displays How frequently the BSR configured on the device sends the RP set to the RPs within the PIM Sparse domain The RP set is a list of candidate RPs and their g
303. rse multicast forwarding table continue to use the old RP configuration until they are aged out Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 191 53 1003085 02 Clearing the IPv6 PIM traffic 192 The clear IPv6 pim rp map command allows you to update the entries in the static multicast forwarding table immediately after making RP configuration changes This command is meant to be used with rp address command To update the entries in an IPv6 PIM Sparse static multicast forwarding table with a new RP configuration enter the clear ipv6 pim rp map command at the privileged EXEC level of the CLI device config clear ipv6 pim rp map Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf name rp map Use the vrf parameter to clear the IPv6 PIM Sparse static multicast forwarding table fora VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Clearing the IPv6 PIM traffic To clear counters on IPv6 PIM traffic enter the clear ipv6 pim traffic command device clear ipv6 pim traffic Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf name traffic Use the vrf par meter to clear counters on IPv6 PIM traffic for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Defining the maximum number of IPv6 PIM cache entries You can use the max mcache command to define the maximum number of repeated PIM traffic being sent from the same source address and being received by the same destination address To define the maximum for the default VRF enter the max mcache command
304. s This displays the number of resource failures NOTE It is important to pay attention to this field The upper limit of this expandable field The limit of multicast group is configured by the system max igmp snoop group addr command The limit of snoop mcache entry is configured by the system max igmp snoop mcache command The number of memory allocation This number must continue to increase The size of a unit in bytes The initial allocated amount of memory More memory may be allocated if resources run out Available vidx The output interface OIF port mask used by mcache The entire device has a maximum of 4096 vidx Different mcaches with the same OIF share the same vidx If vidx is not available the stream cannot be hardware switched Displaying the status of IGMP snooping traffic To display status information for IGMP snooping traffic enter the show ip multicast traffic command device show ip multicast traffic IGMP snooping Total Recv 22 Xmit 26 Q query Ory general Q G Qry group Q GSQry group source Q Mbr member Recv QryV2 QryVv3 G Qry GSQry Mbrv2 Mbrv3 Leave VL1 0 0 0 0 4 0 0 VL70 18 0 0 0 0 0 0 Recv ISIN ISEX ToIN TOEX ALLOW BLOCK Pkt Err vul 0 4 0 0 0 0 0 VL70 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Send Qryv2 QryVv3 G Qry GSQry MbrV2 Mbrv3 Vil 0 0 8 0 0 0 VL70 0 0 0 0 0 18 VL70 pimsm snooping Hello 12 Join Prune 9 Syntax show ip multicast traffic The following table describes the information displayed by th
305. s ip address mask next hop address cost distance distance value name name No next hop static multicast route is configured vrf vrf name Configures a static mroute for this virtual routing and forwarding VRF route ip address ip address mask The destination IP address and prefix for which the route should be added next hop address Configures a next hop address as the route path cost Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Modes Usage Guidelines Examples History ip mroute next hop enable default Configures a metric for comparing the route to other static routes in the static route table that have the same destination The range is 1 16 the default is 1 distance distance value Configures the route s administrative distance The range is 1 255 the default is 1 name name Name for this static route VRF configuration mode The no form of this command deletes a previously configured next hop static multicast route This example adds a route to network 10 1 1 0 24 with next hop 10 2 1 1 Device config vrf ip mroute 10 1 1 0 255 255 255 0 10 2 1 1 Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ip mroute next hop enable default Syntax Command Default Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Enables the option to use the default mroute to resolve a static mroute next hop ip mroute vrf v f name next hop enable default
306. s the combinations of querier possibilities e Active Interface with no other querier present e Passive Interface with no other querier present e Active Interface with other querier present e Passive Interface with other querier present Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 31 Displaying the active interface with no other querier present 32 Displaying the active interface with no other querier present The following example shows the output in which the VLAN interface is active and no other querier is present with the lowest IP address device show ip multicast vlan 10 Version 2 Intervals Query 125 VL10 dft v2 vlan cfg active 0 grp 0 G cache 1 1 16 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 1 1 24 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 2 1 16 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 2 1 24 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 3 1 1 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 3 1 4 has 0 groups This interface is Querier default V2 Syntax show ip multicast vlan vian id Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 no rtr port If you do not specify a vian id information for all VLANs is displayed Displaying the passive interface with no other querier present The following example shows the output in which the VLAN interface is passive and no other querier is present with the lowest IP address
307. s towards the upstream device Graft messages start at the leaf node and travel up the tree first sending the me Int ssage to its neighbor upstream device he preceding example if a new 229 255 0 1 group member joins on device R6 which was previously pruned a graft is sent upstream to R4 Since the forwarding state for this entry is in a prune sta mu te R4 sends a graft to R1 Once R4 has joined the tree R4 along with R6 once again receive Iticast packets Prune and graft messages are continuously used to maintain the multicast delivery tree You do not need to configure anything 84 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 PIM DM versions PIM DM versions The Brocade device supports only PIM V2 PIM DM V2 sends messages to the multicast address 224 0 0 13 ALL PIM ROUTERS with protocol number 103 Configuring PIM DM NOTE This section describes how to configure the dense mode of PIM described in RFC 1075 Refer to Configuring PIM Sparse on page 96 for information about configuring PIM Sparse Enabling PIM on the device and an interface By default PIM is disabled To enable PIM e Enable the feature globally Configure the IP interfaces that will use PIM Enable PIM locally on the ports that have the IP interfaces you configured for PIM Suppose you want to initiate the use of desktop video for fellow users on a sprawling campus network All destination workstat
308. se tiMe ccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 152 Displaying IGMPv3 information 152 Clearing the IGMP group membership table ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 154 Displaying static IGMP QroupS cece eeeeeeeenneeeseeeeeeeneeeeenaeeeeeneees 154 Clearing IGMP traffic statistics 0 00 eee eeren 156 Source sSpecific MUItICASE ee eee cece eeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeenaeeeeeeaees 158 Configuring PIM SSM group range eeeceeeseeeseeeeeesneeeeeneeeeeneeeeees 158 Configuring multiple SSM group ranges 159 IGMPv2 SSM Mapping cceccceeeseeeeeeceeceseeeesenaeeeseeeeesneeeeneeeeeeenees 160 IPV6 Multicast Protocols ssssssecessersssseeesseeseeseesneeseeeeseneeeesereeseseeseneserenseneseseraneesanseses 163 Supported IPv6 Multicast Features eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeseeeeeeenneeeeeaas 163 IPV6 PIMiS parse ive ere helene tail rana aa aa AEAEE Eaa A EA EEE Ta EEEn 164 PIM Sparse router typeS isseeeeiesisseiesriireiinrrrrssriirerinrernnsrenns 164 RP paths and SPT paths inane a ieee 165 RFC 3513 and RFC 4007 compliance for IPv6 multicast scope based forwarding vc c2003secees Ae ced ieni bee edes eed nee ste nee 165 Configuring PIM SparSeisnnerennn ap 165 IPV6 PIM SparSe Md ceecceeeeeeeenneeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenaeeseneeeesaeeeseneees 166 Configuring IPv6 PIM SM on a virtual routing interface 166 Enabling IPv6 PIM SM for a specified VRF 166 Configuring BSRS soiin eieiei dinedin dikitu daudie diii eiaeia 167 E
309. sections below present how to set the version of IGMP Globally enabling the IGMP version To globally identify the IGMP version on a Brocade device enter the following command device config ip igmp version 3 Syntax no ip igmp version version number Enter 1 2 or 3 for version number Version 2 is the default version Enabling the IGMP version per interface setting To specify the IGMP version for a physical port enter a command such as the following device config interface eth 1 5 device config if 1 5 ip igmp version 3 To specify the IGMP version for a virtual routing interface on a physical port enter a command such as the following device config interface ve 3 device config vif 1 ip igmp version 3 Syntax no ip igmp version version number Enter 1 2 or 3 for version number Version 2 is the default version Enabling the IGMP version on a physical port within a virtual routing interface To specify the IGMP version recognized by a physical port that is a member of a virtual routing interface enter a command such as the following device config interface ve 3 device config vif 3 ip igmp version 2 device config vif 3 ip igmp port version 3 e1 3 to el 7 e2 9 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 149 53 1003085 02 Enabling membership tracking and fast leave In this example the second line sets IGMP V2 on virtual routing interface 3 However the third line set IGM
310. sharing 102 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying system values NOTE IPv4 multicast routes do not share hardware replication table entries with IPv6 multicast routes even if they share the same OIF lists Displaying system values To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only PIM hardware mcache values device config show default values System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured pim hw mcache 1024 6144 1500 1500 Displaying PIM resources To display the hardware resource information such as hardware allocation availability and limit for software data structure enter the show ip pim resource command device show ip pim resource Global PIM Parameters GLOBAL Ipv4 MULTICAST CLASS Size 16811 bytes GLOBAL Ipv4 PIM CLASS Size 1065 bytes MULTICAST IPV4 CLASS Num alloc 5 System max 129 Size 1228 bytes PIM IPV4 CLASS Num alloc 5 System max 129 Size 50440 Vrf Instance default vrf alloc in use avail get fail limit get mem size init NBR list 256 3 253 0 512 4 90 256 RP set list 256 4 252 0 1536 5032 43 256 Static RP 64 0 64 0 64 0 36 64 LIF Entry 512 0 512 0 512 0 41 512 Anycast RP 64 0 64 0 64 0 190 64 timer 256 0 256 0 59392 4 64 256 prune 128 0 128 0 29696 0 34 128 pimsm J P elem 1024 0 1024 0 48960 1258 29
311. show ip igmp proxy stats Field Description Intf Interface genQv1 RX IGMP v1 general query received on proxy interface genQv2 RX IGMP v2 general query received on proxy interface genQv3 RX IGMP v3 general query received on proxy interface GrpQ RX Group query received SrcQ RX Source query received Rprtv1 TX IGMP v1 report generated Rprtv2 TX IGMP 2 report generated Rprtv3 TX IGMP v3 report generated leave TX IGMP v2 leave generated IGMP V3 The Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP allows an IPV4 system to communicate IP Multicast group membership information to its neighboring routers The routers in turn limit the multicast of IP packets with multicast destination addresses to only those interfaces on the router that are identified as IP Multicast group members In IGMP V2 when a router sent a query to the interfaces the clients on the interfaces respond with a membership report of multicast groups to the router The router can then send traffic to these groups regardless of the traffic source When an interface no longer needs to receive traffic from a group it sends a leave message to the router which in turn sends a group specific query to that interface to see if any other clients on the same interface is still active In contrast IGMP V3 provides selective filtering of traffic based on traffic source A router running IGMP V3 sends queries to every multicast enabled interface at the specified interval These gen
312. sk 1 L2 F Forwarding oif 1 L3 HW 1 _ e1 1 11 VL40 Srce Vlan 220 2 20 20 20 T007 2253 upstream neighbor 2 Flags 0x200680e1 fast ports ethe 1 AgeSltMsk 1 L2 FI Forwarding oif 1 L3 HW 1 e1 1 11 VL40 Sre Vlan 220 3 20 20 20 100 225 upstream neighbor 2 Flags 0x200680e1 fast ports ethe 1 AgeSltMsk 1 L2 FI Forwarding oif 1 L3 HW 1 e1 1 11 VL40 Sre Vlan 220 Forwarding Enabled Register In Progress Advertise MSDP 07 Rate none 00 Rate none 00 Rate none ediate IH Inherited WA Won Assert bership Join MI Membership Include cked RPT BA Blocked Assert BF Blocked Filter 30 1 1 in v220 tag e1 1 13 Uptime 07 12 20 220 220 1 SM SPT LRCV HW FAST TAG 11 Pe L05 DILTS 2 AvgRate 0 profile mmediate_oif 0 Blocked_oif 0 07 12 07 0 Flags MJ 1 2 in v220 tag e1 1 13 Uptime 00 01 20220 220 SM SPT LRCV HW FAST TAG 11 D 105c DIT 2 AvgRate 0 profile mmediate oif 0 Blocked_oif 0 00 01 00 0 Flags MJ 1 3 in v220 tag e1 1 13 Uptime 00 01 20 220 220 1 SM SPT LRCV HW FAST TAG 11 D 105c DIT 2 AvgRate 0 profile mmediate oif 0 Blocked_oif 0 00 01 00 0 Flags MJ Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name mcache dit idx dit The dit variable allows you to display an entry that matches a specified dit Clearing the PIM forwarding cache You can clear the PIM forwarding cache using the following command
313. sm enable rangeaci id or acl name command is configured with a non existent or empty ACL then the SSM group will operate in PIM SM mode non PIM SSM mode However when an ACL is added or updated then the group will exist ina PIM SSM mode By default an empty ACL will deny all e By default the group address mentioned in the IGMPv2 ssm mapping ACL will decide if the group address is a PIM SSM group or non PIM SSM group Therefore if a user wants to prevent a group from operating in PIM SSM mode then the user s configuration must consistently deny the group in all configuration options for PIM SSM range e ACL of any type named or unnamed standard or extended can be used to specify the SSM group range If an extended ACL is used then the destination ip address should be used to specify the group address Any configuration in the source address of an extended ACL is ignored Only permit statements are considered in the ACL configuration Any deny statements in the ACL clause are also ignored To configure multiple SSM group address using an ACL enter the following command under the router pim configuration device config router pim device config pim router ssm enable range xyz The example displayed above configures PIM so that it uses the group addresses allowed by ACL xyz as its PIM SSM range Syntax no ssm enable range acl id or aci name Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 159 53 1003085 02 Displ
314. st Protocols TABLE 12 Output fields from the show ip pim mcache command Continued Field Description upstream neighbor Shows the upstream neighbor for the Source RP based on the type of entry For G it shows the upstream neighbor towards the RP For S G entries it shows the upstream neighbor towards the source Flags Flags Represent Entry flags in hex format in the braces And indicates the meaning of the flags set in abbreviated string whose explanations are as below Only shows the flags which are set SM Shows If the entry is created by PIM Sparse Mode DM Shows If DM mode entry is enabled SSM Shows If the SSM mode entry is enabled RPT Shows If the entry is on the Rendezvous Point RP SPT Shows If the entry is on the source tree LSRC Shows If the source is in a directly connected interface LRcv Shows If the receiver is directly connected to the router REG if the data registration is in progress L2REG if the source is directly connected to the router REGSUPP if the register suppression timer is running RegProbe HW Shows If the candidate for hardware forwarding is enabled FAST Shows If the resources are allocated for hardware forwarding TAG Shows If there is a need for allocating entries from the replication table MSDPADV Shows If RP is responsible for the source and must be advertised to its peers NEEDRTE Shows If there is no route to the source and RP is available PRUNE Shows If PI
315. st cache entries You can use the following command to display all multicast cache entries Brocade config show ip pim mcache Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols IP Multicast Mcache Table Entry Flags SM Sparse Mode SSM Source Specific Multicast DM Dense Mode RPT RPT Bit SPT SPT Bit LSRC Local Source LRCV Local Receiver HW HW Forwarding Enabled FAST Resource Allocated TAG Need For Replication Entry REGPROB Register In Progress REGSUPP Register Suppression Timer MSDPADV Advertise MSDP NEEDRTE Route Required for Src RP PRUN DM Prune Upstream Interface Flags IM Immediate IH Inherited WA Won Assert MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude BR Blocked RPT BA Blocked Assert BF Blocked Filter BI Blocked IIF Total entries in mcache 20 1 140 140 140 3 225 0 0 1 in v340 tag e8 1 Uptime 00 00 02 Rate 0 DM Source is directly connected Flags 0x200004e1 DM HW FAST TAG fast ports ethe 4 6 ethe 8 26 AgeS1tMsk 1 L2 FID 8188 DIT 3 AvgRate 0 profile none Forwarding oif 2 L3 HW 2 TR e4 6 e4 6 VL330 00 00 02 0 Flags IM e8 26 VL310 00 00 02 0 Flags IM Src Vlan 340 Syntax show ip pim mcache source address group address counts dense dit idx g_entries receiver sg_entries sparse ssm The source address parameter selects the multicast cache source addr
316. static QR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL1 1 grp 1 grp port tracking enabled group p port ST QR life mode source iL f 0e ef00 a096 1 7 N Y 100 EX 0 group ff0e ef00 a096 EX permit 0 source life life 100 deny 0 If tracking and fast leave are enabled you can display the list of clients for a particular group by entering the following command Device show ipv6 multicast group ff0e ef00 a096 tracking Display group ff0e ef00 a096 in all interfaces with tracking enabled p physical ST static QR querier EX exclude IN include Y yes N no VL1 1 grp 1 grp port tracking enabled group p port ST OR life mode source 1 f 0e ef00 a096 1 7 N Y 80 EX 0 receive reports from 1 clients age 2001 DB8 1011 1213 1415 60 Syntax show ipv6 multicast group group address detail tracking To receive a report for a specific multicast group enter that group address for group address Enter the detail keyword to display the source list of a specific VLAN Enter the tracking keyword for information on interfaces that are tracking enabled The following table describes the information displayed by the show ipv6 multicast group command Field Description group The address of the IPv6 group destination IPv6 address p port The physical port on which the group membership was received 56 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying MLD snooping mcache informat
317. static groups when it receives general or group specific queries When a static group configuration is removed the group is immediately deleted from the active group table However the device does not send leave messages to the querier The querier should age out the group The proxy activity can be disabled the default is enabled device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 proxy off Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 53 1003085 02 Enabling MLDv2 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN 54 Syntax no multicast6 proxy off By default MLD snooping proxy is enabled Enabling MLDv2 membership tracking and fast leave for the VLAN MLDv2 provides membership tracking and fast leave services to clients In MLDv1 only one client per interface must respond to a router queries leaving some clients invisible to the router which makes it impossible for the device to track the membership of all clients in a group In addition when a client leaves the group the device sends group specific queries to the interface to see if other clients on that interface need the data stream of the client who is leaving If no client responds the device waits a few seconds before stopping the traffic You can configure the wait time with the ipv6 multicast6 leave wait time command See Enabling or disabling PIM6 SM snooping for more information MLDv2 requires that every client respond to queries allowing
318. ster Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 10 Register Stop Delay 10 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled Yes SPT Threshold sec SSM Group Range 3 30 2 32 Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Embedded RP Enabled Yes Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv6 Multicast Protocols Syntax show ipv6 pim vrf vrf name sparse The vrf parameter allows you to configure IPv6 PIM on the virtual routing instance VRF specified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim sparse command TABLE 26 Output from the show ipv6 pim sparse command Field Description Global PIM Sparse mode settings Maximum mcache Maximum number of multicast cache entries Current Count Number of multicast cache entries used Hello interval How frequently the device sends IPv6 PIM Sparse hello messages to its IPv6 PIM Sparse neighbors This field shows the number of seconds between hello messages IPv6 PIM Sparse routers use hello messages to discover one another Neighbor timeout Number of seconds the device waits for a hello message from a neighbor before determining that the neighbor is no longer present and is not removing cached IPv6 PIM Sparse forwarding entries for the neighbor Default is 105 seconds Join or Prune interval How frequently the device sends IPv6 PIM Sparse Join or Prune messages for the multicast grou
319. t Type Uptime 1 50 50 50 0 24 DIRECT ve 50 0 0 D 8h26m History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 221 53 1003085 02 show ip multicast optimization show ip multicast optimization Displays Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP snooping hardware resource sharing information You can configure it to display the availability of IP multicast IPMC group indexes in the hardware and how it is been used and shared Syntax show ip multicast optimization ipmc Parameters ipmc Specifies the IPMC group index Modes Privileged EXEC mode Usage Guidelines NOTE The show ip multicast optimization command is available only on ICX 7750 devices Examples This example displays resource information showing that IPMC group index 4 is shared by two users and the ports included in the set are 1 1 6 and 1 1 1 Device config vlan 150 show ip multicast optimization Total IPMCs Allocated 0 Available 8192 Failed 0 Index IPMC SetId Users Set 1 4 0x161fcbd8 2 lt 1 1 6 gt lt 1 1 1 gt 2 T 0x161d0930 10 lt 1 1 65 lt 1 1 42 lt 1 1 3 gt lt 1 1 2 gt lt i igi gt 4 Sharability Coefficient 76 History Release version Command history 8 0 10 This command was introduced show ip static mroute Displays information for configured multicast routes Syntax show ip static mroute vrf vif name ip subnet mask Parameters vrf vrf
320. t of the interface Shows whether the traffic is switched out of the interface Shows whether the entry is hardware forwarded Shows whether the entry is software forwarded Shows the outgoing interface on the specified VLAN Shows the flags set in each of the Outgoing interface in abbreviated string format whose explanations are as below Legend of this shown at the top of each entry IM Immediate IH Inherited MJ Membership Join MI Membership Include ME Membership Exclude BR Blocked due to SG RPT BA Blocked due to Assert BF Blocked due to Filter BI Blocked IIF Incoming interface matches OIF Shows the VLAN associated with the ingress interface Displaying the PIM multicast cache for DIT To display the PIM multicast cache for a specified dit enter the following command at any CLI level Brocade show ip pim mcache dit idx 2 IP Multicast Mcache Table Entry Flags SM RPT Receiver Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 DM Dense Mode LRCV Local Sparse Mode RPT Bit SSM Source Specific Multicast SPT SPT Bit LSRC Local Source 117 Clearing the PIM forwarding cache HW HW For Replication Entry REGPROB Timer MSDPADV PRUN DM Prune Upstream Interface Flags IM Imm MJ Mem Exclude BR Blo Blocked IIF Total entries in mcache 1 20 20 20 1007 225 upstream neighbor 2 Flags 0x200680e1 fast ports ethe 1 AgeS1tM
321. t to drop such packets in hardware The ip multicast boundary command may not stop clients from receiving multicast traffic if the filter is applied on the egress interface up stream from RP Configuring multicast boundaries To define boundaries for PIM enabled interfaces enter a commands such as the following device config interface ve 40 device config vif 40 ip multicast boundary MyBrocadeAccessList Syntax no ip multicast boundary acl spec Use the aci spec parameter to define the number or name identifying an access list that controls the range of group addresses affected by the boundary Use the no ip multicast boundary command to remove the boundary on a PIM enabled interface The ACL MyBrocadeAccessList can be configured using standard ACL syntax Some examples of how ACLs can be used to filter multicast traffic are as follows Standard ACL to permit multicast traffic To permit multicast traffic for group 225 1 0 2 and deny all other traffic enter the following command device config access list 10 permit host 225 1 0 2 device config access list 10 deny any Extended ACL to deny multicast traffic To deny multicast data traffic from group 225 1 0 1 and permit all other traffic enter the following command device config access list 101 deny ip any host 225 1 0 1 device config access list 101 permit ip any any Extended ACL to permit multicast traffic To permit multicast data traffic from sou
322. tate from IS_IN to IS_EX a TO_EX record is included in the membership report Likewise if a client current state changes from IS_EX to IS_IN a TO_IN record appears in the membership report e MLDv1 leave report Equivalent to a TO_IN empty record in MLDv2 This record means that no traffic from this group will be received regardless of the source e An MLDvi group report Equivalent to an IS_EX empty record in MLDv2 This record means that all traffic from this group will be received regardless of the source e Source list change record If the client wants to add or remove traffic sources from its membership report the report can include an ALLOW record which contains a list of new sources from which the client wishes to receive traffic The report can also contain a BLOCK record which lists current traffic sources from which the client wants to stop receiving traffic Support for MLD snooping and Layer 3 IPv6 multicast routing together on the same device The Brocade device supports global Layer 2 IPv6 multicast traffic reduction MLD snooping and Layer 3 IPv6 multicast routing PIM Sparse together on the same device in the full Layer 3 software image as long as the Layer 2 feature configuration is at the VLAN level Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Forwarding mechanism in hardware Forwarding mechanism in hardware IP based forwarding implementation on FCX and ICX devices The follo
323. ter pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue rp address 1001 1 device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue anycast rp 1001 1 my anycast rp set acl Syntax no anycast rp rp address my anycast rp set acl The rp address parameter specifies a shared RP address used among multiple PIM routers The my anycast rp set ac parameter specifies a host based simple ACL used to specify the address of the Anycast RP set including a local address The following example is a configuration of PIM Anycast RP 1001 1 The example avoids using the loopback 1 interface when configuring PIM Anycast RP because the loopback 1 address could be used as a router id A PIM First Hop router will register the source with the closest RP The first RP that receives the register will re encapsulate the register to all other Anycast RP peers Refer to the figure Example of a PIM Anycast RP network as described in the configuration of PIM Anycast RP 1001 1 device config interface loopback 2 device config lbif 2 ipv6 address 1001 1 96 device config lbif 2 ipv6 pim sparse device config lbif 2 interface loopback 3 device config lbif 3 ipv6 address 1 1 1 1 96 device config lbif 3 ipv pim sparse device config lbif 3 ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router rp address 1001 1 device config ipv6 pim router anycast rp 1001 1 my anycast rp set device config ipv6 pim router ipv6 access list my anycast rp set device
324. ter the no ip pimsm snooping command device config no ip pimsm snooping If you also want to disable IP multicast traffic reduction enter the no ip multicast command device config no ip multicast Syntax no ip pimsm snooping Enabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN You can enable PIM SM snooping for a specific VLAN For example the following commands enable PIM SM snooping on VLAN 20 device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast pimsm snooping Syntax no multicast pimsm snooping Disabling PIM SM snooping on a VLAN When PIM SM snooping is enabled globally you can still disable it for a specific VLAN For example the following commands disable PIM SM snooping for VLAN 20 This setting overrides the global setting device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast disable pimsm snoop Syntax no multicast disable pimsm snoop PIM SM snooping show commands This section shows how to display information about PIM SM snooping including e Displaying PIM SM snooping information on page 39 e Displaying PIM SM snooping information on a Layer 2 switch on page 40 e Displaying PIM SM snooping information for a specific group or source group pair on page 41 Displaying PIM SM snooping information To display PIM SM snooping information enter the show ip multicast pimsm snooping command device show ip multicast pimsm snooping vlan 1 has 2 caches 1 230 1 1 1 has 1 pim join ports out of 1 O
325. ters page Select your platform and scroll down to the Documentation section For all other products select the Brocade Products tab to locate your product then click the Brocade product name or image to open the individual product page The user manuals are available in the resources module at the bottom of the page under the Documentation category To get up to the minute information on Brocade products and resources go to MyBrocade You can register at no cost to obtain a user ID and password Release notes are available on MyBrocade under Product Downloads White papers online demonstrations and data sheets are available through the Brocade website Getting technical help You can contact Brocade Support 24x7 online by telephone or by e mail For product support information and the latest information on contacting the Technical Assistance Center go to http www brocade com services support index html Use one of the following methods to contact the Brocade Technical Assistance Center Online Telephone E mail Preferred method of contact for non Required for Sev 1 Criticaland Sev support brocade com urgent issues 2 High issues Please include My Cases through MyBrocade Continental US Problem summary Software downloads and 1 800 752 8061 ae 4 licensing tools Europe Middle East Africa era Umoe Knowledge Base and Asia Pacific 800 AT Installation details FIBREE 800 28 34 27 33 Enviro
326. terval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval BS Bootstrap Msg interval 55 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 10 Register Stop Delay LO Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled No SPT Threshold amp alk Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Embedded RP Enabled Yes Device config ipv6 pim router route precedence admin distance Device config ipv6 pim router show ipv6 pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache se 12992 Current Count Er2 Hello interval 30 Neighbor timeout 2 105 Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 160 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval 3 Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 10 Register Stop Delay 10 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled No SPT Threshold Bal Route Precedence admin distance Embedded RP Enabled Yes Device config ipv6 pim router PIM Anycast RP 194 PIM Anycast RP is a method of providing load balancing and fast convergence to PIM RPs in an IPv6 multicast domain The RP address of the Anycast RP is a shared address used among multiple PIM routers known as PIM RP The PIM RP routers create an Anycast RP set Each router in the Anycast RP set is configured using two IPv6 addresses a shared RP address in their loopback address and a separate
327. terval interval The interval parameter specifies the aging time You can specify a value from 20 to 7200 seconds The default is 260 seconds Modifying the query interval active MLD snooping mode only If the MLD mode is set to active you can modify the query interval which specifies how often the Brocade device sends group membership queries By default queries are sent every 60 seconds When multiple queriers connect together all queriers should be configured with the same interval To modify the query interval enter the ipv6 multicast query interval interval command Device config ipv6 multicast query interval 120 Syntax no ipv6 multicast query interval interval The interval parameter specifies the interval between queries You can specify a value from 10 to 3600 seconds The default is 125 seconds Configuring the global MLD version The default version is MLDv1 You can specify the global MLD version on the device as either MLDv1 or MLDv2 For example the following command configures the device to use MLDv2 device config ipv6 multicast version 2 Syntax no ipv6 multicast version 1 2 You can also specify the MLD version for individual VLANs or individual ports within VLANs If no MLD version is specified for a VLAN then the globally configured MLD version is used If an MLD version is specified for individual ports in a VLAN those ports use that version instead of the version specified for the VLAN or the
328. the rapid spanning tree protocol 802 1w considers this optimization rather than a topology change In this example other devices will not receive topology change notifications and will be unable to send queries to speed up the convergence Fast convergence works well with the regular spanning tree protocol in this case To enable fast convergency enter the following commands device config vlan 70 device config vlan 70 multicast fast convergence Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 25 53 1003085 02 IGMP snooping show commands Syntax multicast fast convergence IGMP snooping show commands 26 This section describes the show commands for IGMP snooping Displaying the IGMP snooping configuration To display the global IGMP snooping configuration enter the show ip multicast command at any level of the CLI device show ip multicast Summary of all vlans Please use sh ip mu vlan vlan id for details Version 2 Intervals Query 125 Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 Other Qr 260 VL10 cfg V3 vlan cfg passive pimsm vlan cfg 1 grp 0 SG cache no rtr port To display the IGMP snooping information for a specific VLAN enter the following command device show ip multicast vlan 10 Version 3 Intervals Query 10 Group Age 260 Max Resp 10 Other Qr 30 VL10 cfg V3 vlan cfg passive pimsm vlan cfg 3 grp 1 SG cache no rtr port e2 has 3 groups non QR passive default V3 x x x Warning h
329. the device to track every client When the tracking feature is enabled the device immediately stops forwarding traffic to the interface if an MLDv2 client sends a leave message and there is no other client This feature requires the entire VLAN to be configured for MLDv2 and have no MLDv1 clients If a client does not send a report during the specified group membership time the default is 140 seconds that client is removed from the tracking list Every group on a physical port keeps its own tracking record However it can track group membership only it cannot track by source group For example Client A and Client B belong to group1 but each is receiving traffic from different sources Client A receives a traffic stream from source_1 group1 and Client B receives a traffic stream from source_2 group1 The device waits for the configured leave wait time before it stops the traffic because the two clients are in the same group If the clients are in different groups the waiting period is ignored and traffic is stopped immediately To enable tracking and fast leave for VLAN 20 enter the following commands device config vlan 20 device config vlan 20 multicast6 tracking Syntax no multicast6 tracking The membership tracking and fast leave features are supported for MLDv2 only If a port or client is not configured for MLDv2 the multicast6 tracking command is ignored Configuring fast leave for MLDv1 When a device receiv
330. the group for ethernet slot number NOTE IGMPv3 does not support static IGMP group members NOTE Static IGMP groups are supported only in Layer 3 mode Setting the query interval The IGMP query interval period defines how often a switch will query an interface for group membership Possible values are 2 3600 seconds and the default value is 125 seconds but the value you enter must be a little more than twice the group membership time To modify the default value for the IGMP query interval enter the following device config ip igmp query interval 120 Syntax no ip igmp query interval 2 3600 The interval must be a little more than two times the group membership time Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 151 53 1003085 02 Setting the group membership time 152 Setting the group membership time Group membership time defines how long a group will remain active on an interface in the absence of a group report Possible values are from 5 26000 seconds and the default value is 260 seconds To define an IGMP membership time of 240 seconds enter the following device config ip igmp group membership time 240 Syntax no ip igmp group membership time 5 26000 Setting the maximum response time The maximum response time defines the maximum number of seconds that a client can wait before it replies to the query sent by the router Possible values are 1 25 The default is 10 To change the IGMP maxi
331. the information contained herein or the computer programs that accompany it The product described by this document may contain open source software covered by the GNU General Public License or other open source license agreements To find out which open source software is included in Brocade products view the licensing terms applicable to the open source software and obtain a copy of the programming source code please visit http Mwww brocade com support oscd Contents PGR CG scccivcsccwcecvests scvestevssuseesuecutcsssecsrzesucstunsecsssceytsevesashaveenest E A 7 Document CONVENTIONS irnir aare ei aE Eri Eni 7 Text formatting CONVentionS seeeeeseeesrerirerirsrrireriiresiireerinsernerenn 7 Command syntax COnventionS eeeeiieereerierriiesrrieerrinernnrree 7 Notes cautions ANd WarNindS cccceeeeeseceeceeeeseceeeeeeeeeetaeeeeeeees 8 Brocade TESOUNCES naiirita eienen advice t eiai dirati 9 Getting technical Rel pesineen aeei aae ea Ea el aea ai 9 Document feedback ecceeceeecenneeeteneeeeeneeeseeeeeseneeeeeneeeesaeeeseeeeeeenaeeeseaas 10 About This Guide assaissssesnsisnsnnacsainneanserssnsccacnanistcnanssenantasinnsevaiantncnsetatdexersansnseenseansscnsnsasienataanans 11 WMO GUCTIOM ee es E E Seen Paceaseeta beet decei eles eens dvdecneaa E 11 Supported Nardware ccscscesscnssseceecssenecsnceccesecceesssneeeanensersseceesaees 11 What s new in this COCUMENT sececeecscecceseeceeneseeeeseeseensne
332. the interface NOTE Unlike PIM dense PIM Sparse uses the same messages for Joins and Prunes Assert The number of Assert messages sent or received on the interface Register Graft DM The number of Register messages sent or received on the interface Regiser Stop SM The number of Register Stop messages sent or received on the interface Bootstrap Msgs SM The number of bootstrap messages sent or received on the interface Cand RP Adv SM The total number of Candidate RP Advertiment messages sent or received on the interface Err The total number of MLD messages discarded including a separate counter for those that failed the checksum comparison Clearing the IPv6 PIM forwarding cache You can clear the IPv6 PIM forwarding cache using the clear ipv6 pim cache command device clear ipv6 pim cache Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf name cache Use the vrf parameter to clear the IPv6 PIM forwarding cache for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Clearing the IPv6 PIM message counters You can clear the IPv6 PIM message counters using the clear ipv6 pim counters command device clear ipv6 pim counters Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf name counters Use the vrf parameter to clear the IPv6 PIM message counters for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable Updating PIM Sparse forwarding entries witha new RP configuration If you make changes to your static RP configuration the entries in the IPv6 PIM Spa
333. the vrf option to clear the IPv6 PIM group membership table cache for a VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable IPv6 Multicast Boundaries The Multicast Boundary feature is designed to selectively allow or disallow multicast flows to configured interfaces The ipv6 multicast boundary command allows you to configure a boundary on PIM enabled interface by defining which multicast groups may not forward packets over a specified interface This includes incoming and outgoing packets By default all interfaces that are enabled for multicast are eligible to participate in a multicast flow provided they meet the multicast routing protocol s criteria for participating in a flow 206 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Configuration considerations Configuration considerations e Only one ACL can be bound to any interface e Normal ACL restrictions apply as to how many software ACLs can be created but there is no hardware restrictions on ACLs with this feature e Creation of a static MLD client is allowed for a group on a port that may be prevented from participation in the group on account of an ACL bound to the port s interface In such a situation the ACL would prevail and the port will not be added to the relevant entries e Either standard or extended ACLs can be used with the multicast boundary feature When a standard ACL is used the address specified is treated as a group address and NO
334. this VRF due to the system max limit Total usage Total number of SG entries in the system all VRFs System max limit for SG entries Configured system limit for pim hw mcache Displaying PIM Sparse configuration information and statistics You can display the following PIM Sparse information e Basic PIM Sparse configuration information e Group information BSR information e Candidate RP information RP to group mappings RP information for a PIM Sparse group e RP setlist PIM neighbor information e The PIM flow cache e The PIM multicast cache e PIM traffic statistics e PIM counter statistics Displaying basic PIM Sparse configuration information To display PIM Sparse configuration information enter the following command at any CLI level Device config show ip pim sparse Global PIM Sparse Mode Settings Maximum Mcache x 12992 Current Count pare Hello interval 2 30 Neighbor timeout 105 Join Prune interval 60 Inactivity interval 180 Hardware Drop Enabled Yes Prune Wait Interval 23 Bootstrap Msg interval 60 Candidate RP Msg interval 60 Register Suppress Time 60 Register Probe Time 10 Register Stop Delay z 10 Register Suppress interval 60 SSM Enabled Yes SPT Threshold 2 1 SSM Group Range 232 0 0 0 8 Route Precedence mc non default mc default uc non default uc default Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name sparse Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration
335. tic mroute next hop to the default value 3 Device config vrf ip mroute next hop recursion This example disables the recursion for resolving a static mroute next hop Device config vrf no ip mroute next hop recursion Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced ip multicast disable flooding Syntax Command Default Modes Usage Guidelines 214 Disables the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an GMP snooping enabled VLAN ip multicast disable flooding no ip multicast disable flooding The switch floods unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN Global configuration mode NOTE This command is supported only on ICX 6650 devices The no form of this command enables the flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames in an IGMP snooping enabled VLAN Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 ipv6 max mroute After the hardware forwarding database FDB entry is made the multicast traffic is switched only to the VLAN hosts that are members of the multicast group This can avoid congestion and loss of traffic on the ports that have not subscribed to this IPv4 multicast traffic Examples The following example shows the disabling of flooding of unregistered IPv4 multicast frames Brocade config ip multicast disable flooding History Release version Command history 08 0 01 This command was introduced ipv6
336. ticast disable flooding PIM SM traffic snooping overview When multiple PIM sparse routers connect through a snooping enabled device the Brocade device always forwards multicast traffic to these routers For example PIM sparse routers R1 R2 and R3 connect through a device Assume R2 needs traffic and R1 sends it to the device which forwards it to both R2 and R3 even though R3 does not need it A PIM SM snooping enabled device listens to join and prune messages exchanged by PIM sparse routers and stops traffic to the router that sends prune messages This allows the device to forward the data stream to R2 only PIM SM traffic snooping requires IGMP snooping to be enabled on the device IGMP snooping configures the device to listen for IGMP messages PIM SM traffic snooping provides a finer level of multicast traffic control by configuring the device to listen specifically for PIM SM join and prune messages sent from one PIM SM router to another through the device Application examples of PIM SM traffic snooping Figure 1 shows an example application of the PIM SM traffic snooping feature In this example a device is connected through an IP router to a PIM SM group source that is sending traffic for two PIM SM groups The device also is connected to a receiver for each of the groups When PIM SM traffic snooping is enabled the device starts listening for PIM SM join and prune messages and IGMP group membership reports Until the device recei
337. ting 4 The global snooping configuration is also inherited by all new VLANs Enabling multicast routing on a newly created VLAN or VE automatically disables snooping on the VLAN or VE 5 When a VLAN level snooping is configured it is displayed 72 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Defining the maximum number of PIM cache entries Defining the maximum number of PIM cache entries You can use the following run time command to define the maximum number of repeated PIM traffic being sent from the same source address and being received by the same destination address To define this maximum for the default VRF enter the following commands device config router pim device config pim router max mcache 999 Syntax no max cache num The num variable specifies the maximum number of multicast cache entries for PIM in the default VRF If not defined by this command the maximum value is determined by the system max pim hw mcache command or by available system resources To define the maximum number of PIM Cache entries for a specified VRF use the following command device config router pim vrf vpnl device config pim router vrf vpnl max mcache 999 Syntax no router pim vrf vrf name The vrf parameter specified with the router pim command allows you to configure the max mcache command for a virtual routing and forwarding VRF instance specified by the vrf name variable The
338. tion To display default maximum current and configured values for system maximum parameters use the show default values command The following output example does not show complete output it shows only IGMP mcache values device config show default values Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Displaying software resource usage for VLANs System Parameters Default Maximum Current Configured igmp snoop mcache 512 8192 300 300 The IGMP snooping mcache contains multicast forwarding information for VLANs To display information in the multicast forwarding mcache enter the show ip multicast mcache command device show ip multicast mcache Example S G cnt cnt is number of SW processed packets OIF e1 22 TR 1 32 1 33 TR is trunk e1 32 primary e1 33 output vlan 10 1 caches use 1 VIDX 1 10 10 10 2 239 0 0 3 cnt 0 OIF tag e2 age 2s up time 2s change 2s vidx 8191 ref cnt 1 Syntax show ip multicast mcache The following table describes the output of the show ip multicast mcache command Field Description source group Source and group addresses of this data stream group means match group only source group means match both cnt The number of packets processed in software Packets are switched in hardware which increases this number slowly OIF The output interfaces If entire vlan is displayed this indicates that static groups apply to the entire VLAN age The mcache
339. tive messages from an MSDP neighbor e sa filter originate Filters self originated source group pairs in outbound Source Active messages sent to an MSDP neighbor e sa filter out Filters self originated and forwarded source group pairs in outbound Source Active messages sent to an MSDP neighbor Filtering incoming and outgoing Source Active messages The following example configures filters for incoming Source Active messages from three MSDP neighbors e For peer 2 2 2 99 all source group pairs in Source Active messages from the neighbor are filtered dropped e For peer 2 2 2 97 all source group pairs except those with source address matching 10 x x x and group address of 235 10 10 1 are permitted e For peer 2 2 2 96 all source group pairs except those associated with RP 2 2 42 3 are permitted To configure filters for incoming Source Active messages enter commands at the MSDP VRF configuration level To configure filters for outbound Source Active messages enter the optional out keyword Example The following commands configure extended ACLs The ACLs will be used in route maps which will be used by the Source Active filters device config access list 123 permit ip 10 0 0 0 0 255 255 255 host 235 10 10 1 device config access list 124 permit ip host 2 2 42 3 any device config access list 125 permit ip any any The following commands configure the route maps device device device device device device c
340. to 5 The default is 2 Because of the internal timer accuracy the actual wait time is between n and n 1 seconds where n is the configured value Modifying the multicast cache aging time You can set the time for a multicast cache mcache to age out when it does not receive traffic Two seconds before an mcache is aged out the device mirrors a packet of the mcache to the CPU to reset the age If no data traffic arrives within two seconds the mcache is deleted Note that in devices like FSX and ICX 7750 where MAC based MLD snooping is supported more than one mcache can be mapped to the same destination MAC Hence when an mcache entry is deleted the MAC entry may not be deleted If you configure a lower value the resource consumed by idle streams is quickly removed but packets are mirrored to the CPU more frequently Configure a higher value only when data streams are arriving consistently You can use the show ipv6 multicast mcache command to view the currently configured mcache age See the Enabling or disabling PIM6 SM snooping section To modify the multicast cache age out time enter the ipv6 multicast mcache age num command device config ipv6 multicast mcache age 180 Syntax no ipv6 multicast mcache age num The num variable is a value from 60 to 3600 seconds and the default is 60 seconds Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 51 53 1003085 02 Disabling error and warning messages 52 Disablin
341. ucture This may or may not be configurable depending on the data structure get mem Current memory allocation size Unit size init Initial number To display usage and fail count information for SG entries on each VRF use the show ipv6 pim all vrf hw resource command device show ipv6 pim all vrf hw resource VRF In Use Fail default vrf 3072 8 blue 3072 0 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 189 53 1003085 02 Displaying PIM traffic statistics System max limit for SG entries 6144 Syntax show ipv6 pim all vrf vrf vrf name hw resource The vrf parameter allows you to display hardware resource information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The following table displays the output from the show ipv6 pim all vrf hw resource command TABLE 38 Output from the show ipv6 pim all vrf hw resource command Field Description VRF Name of the VRF Usage Number of allocated SG entries in this VRF Fail Number of failures while allocating SG entries in this VRF due to system max limit Total usage Total number of SG entries in the system All VRFs System max limit for SG entries Configured system limit using the pim6 hw mcache command Displaying PIM traffic statistics To display IPv6 PIM traffic statistics enter the show ipv6 pim traffic command at any CLI level device show ipv6 pim traffic Port HELLO JOIN PRUNE ASSERT REGISTER REGISTER BOOTSTRAP CAND RP Err
342. ulticast route within a VRF The system max pim6 hw mcache command sets the maximum number of SG entries that are allowed in the hardware Configuring a static multicast route within a VRF You can configure a static multicast route within a virtual routing instance VRF 1 2 3 Configure a VRF Device config vrf vpnl Configure the VRF address family for IPv6 and enter IPv6 address family configuration mode Device config vrf vpnl address family ipv Configure the destination IPv6 address Device config vrf vpnl ipv6 ipv6 mroute 2001 0DB8 0 1 1 120 5100 192 1 1 1 Configuring the route precedence by specifying the route types Precedence tables specify how routes are selected for multicast PIM must be enabled at the global level Configure the none keyword to fill up the precedence table and ignore certain types of routes 1 Enable PIM at the global level Device config ipv6 router pim 2 Configure a precedence table Device config ipv6 pim router route precedence mc non default uc non default mc default uc default Configures a precedence table for multicast route selection that first looks for a non default route from the mRTM then a non default route from the URTM then a default route from the mRTM and then a default route from the URTM 3 Configure the none keyword to fill up the precedence table in order to ignore certain types of route Device config ipv6 pim router route prece
343. ulticast routing is enabled on your system do not attempt to enable Layer 2 IGMP snooping Layer 2 IGMP snooping is automatically enabled with Layer 3 multicast routing e If the route only feature is enabled on the Layer 3 Switch then IP multicast traffic reduction will not be supported IGMP snooping is not supported on the default VLAN of Layer 3 Switches Configuring the IGMP mode You can configure active or passive IGMP modes on the Brocade device The default mode is passive If you specify an IGMP mode for a VLAN it overrides the global setting e Active When active IGMP mode is enabled a Brocade device actively sends out IGMP queries to identify multicast groups on the network and makes entries in the IGMP table based on the group membership reports it receives NOTE Routers in the network generally handle this operation Use the active IGMP mode only when the device is in a stand alone Layer 2 Switched network with no external IP multicast router attachments In Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 19 53 1003085 02 Configuring the global IGMP mode this case enable the active IGMP mode on only one of the devices and leave the other devices configured for passive IGMP mode e Passive When passive IGMP mode is enabled it forwards reports to the router ports which receive queries IGMP snooping in the passive mode does not send queries However it forwards queries to the entire VLAN Configuri
344. um parameter specifies the interface The device will advertise the specified interface s IP address as a candidate BSR Enter ethernets ot portnum for a physical interface port Enter loopbacknum for a loopback interface e Enter venum for a virtual interface The hash mask length variable specifies the number of bits in a group address that are significant when calculating the group to RP mapping You can specify a value from 1 through 32 The priority variable specifies the BSR priority You can specify a value from 0 through 255 When the election process for BSR takes place the candidate BSR with the highest priority becomes the BSR The default is 0 Setting the BSR message interval The BSR message interval timer defines the interval at which the BSR sends RP candidate data to all IPv6 enabled routers within the IPv6 PIM Sparse domain The default is 60 seconds To set the IPv6 PIM BSR message interval timer to 16 seconds enter commands such as the following device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router bsr msg interval 16 To set the IPv6 PIM BSR message interval timer to 16 seconds for a specified VRF enter the commands as shown in the following example device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue bsr msg interval 16 Syntax no bsr msg interval num Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 167 53 1003085 02 Configuring c
345. unt Number sources in the given mode A group in IGMP v2 has exclude mode with zero sources ref count Number of proxy interfaces where the responses query state change etc are scheduled flags Can be 0 or 1 1 indicates that the group state has changed and it needs to be reevaluated before a response is generated 0 indicates that no change in state response is scheduled Name Interface name Oper version Current querier version or configured version Cfg Robust Configured robustness value Unsoli Interval Unsolitcited report interval in seconds Filter Acl Id Number of the access list Filter Name Name of the access list Use the show ip igmp proxy summary command to see summary information Brocade sh ip igmp proxy summary Proxy instances default vrf 4 The report shows the following information TABLE 19 Output of show ip igmp proxy summary Field Description Inst Name Number of the proxy instance Total Grps NUmber of proxy groups Syntax show ip igmp proxy summary Use the show ip igmp proxy stats command to see information about queries and reports on a specific interface Brocade sh ip igmp proxy stats Intf genQvl genQv2 genQv3 GrpQ SrcQ Rprtvl Rprtv2 Rprtv3 leave RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX v3000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Syntax show ip igmp proxy stats Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IGMP V3 The report shows the following information TABLE 20 Output of
346. urce group pairs from the specified neighbor If you want to permit some pairs use route maps e sa filter in 2 2 2 97 route map msdp_map This command drops source group pairs received from neighbor 2 2 2 97 if the pairs have source addresses matching 10 x x x and group address 235 10 10 1 e sa filter in 2 2 2 96 route map msdp2_map rp route map msdp2_rp_map This command accepts all source group pairs except those associated with RP 2 2 42 3 Syntax no sa filter in originate out jp addr route map map tag rp route map rp map tag Selecting the in option applies the filter to incoming Source Active messages Selecting the originate option applies the filter to self originated outbound Source Active messages Selecting the out option applies the filter to self originated and forwarded outbound Source Active messages The jp addr parameter specifies the IP address of the MSDP neighbor The filters apply to Source Active messages received from or sent to this neighbor The route mapmap tag parameter specifies a route map The device applies the filter to source group pairs that match the route map Use the match ip addressaci id command in the route map to specify an extended ACL that contains the source addresses The rp route maprp map tag parameter specifies a route map to use for filtering based on Rendezvous Point RP address Use this parameter if you want to filter Source Active messages based on their originating RP Us
347. ut 40 40 40 3 1001 ESTABLISH 62 6200007 Brocade Syntax show ip msdp vrf vrf name rpf peer ip addr Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 133 53 1003085 02 Displaying MSDP Peer 134 Displaying MSDP Peer To display MSDP peer information enter the following command Brocade show ip msdp peer 40 40 40 3 MSDP Peer Status Summary KA Keepalive SA Source Active NOT Notification Peer Address Peer As State KA SA NOT Age In Out In Out In Out 40 40 40 3 1001 ESTABLISH 62 6200007 Brocade Syntax show ip msdp peer peer addr Displaying MSDP VRF RPF Peer To display MSDP peer information for a specific VRF enter the following command Brocade sh ip msdp vrf Blue rpf peer 40 40 40 2 MSDP Peer Status Summary KA Keepalive SA Source Active NOT Notification Peer Address Peer As State KA SA NOT In Out In Out In Out 40 40 40 2 1001 ESTABLISH 5569 5568 0 0 0 0 Syntax show ip msdp vrf VRF name rpf peer ip addr Clearing MSDP information You can clear the following MSDP information Peer information Source active cache MSDP statistics Clearing peer information Age 57 To clear MSDP peer information enter the following command at the Privileged EXEC level of the CLI device clear ip msdp peer 205 216 162 1 Syntax clear ip msdp peer ip addr The command in this example clears the MSDP peer connection with MSDP router 205 216 162 1 The CLI displays a message to indicate when
348. v6 pim rp map Syntax clear ipv6 pim vrf vrf_name rp map Embedded Rendezvous Point Global deployment of IPv4 multicast relies on Multicast Source Discovery Protocol MSDP to convey information about the active sources Because IPv6 provides more address space the RP address can be included in the multicast group address NOTE The IPv6 group address must be part of the FF70 12 prefix Embedded RP support is enabled by default You can disable it using the following commands device config ipv6 router pim device config ipv6 pim router no rp embedded Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 169 53 1003085 02 Changing the Shortest Path Tree threshold To disable embedded RP support for a specified VRF enter the following commands device config ipv6 router pim vrf blue device config ipv6 pim router vrf blue no rp embedded Syntax no rp embedded Changing the Shortest Path Tree threshold In a typical IPv6 PIM Sparse domain there may be two or more paths from a designated router DR for a multicast source to an IPv6 PIM group receiver e Path through the RP This is the path the device uses the first time it receives traffic for an IPv6 PIM group However the path through the RP may not be the shortest path from the device to the receiver Shortest Path Each IPv6 PIM Sparse router that is a DR for an IPv6 receiver calculates a short path tree SPT towards the source of the IPv6
349. ve mode of IGMP snooping instead of the active mode The passive mode assumes that a router is sending group membership queries as well as join and prune messages on behalf of receivers The active mode configures the device to send group membership queries e All the device ports connected to the source and receivers or routers must be in the same port based VLAN The PIM SM snooping feature assumes that the group source and the device are in different subnets and communicate through a router The source must be in a different IP subnet than the receivers A PIM SM router sends PIM join and prune messages on behalf of a multicast group receiver only when the router and the source are in different subnet When the receiver and source are in the same subnet they do not need the router in order to find one another They find one another directly within the subnet The device forwards all IP multicast traffic by default Once you enable IGMP snooping and PIM SM traffic snooping the device initially blocks all PIM SM traffic instead of forwarding it The device forwards PIM SM traffic to a receiver only when the device receives a join message from the receiver Consequently if the source and the downstream router are in the same subnet and PIM SM traffic snooping is enabled the device blocks the PIM SM traffic and never starts forwarding the traffic This is because the device never receives a join message from the downstream router for the group The
350. ves a PIM SM join message or an IGMP group membership report the device forwards IP multicast traffic out all ports Once the Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 35 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Traffic Reduction 36 device receives a join message or group membership report for a group the device forwards subsequent traffic for that group only on the ports from which the join messages or IGMP reports were received In this example the router connected to the receiver for group 239 255 162 1 sends a join message toward the group source Because PIM SM traffic snooping is enabled on the device the device examines the join message to learn the group ID then makes a forwarding entry for the group ID and the port connected to the receiver router The next time the device receives traffic for 239 255 162 1 from the group source the device forwards the traffic only on port 5 1 because that is the only port connected to a receiver for the group Notice that the receiver for group 239 255 162 69 is directly connected to the device As a result the device does not see a join message on behalf of the client However because IGMP snooping also is enabled the device uses the IGMP group membership report from the client to select the port for forwarding traffic to group 239 255 162 69 receivers The IGMP snooping feature and the PIM SM traffic snooping feature together build a list of groups and forwarding ports for the VLAN
351. vices The following details apply to FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6430 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices e Ifa VLAN is configured for MLDv2 the hardware matches S G otherwise it matches G e When any port of a VLAN is configured for MLDv2 the VLAN matches both source and group S G in hardware switching If no port is configured for MLDv2 the VLAN matches group only G Matching S G requires more hardware resources than G when there are multiple servers sharing the same group For example two data streams from different sources to the same group require two S G entries in MLDv2 compared to only one G in MLD v1 Use MLD v2 only in a source specific application Because each VLAN can be configured for the version independently some VLANs might match G while others match S G MLD snooping enabled queriers and non queriers An MLD snooping enabled device can be configured as a querier active or non querier passive An MLD querier sends queries a non querier listens for MLD queries and forwards them to the entire VLAN When multiple MLD snooping devices are connected together and there is no connection to an IPv6 PIM enabled port one of the devices should be configured as a querier If multiple devices are configured as queriers after multiple devices exchange queries then all devices except the winner the device with the lowest address stop sending queries Although the system works when multiple devices are configu
352. video transmissions such as news services and remote classrooms and video conferencing are all examples of applications that use multicast routing Brocade devices support the Protocol Independent Multicast PIM protocol along with the Internet Group Membership Protocol IGMP PIM is a broadcast and pruning multicast protocol that delivers IP multicast datagrams This protocol employs reverse path lookup check and pruning to allow source specific multicast delivery trees to reach all group members PIM builds a different multicast tree for each source and destination host group Multicast terms The following terms are commonly used in discussing multicast capable devices These terms are used throughout this chapter Node A device Root Node The node that initiates the tree building process It is also the device that sends the multicast packets down the multicast delivery tree Upstream The direction from which a device receives multicast data packets An upstream device is a node that sends multicast packets Downstream The direction to which a device forwards multicast data packets A downstream device is a node that receives multicast packets from upstream transmissions Group Presence A multicast group has been learned from one of the directly connected interfaces Members of the multicast group are present on the device Intermediate nodes Devices that are in the path between source devices and leaf devices Leaf nodes
353. w ip pim rp map command This field Displays Group address Indicates the PIM Sparse multicast group address using the listed RP RP address Indicates the IP address of the Rendezvous Point RP for the listed PIM Sparse group Displaying RP Information for a PIM Sparse group To display RP information for a PIM Sparse group enter the following command at any CLI level device show ip pim rp hash 239 255 162 1 RP 207 95 71 VZ Info source 207 95 7 1 via bootstrap Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name rp hash group addr The vrf option allows you to display RP information for the VRF instance identified by the vrf name variable The group addr parameter is the address of a PIM Sparse IP multicast group The following table describes the output from this command TABLE 9 Output from the show ip pim command This field Displays RP Indicates the IP address of the Rendezvous Point RP for the specified PIM Sparse group Info source Indicates the source of the RP information It can be a static RP configuration or learned via the bootstrap router If RP information is learned from the boot strap the BSR IP address is also displayed Displaying the RP set list To display the RP set list for the device elected as BSR enter the following command at any CLI level device config show ip pim rp set Static RP Static RP count 2 1 51 51 4 15151 5 Number of group prefixes Learnt from BSR 1 Group prefix 22
354. wing information about G or S G fdb based implementation is specific to FCX ICX 6610 ICX 6430 ICX 6450 and ICX 6650 devices On both switch and router software images MLD snooping is either G based or S G based The hardware can either match the group address only G or both the source and group S G of the data stream The hardware can match only the lowest 32 bits of a 128 bit IPv6 address This is 32 bit IP address matching not 32 bit multicast MAC address 33 33 xx xx xx xx matching If MLDv2 is configured in any port of a VLAN the VLAN uses an S G match otherwise it uses G Because the hardware can match only the lowest 32 bits of a 128 bit IPv6 address the output interfaces OIF of a hardware resource are the superset of the OIF of all data streams sharing the same lowest 32 bits For example if groups ff10 1234 5678 abcd and ff20 5678 abcd share the same hardware resource then the OIF of the hardware matching 5678 abcd is the superset of these two groups MAC based forwarding implementation on Fastiron X Series and ICX 7750 devices Multicast Listening Discovery MLD snooping on Brocade devices is based on MAC address entries When an IPv6 multicast data packet is received the packet destination MAC is matched with the MAC address entries in the IPv6 multicast table If a match is found packets are sent to the ports associated with the MAC address If a match is not found packets are flooded to the VLAN and co
355. x Parameters Modes Usage Guidelines Displays information for configured IPv6 multicast routes show ipv6 static mroute vrf vrf name ipv6 address prefix prefix length vrf vrf name Specifies a VRF route ipv6 address prefix prefix length Specifies an IPv6 address Privileged EXEC mode Only resolved and best static mroutes are added to the mRTM table These routes are prefixed with an asterisk in the output from the show ipv6 static mroute command Examples This example displays information for configured IPv6 multicast routes Device config show ipv6 static mroute IPv6 Static Routing Table 1 entries IPv6 Prefix Interface Next Hop Router Met Dis Tag Name 1 1 1 0 120 ve 90 zz 1 1 0 History Release version Command history 8 0 10a This command was introduced Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 225 53 1003085 02 show ipv6 static mroute 226 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Index C command clear ip multicast counters 35 clear ip multicast mcache 34 clear ip multicast vlan 34 ip multicast 20 ip multicast age interval 22 ip multicast leave wait time 23 ip multicast max response time 22 ip multicast mcache age 23 ip multicast query interval 22 ip multicast report control 23 ip multicast verbose off 24 ip multicast version 19 multicast pimsm snooping 39 multicast proxy off 24 multicast static group 21 command output show ip igmp traffic
356. x number of the table entry in the display Group The multicast group address Ports The device ports connected to the receivers of the groups Displaying BSR information To display BSR information enter the following command at any CLI level device config show ip pim bsr PIMv2 Bootstrap information for Vrf Instance default vrf This system is the Elected BSR BSR address 1 51 51 1 Hash Mask Length 32 Priority 255 Next bootstrap message in 00 01 00 Configuration Candidate loopback 2 Address 1 51 51 1 Hash Mask Length 32 Priority 255 Next Candidate RP advertisment in 00 01 00 RPS 1454 59 group prefixes 224 0 0 0 4 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 108 Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols This example shows information displayed on a device that has been elected as the BSR The next example shows information displayed on a device that is not the BSR Notice that some fields shown in the example above do not appear in the example below device config show ip pim bsr PIMv2 Bootstrap information for Vrf Instance default vrf BSR address 1 51 51 1 Hash Mask Length 32 Priority 255 Next Candidate RP advertisment in 00 00 30 RP 1 51 51 3 group prefixes 224 0 0 0 4 Candidate RP advertisement period 60 device config Syntax show ip pim vrf vrf name bsr The vrf keyword allows you to display BSR information for the VRF instance identifie
357. y is configured and the router receives a query on an IGMP Proxy interface the router sends a report in response to the query before the IGMP maximum response time expires You can filter out groups in proxy report messages by specifying an access list name or number Brocade config if e1000 1 3 ip igmp proxy group filter ACL1 Syntax no ip igmp proxy group filter access_list To remove the group filter association without disabling the proxy please apply the command ip igmp proxy without the group filter option Displaying IGMP Proxy information Use the show ip igmp proxy command to see information about the proxy groups and interfaces on the default VRF For other VRF instances use the same command with the vrf option For example show ip igmp proxy vrfvf_name Brocade sh ip igmp proxy Proxy instance name default vrf Total proxy groups 4 Address Mode Source ref flags count count 225 5 i 1 exclude 0 0 0 220 le Td exclude 0 0 0 220 ela kao exclude 0 0 0 225 00 Sia exclude 0 0 0 Proxy interfaces Name Oper Cfg Unsoli Filter Filter Version Robust Interval Acl Id Name e1 3 2 2 1 0 Syntax show ip igmp proxy The report shows the following information Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 145 53 1003085 02 IPv4 Multicast Protocols 146 TABLE 18 Output of show ip igmp proxy Field Description Address Group address Mode Multicast group mode Can be exclude or include Source co
358. ys information for IPv6 multicast routes Device config show ipv6 mroute IPv6 Routing Table 7 entries Type Codes B BGP C Connected S Static Type IPv6 Isis aaqaaqaaaan 2090 2100 2110 2120 2130 8811 Prefix 1 0 120 64 64 64 64 64 21 128 Next Hop Router Fastlron Ethernet Switch IP Multicast Configuration Guide 53 1003085 02 Interface ve ve ve ve ve ve 90 90 100 110 120 130 loopback 1 Specifies displaying an IPv6 mroute for the specified destination Dis Metric 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Uptime 2d16h 6d21h 1d21h 1d21h 1d21h 6d21h 6d21h 223 show ipv6 multicast optimization History This example displays information for static IPv6 multicast routes Device config show ipv6 mroute static Type Codes B BGP C Connected S Static Type IPv6 Prefix Next Hop Router Interface Dis Metric Uptime S 11 2107 120 zi ve 90 1 1 2d16h This example displays information for directly attached connected IPv6 multicast routes Device config show ipv6 mroute connect Type Codes B BGP C Connected S Static Type IPv6 Prefix Next Hop Router Interface Dis Metric Uptime 2090 64 T ve 90 0 0 6d21h 2100 64 ii ve 100 0 0 1d21h Cc 2110 64 23 ve 110 0 0 1d21h C 2120 64 E ve 120 0 0 1d21h 2130 64 si ve 130 0 0 6d21h 0 8811 1 128 zi loopback 1 0 0 6d21h This example displays information for IPv6 multicast route 2090 1 Device config

Brocade Communications Systems IPMC5000PEF User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents